Federal Court Blocks Trump’s Broad Use of Emergency Law to Impose Global Tariffs

In a significant legal setback for President Donald Trump, a federal court ruled Wednesday that he cannot rely on an emergency law to unilaterally impose tariffs on countries across the globe. The decision blocks a series of tariff orders issued since February that had unsettled financial markets.

The ruling, delivered by a unanimous three-judge panel on the U.S. Court of International Trade, determined that Congress never gave Trump unrestricted authority to levy tariffs under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act of 1977 (IEEPA), a statute central to his administration’s legal defense.

“An unlimited delegation of tariff authority would constitute an improper abdication of legislative power to another branch of government,” the court stated in its unsigned opinion. The judges emphasized that unchecked executive power in trade matters would violate constitutional principles.

“Regardless of whether the court views the President’s actions through the nondelegation doctrine, through the major questions doctrine, or simply with separation of powers in mind, any interpretation of IEEPA that delegates unlimited tariff authority is unconstitutional,” the opinion continued.

Trump’s legal team swiftly appealed the ruling on Wednesday evening, signaling an ongoing battle over executive authority in economic policymaking.

The IEEPA allows the president to implement economic sanctions in response to national emergencies involving “unusual and extraordinary threats.” Traditionally used to freeze foreign assets and restrict financial transactions, the law was designed to provide the executive branch tools to respond to crises such as terrorism, cyberattacks, and nuclear proliferation.

Trump, however, tried to stretch the scope of the law to justify imposing extensive tariffs. He cited persistent trade deficits and the dangers posed by international drug cartels as reasons to declare a national emergency and take sweeping trade actions.

“Foreign countries’ nonreciprocal treatment of the United States has fueled America’s historic and persistent trade deficits,” said White House spokesperson Kush Desai in response to the ruling. “These deficits have created a national emergency that has decimated American communities, left our workers behind, and weakened our defense industrial base – facts that the court did not dispute,” Desai added. “It is not for unelected judges to decide how to properly address a national emergency. President Trump pledged to put America First, and the Administration is committed to using every lever of executive power to address this crisis and restore American Greatness.”

Wednesday’s court decision specifically halts the enforcement of Trump’s April 2 “Liberation Day” tariffs, which included a blanket 10 percent duty on all imports and higher, “reciprocal” tariffs on dozens of countries. The ruling also nullifies earlier tariffs directed at major U.S. trading partners, including Canada, Mexico, and China. While some of those tariffs had already been postponed or adjusted due to negative market reactions—including stock declines and rising Treasury yields—the court’s ruling effectively invalidates them.

The judges provided the administration with a 10-day window to issue any administrative directives required to implement the decision.

The panel comprised Judge Timothy Reif, appointed by Trump; Judge Jane Restani, appointed by President Ronald Reagan; and Judge Gary Katzmann, appointed by President Barack Obama. Despite their different political backgrounds, all three judges agreed that the president had exceeded his legal authority.

The ruling stems from two lawsuits that form part of a broader legal offensive against Trump’s use of tariffs. One case was brought by a coalition of small businesses, primarily targeting the “Liberation Day” tariffs. The other lawsuit was led by a group of Democratic attorneys general, with Oregon at the forefront, and challenged a broader collection of tariff measures enacted under the IEEPA.

Before reaching its conclusion on the scope of the IEEPA, the court first dismissed a threshold argument from the Trump administration, which contended that the president’s trade actions were political decisions outside the jurisdiction of the courts.

“This reliance on the political question doctrine is misplaced,” the panel wrote in its unanimous opinion, asserting that the judiciary has the authority to interpret the limits of statutory powers granted to the executive.

The decision marks another chapter in the continuing debate over presidential powers in economic and trade policy. While Congress has gradually ceded significant authority to the executive branch in the realm of international commerce over the decades, the court’s ruling serves as a reminder that there are still legal boundaries that cannot be crossed, even during a declared emergency.

Trump’s aggressive use of tariffs has been a cornerstone of his “America First” agenda. His administration has argued that the country’s trade deficits are not merely economic issues but also national security threats. By framing trade imbalances and foreign supply chain dependencies as emergencies under the IEEPA, Trump sought to gain leverage over trading partners and bypass traditional congressional approval processes.

Critics, however, have long argued that using the IEEPA to justify sweeping trade measures undermines both the intent of the law and the constitutional balance of powers. Legal experts have warned that accepting such an interpretation would set a dangerous precedent by granting the president virtually unchecked control over international trade policy.

Wednesday’s ruling aligns with those concerns, offering a rebuke of efforts to expand presidential power in a way that bypasses legislative oversight. The court’s insistence that any delegation of power must be constrained by clear statutory limits echoes previous judicial decisions that have placed constitutional checks on the executive.

Though the Trump administration’s appeal could eventually lead the case to the Supreme Court, the immediate effect of the ruling is to block the implementation of tariffs that had threatened to escalate tensions with key allies and further destabilize financial markets.

The ruling also has implications for future presidents who might seek to invoke emergency laws for economic interventions. By reaffirming that even in times of crisis the president cannot exceed the powers granted by Congress, the decision underscores the enduring importance of constitutional safeguards in policymaking.

As the legal process continues, the debate over how far presidential powers should extend in the realm of trade and national emergencies is likely to remain a contentious issue. While Trump’s appeal may challenge the court’s interpretation of the IEEPA, for now, the ruling stands as a decisive limitation on the executive branch’s authority to wield emergency powers for sweeping economic actions.

With 10 days to comply, the Trump administration faces both a legal and political challenge in adjusting its trade policies without the broad emergency powers it sought to claim. The outcome of the appeal process will likely shape not only Trump’s legacy on trade but also the broader contours of executive power in future administrations.

Rubio Announces Aggressive Visa Revocations for Chinese Students Amid National Security Concerns

Secretary of State Marco Rubio declared on Wednesday that the United States will start “aggressively revoking visas” for Chinese students, particularly those linked to the Chinese Communist Party or those enrolled in sensitive academic disciplines. This measure marks a significant escalation in the U.S. government’s scrutiny of foreign students, particularly those from China and Hong Kong.

According to a statement from Rubio, the U.S. State Department will coordinate with the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) to carry out these visa revocations. In addition, visa requirements for Chinese and Hong Kong nationals will undergo stricter evaluations to prevent any potential risks associated with academic espionage or ideological infiltration.

“The U.S. will begin revoking visas of Chinese students, including those with connections to the Chinese Communist Party or studying in critical fields,” Rubio posted on X, previously known as Twitter.

This announcement follows a broader tightening of immigration and student visa policies by the Trump administration. Just a day prior to Rubio’s statement, the administration instructed U.S. embassies and consulates around the world to halt scheduling visa interviews for international students temporarily. The decision was made as officials deliberate over expanding social media checks and security vetting procedures for visa applicants.

An internal communication from the State Department, signed by Rubio and issued on Tuesday, clarified the immediate changes. As reported by several media outlets, the directive said: “Effective immediately, in preparation for an expansion of required social media screening and vetting, consular sections should not add any additional student or exchange visitor (F, M, and J) visa appointment capacity until further guidance is issued [separate telegram], which we anticipate in the coming days.”

This directive signals a strong commitment by the administration to further scrutinize foreign students and exchange visitors. Earlier in the year, the administration had already taken action by revoking the visas of thousands of international students. Though some relief came later when Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) reinstated over 1,500 of those visa registrations in its system, the overall trend has been toward increased restrictions.

In a related development last week, the DHS took steps to shut down Harvard University’s Student and Exchange Visitor Program. This move would effectively prevent the prestigious Ivy League institution from enrolling new international students. DHS Secretary Kristi Noem emphasized the consequences for affected students, stating that they would have to transfer to a different institution or face the risk of falling out of legal immigration status.

Adding to the growing list of restrictions, President Donald Trump on Wednesday proposed placing a 15 percent cap on the number of foreign students allowed at Harvard and other U.S. higher education institutions. The president’s rationale stemmed from what he sees as an overrepresentation of international students at elite universities, which he believes displaces qualified American applicants.

While speaking with reporters in the Oval Office, Trump argued that international students occupy too large a portion of the student population and expressed concern about the influence some of them may have on campus. “These countries aren’t helping us. They’re not investing in Harvard … we are. So why would 31 percent — why would a number so big,” Trump said. “I think they should have a cap of maybe around 15 percent, not 31 percent.”

Trump further voiced frustration that American students often struggle to gain admission to top universities because international students take many of the available slots. He also raised security concerns, linking foreign students to potential threats and unrest.

“We have people [who] want to go to Harvard and other schools, [but] they can’t get in because we have foreign students there,” Trump said. “But I want to make sure that the foreign students are people that can love our country. We don’t want to see shopping centers exploding. We don’t want to see the kind of riots that you had.”

He went on to suggest that some of the recent civil unrest in the United States may have been fueled by foreign students. “And I’ll tell you what, many of those students didn’t go anywhere. Many of those students were troublemakers caused by the radical left lunatics in this country,” Trump remarked.

Although he did not offer specifics, the president also expressed a desire to prevent “radical people” from entering the country under the guise of education. “I don’t want radical people coming into our country and making trouble,” he said.

The administration’s actions, including visa revocations, social media screening expansions, and institutional penalties, reflect a broad and aggressive posture aimed at reshaping the landscape of international education in the United States. Critics argue that such measures could damage the U.S.’s global educational standing and reduce cultural and academic exchange. However, supporters of the policy insist that national security and the integrity of American institutions must take precedence.

Rubio’s announcement and the White House’s follow-up proposals underscore a coordinated effort to curb what officials perceive as undue influence and security risks associated with certain categories of international students, particularly those from geopolitical rivals like China. While the long-term consequences of these changes remain to be seen, the immediate impact is a dramatic shift in how the United States handles student visas, placing unprecedented emphasis on ideology, loyalty, and national origin.

The administration’s latest actions are expected to draw both domestic and international scrutiny. Universities may push back against enrollment limits, and legal challenges could arise, particularly around accusations of discrimination or due process violations. Meanwhile, Chinese and other international students may face increased uncertainty and anxiety as they attempt to navigate the evolving U.S. immigration landscape.

As the administration continues to tighten its policies, the future of global academic collaboration and the reputation of American higher education as a welcoming destination for students from around the world may be called into question. Nonetheless, Rubio and Trump appear resolute in their belief that these steps are essential to safeguard national interests and restore control over who is allowed to study in the United States.

White House Seeks Spending Cuts as Musk Criticizes Bureaucracy and Political Influence

The White House is preparing to send a series of proposed rescissions to Capitol Hill, using a process that enables the cancellation of previously approved spending. This move is aimed at reinforcing some of the spending cuts outlined in the Deficit-Offset Government Efficiency (DOGE) initiative. According to a spokesperson from the Office of Management and Budget, the proposed package includes a $1.1 billion reduction from the Corporation for Public Broadcasting, the agency responsible for funding NPR and PBS. In addition, it outlines an $8.3 billion cut in foreign aid expenditures.

Elon Musk, the high-profile entrepreneur and political donor, has recently reflected on his time engaging with the government, revealing a more subdued and realistic tone. Describing his frustrations with bureaucracy, Musk remarked, “The federal bureaucracy situation is much worse than I realized. I thought there were problems, but it sure is an uphill battle trying to improve things in D.C., to say the least.”

Musk also disclosed that he plans to reduce his political contributions. “I think I’ve done enough,” he stated, suggesting a pullback from his earlier, more active political engagement.

Previously, Musk had been highly motivated by the prospect of reshaping the political landscape in Washington. He had contributed over $250 million to support President Donald Trump’s campaign. Musk also participated in campaign rallies and wore campaign-themed hats at White House events. He frequently warned about excessive government spending, which he described as a fundamental crisis. Throughout this period, Musk consistently expressed strong support for Trump. “The more I’ve gotten to know President Trump, the more I like the guy,” Musk said in February. “Frankly, I love him.”

Trump responded with praise of his own, calling Musk “a truly great American.” When Tesla experienced a downturn in sales, Trump demonstrated his loyalty by transforming the White House driveway into a temporary display area for Tesla vehicles, signaling his support.

Despite Musk’s waning involvement with the administration, it’s uncertain whether his recent critiques will significantly influence the ongoing legislative discussions. During the post-election transition period, when Musk’s influence was peaking, he played a role in stirring opposition to a proposed spending package. This occurred at a time when the nation was teetering on the edge of a government shutdown.

His latest remarks may serve to galvanize Republicans who are calling for even steeper spending reductions. One notable reaction came from Republican Senator Mike Lee of Utah, who shared a Fox News article about Musk’s comments. He added his own opinion on the bill’s prospects, stating that there was “still time to fix it.”

Lee further emphasized the need for a tougher stance in the Senate version of the bill. “The Senate version will be more aggressive,” he asserted. “It can, it must, and it will be. Or it won’t pass.”

When the House of Representatives recently voted on the measure, only two Republican lawmakers—Warren Davidson of Ohio and Thomas Massie of Kentucky—voted against it. Their dissent was noteworthy, especially in light of Musk’s public statements.

Davidson acknowledged Musk’s comments on social media. “Hopefully, the Senate will succeed with the Big Beautiful Bill where the House missed the moment,” Davidson wrote. “Don’t hope someone else will cut deficits someday, know it has been done this Congress.”

Meanwhile, the Congressional Budget Office has issued a preliminary analysis of the bill’s fiscal implications. According to their estimates, the bill’s tax provisions would raise federal deficits by approximately $3.8 trillion over the next ten years. In contrast, the spending reductions affecting Medicaid, food assistance programs, and other services are projected to save just over $1 trillion during the same timeframe.

Despite this imbalance, House Republican leaders argue that the bill could still be fiscally sound if it stimulates enough economic growth. They claim that improved economic performance might render the legislation either neutral or even beneficial in terms of deficit reduction. However, this optimistic assessment is not universally shared.

Independent analysts remain skeptical of those projections. The Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget, a nonpartisan fiscal watchdog group, estimates that the legislation would actually increase the national debt by $3 trillion over the next decade, including interest costs.

This debate comes at a time of heightened scrutiny over the federal government’s fiscal discipline. The combination of growing deficits and competing priorities has forced lawmakers into difficult conversations about what to fund and what to cut. The White House’s rescission package is an effort to show seriousness about reducing spending, even if the broader legislative path remains uncertain.

Elon Musk Exits Trump Administration Role After Turbulent Tenure Focused on Cutting Government Waste

Elon Musk is stepping down from his government position as a senior adviser to President Donald Trump, where he had led efforts to trim and restructure the federal bureaucracy. His resignation, announced on Wednesday evening, brings to a close a contentious chapter marked by significant layoffs, agency reductions, and legal battles. Despite bold ambitions, Musk struggled to adjust to the political climate in Washington and ultimately achieved far less than he had initially hoped.

Initially, Musk had aimed to slash federal spending by $2 trillion, but he gradually scaled back his goal—first to $1 trillion, and then to $150 billion—as he faced mounting opposition. The billionaire entrepreneur grew increasingly disillusioned with the resistance he encountered, often finding himself at odds with senior figures in Trump’s administration. These internal conflicts emerged as Musk tried to restructure various departments, drawing significant political criticism in the process.

Although Musk’s advisory role was always intended to be short-term, he had lately been indicating a shift in focus back to his businesses, including electric car manufacturer Tesla and aerospace firm SpaceX. Yet officials within the administration remained vague about the precise timing of his departure. The public only learned of it when Musk made an abrupt announcement on X, his social media platform.

“As my scheduled time as a Special Government Employee comes to an end, I would like to thank President @realDonaldTrump for the opportunity to reduce wasteful spending,” Musk posted. “The @DOGE mission will only strengthen over time as it becomes a way of life throughout the government.”

An unnamed White House official later confirmed Musk’s departure.

Musk’s resignation followed closely on the heels of a CBS interview snippet in which he criticized a central piece of Trump’s legislative agenda. In the interview, Musk said he was “disappointed” with what Trump had dubbed his “big beautiful bill,” a sweeping piece of legislation combining tax cuts with stricter immigration enforcement.

Calling the measure a “massive spending bill,” Musk argued that it undermined the objectives of the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE), the agency he led. “I think a bill can be big or it could be beautiful,” Musk remarked. “But I don’t know if it could be both.”

Responding from the Oval Office on Wednesday, Trump defended his legislative initiative by pointing to the delicate negotiations involved. “I’m not happy about certain aspects of it, but I’m thrilled by other aspects of it,” the president said, suggesting the bill was still subject to change. “We’re going to see what happens. It’s got a way to go.”

The legislation had already passed the House and was being debated in the Senate. Musk’s critiques have found support among some Republicans. “I sympathize with Elon being discouraged,” said Sen. Ron Johnson of Wisconsin during an appearance at the Milwaukee Press Club. Johnson noted he was “pretty confident” that enough opposition existed to “slow this process down until the president, our leadership, gets serious” about reducing spending. He added that no amount of pressure from Trump would sway him from that stance.

House Speaker Mike Johnson has urged the Senate to avoid major amendments to the bill, emphasizing that House Republicans had achieved a “very delicate balance” that could be destabilized by significant changes. Since the House will need to vote again if the Senate alters the legislation, any shifts risk derailing the fragile consensus.

On the day Musk stepped down, Speaker Johnson thanked him for his service and affirmed that the House would continue pushing for further spending reductions. “The House is eager and ready to act on DOGE’s findings,” Johnson stated.

To support DOGE’s fiscal objectives, the White House is preparing a set of proposed rescissions—moves to cancel previously authorized expenditures—that will be sent to Congress. According to the Office of Management and Budget, the rescission package will target $1.1 billion from the Corporation of Public Broadcasting, which supports NPR and PBS, and $8.3 billion in foreign aid.

Musk has admitted that his foray into government work was more challenging than he had imagined. “The federal bureaucracy situation is much worse than I realized,” he told The Washington Post. “I thought there were problems, but it sure is an uphill battle trying to improve things in D.C., to say the least.”

Recently, Musk also indicated he would be cutting back on political contributions. “I think I’ve done enough,” he said.

Initially, Musk had been invigorated by the chance to overhaul Washington. After contributing at least $250 million to Trump’s campaign, he wore campaign hats in the White House, held rallies, and framed excessive government spending as a crisis. He frequently expressed admiration for Trump. “The more I’ve gotten to know President Trump, the more I like the guy,” Musk declared in February. “Frankly, I love him.”

Trump reciprocated Musk’s praise, calling him “a truly great American.” At one point, when Tesla’s sales were dipping, Musk even displayed his cars in the White House driveway to emphasize the administration’s support.

With Musk now exiting the administration, it remains uncertain what influence his recent criticisms will have on ongoing legislative debates. During his more influential period, Musk helped rally opposition to a spending bill when the government faced a potential shutdown. His latest remarks could inspire Republicans pushing for more aggressive cuts.

Sen. Mike Lee of Utah reposted a Fox News article featuring Musk’s CBS interview and added his own commentary, stating there was “still time to fix it.” He said, “The Senate version will be more aggressive. It can, it must, and it will be. Or it won’t pass.”

Only two Republican representatives—Warren Davidson of Ohio and Thomas Massie of Kentucky—voted against the bill during the House vote last week. Davidson acknowledged Musk’s critique on social media. “Hopefully, the Senate will succeed with the Big Beautiful Bill where the House missed the moment,” Davidson wrote. “Don’t hope someone else will cut deficits someday, know it has been done this Congress.”

Preliminary analysis from the Congressional Budget Office estimates that the bill’s tax elements would raise federal deficits by $3.8 trillion over ten years, while spending cuts to programs like Medicaid and food stamps would save just over $1 trillion during the same period.

House Republican leaders insist that the resulting economic growth would counteract the bill’s deficit impact. However, independent analysts are skeptical. The Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget predicts the bill would add $3 trillion—including interest—to the national debt over the next decade.

Miss India Nandini Gupta Shines as Asia-Oceania Winner in Miss World 2025 Top Model Challenge

Miss India Nandini Gupta was named one of the four continental winners in the Top Model Challenge at Miss World 2025, a key segment of the international beauty pageant. The event, which took place on Saturday evening at the Trident Hotel in Hyderabad, was a vibrant celebration of global fashion and regional culture.

A total of 108 contestants from various parts of the world graced the runway during this glamorous event. Each participant represented their country and continent, bringing forward not just beauty but elegance, cultural pride, and personality. The winners were chosen based on their confidence, stage presence, and command over the runway, making the challenge more than just a visual spectacle.

Representing the Asia and Oceania region, Nandini Gupta stood out among her peers and was selected as the winner for her continent. The other three winners who joined her were Miss Namibia Selma Kamanya from Africa, Miss Martinique Aurélie Joachim representing the Americas and Caribbean, and Miss Ireland Jasmine Gerhardt, who represented Europe. The winners were selected not only for their physical appeal but also for how they carried themselves during the event and embodied the values of grace and composure.

The fashion event went beyond traditional pageantry, becoming a platform that celebrated both high fashion and cultural heritage. Hyderabad’s role as host was particularly significant, as the city’s own rich traditions in textiles were highlighted during the show. Contestants wore beautifully crafted garments made using local handloom techniques such as Pochampally, Gadwal, and Gollabhama weaves. These designs also incorporated pearl-inspired elements, in homage to Hyderabad’s historical identity as the City of Pearls.

The outfits were designed by Indian fashion designer Archana Kochhar, widely admired for her ability to seamlessly merge modern silhouettes with traditional Indian artistry. Kochhar’s creations for the event were not only eye-catching but also served as cultural statements. Her work paid tribute to India’s heritage while ensuring the designs remained globally appealing.

After the cultural showcase segment, contestants returned to the runway in contemporary fashion. These modern ensembles were created by internationally renowned designers, presenting a dramatic contrast to the earlier part of the evening. This transition underscored the versatility of the participants as well as the event’s theme of merging tradition with modernity.

The contest was structured in several phases. In the initial stage, two finalists were shortlisted from each continent based on their performance in the earlier rounds. For Africa, the selected finalists were Miss Côte d’Ivoire Fatoumata Coulibaly and Miss Namibia Selma Kamanya. Representing the Americas and Caribbean were Miss Martinique Aurélie Joachim and Miss Venezuela Valeria Cannavò. In the Asia and Oceania category, Miss India Nandini Gupta was joined by Miss New Zealand Samantha Poole. For Europe, the two finalists were Miss Belgium Karen Jansen and Miss Ireland Jasmine Gerhardt.

From these eight finalists, one winner per continent was announced. The final selection was based on multiple criteria, including stage presence, confidence, and overall runway performance. All contestants had an opportunity to showcase their individuality and style before the final decisions were made.

The Top Model Challenge also included a segment where awards for the best designer dress were given. These awards were separate from the main continental winners and recognized participants who excelled in wearing and presenting specially crafted designer outfits. Miss South Africa Zoalise Jansen van Rensburg, Miss Puerto Rico Valeria Pérez, Miss New Zealand Samantha Poole, and Miss Ukraine Maria Melnychenko were honoured in this category. They were each praised for their poise and ability to carry unique and distinctive fashion creations with elegance and charm.

The overall tone of the evening was not just one of beauty and competition, but of unity, tradition, and artistic celebration. The Top Model Challenge served as a tribute to both global diversity and Indian heritage, with Hyderabad playing a central role as both a cultural ambassador and fashionable backdrop.

Commenting on the event’s broader impact, one of the organizers stated that it was about much more than pageantry. “This was not just a beauty pageant but a celebration of culture, fashion, and Telangana’s rich textile heritage.” This sentiment was evident in every segment, from the traditional handloom garments to the modern runway looks that closed the show.

For Miss India Nandini Gupta, the recognition as the top model from Asia and Oceania is a significant achievement and places her in strong contention for the Miss World crown. Her performance in the event showed not only her elegance but also her ability to represent her culture with pride and sophistication. Gupta’s inclusion among the four continental winners highlights India’s growing prominence in the global beauty and fashion industry.

Miss Namibia Selma Kamanya, winner for Africa, also left a strong impression with her performance, while Miss Martinique Aurélie Joachim and Miss Ireland Jasmine Gerhardt captivated audiences in their respective regions. Each of these winners symbolized the diverse beauty and talent present across continents, reinforcing the pageant’s global vision.

In total, the evening was a dynamic blend of fashion, tradition, and international camaraderie. From intricately woven Indian fabrics to sleek modern designs, from heartfelt cultural tributes to confident runway strides, the Top Model Challenge delivered a memorable experience for all in attendance and those watching from around the world.

By the end of the night, it was clear that Miss World 2025’s Top Model Challenge was more than just a lead-up event. It was a powerful display of how beauty, culture, and identity can intersect on a global stage. The success of contestants like Nandini Gupta marks a moment of pride not only for India but for everyone who believes in the celebration of both tradition and innovation.

Fed Minutes Reveal Rising Stagflation Concerns Amid Trade Policies and Job Market Weakness

The minutes from the Federal Reserve’s May meeting highlight growing fears of stagflation—a troubling mix of stagnant economic growth and persistent inflation—due to recent White House trade strategies and a bleaker forecast for the job market over the next few years.

The Fed’s economic outlook took shape while President Donald Trump was in the middle of implementing a wave of new tariffs. These discussions happened just before the U.S. and China reached a temporary trade truce earlier this month that paused the mutual imposition of steep tariffs.

Despite the easing of immediate tensions with China, the Federal Reserve’s pessimistic economic forecast is expected to influence its next formal summary of economic projections. This comes as the White House continues to pursue a range of new bilateral trade agreements that are likely to shape future policy dynamics and economic performance.

Federal Reserve officials expressed concern about the strength of the labor market, which they anticipate will deteriorate considerably in the near future. As stated in the minutes, “The labor market was expected to weaken substantially, with the unemployment rate forecast moving above the staff’s estimate of its natural rate by the end of this year and remaining above the natural rate through 2027.”

This outlook marks a shift from earlier projections. In March, the Federal Reserve anticipated an unemployment rate of 4.4 percent for 2025 and 4.3 percent for both 2026 and 2027. However, the May minutes suggest that these numbers are now expected to climb higher, signaling deeper concerns about employment trends.

Additionally, the Fed’s latest assessment included raised expectations for inflation and lowered predictions for economic growth compared to the March Summary of Economic Projections (SEP). Officials now expect inflation to reach an annual rate of 2.7 percent for this year, while GDP growth is forecast at only 1.7 percent.

Recent economic data supports these revised expectations. Reports from the Labor and Commerce Departments show both inflation and GDP growth have been softening. Specifically, the personal consumption expenditures (PCE) price index, a key inflation measure closely watched by the Fed, recorded a 2.3 percent annual increase in March—down from 2.7 percent in February. Similarly, the consumer price index (CPI) stands at 2.3 percent, down from its recent January peak of 3 percent.

On the growth side, the economy took a significant hit in the first quarter of the year. Businesses increased their imports in anticipation of incoming tariffs, but the result was a sharp downturn in GDP. According to the Commerce Department’s advance estimate, GDP shrank by 0.3 percent in the first quarter after growing by 2.4 percent in the last quarter of the previous year.

The Federal Reserve’s internal discussions suggest that this economic slowdown could be prolonged, driven in part by the impact of ongoing tariff policies. The minutes state, “Trade policies were also expected to lead to slower productivity growth and therefore to reduce potential GDP growth over the next few years.”

This anticipated decline in productivity and output has added to the Fed’s cautious stance on interest rates. While the Fed made three rate cuts in the latter half of last year, it has since held interest rates steady since January. The current range remains at 4.25 percent to 4.5 percent, as the Fed waits for more clarity on how trade policy and broader economic uncertainties will evolve.

At the same time, some policymakers believe that softening employment could actually help to ease inflationary pressures. According to the minutes, several officials remarked that inflation might ease if the labor market begins to falter or if economic activity slows down more broadly. As noted by EY economist Gregory Daco in a commentary, “Some [officials] noted that heightened uncertainty could curb demand, and that inflation pressures may ease if downside risks to activity, or the labor market materialize.”

Taken together, the Fed’s latest internal discussions point to a fragile and uncertain economic outlook. While inflation remains a concern, the greater worry appears to be the threat of an extended period of weak growth coupled with a struggling job market. The role of the White House’s trade policies continues to loom large in this scenario, with Fed officials warning that the resulting decline in productivity could further restrain the economy’s potential.

With the unemployment rate now expected to rise above the natural rate and stay elevated through at least 2027, the implications for workers and businesses could be significant. The Fed’s long-term forecast suggests that the economy may not return to pre-tariff levels of employment strength or productivity any time soon.

Meanwhile, inflation forecasts, although still elevated, are showing early signs of moderation. If that trend continues, it could relieve some pressure on consumers, even as growth remains sluggish.

The Federal Reserve faces a delicate balancing act: managing inflation without pushing the economy into a deeper slump, all while navigating the ripple effects of an aggressive trade agenda. The decisions made in the coming months—on interest rates, trade, and fiscal strategy—will likely determine whether the U.S. can steer clear of a full-blown stagflation scenario or be pulled deeper into economic stagnation.

As the Fed continues to monitor the fallout from tariffs and trade tensions, the stakes remain high for policymakers, investors, and workers alike. The central bank’s next set of projections will be closely watched for signs of how it plans to respond to the evolving economic landscape, which remains precarious and highly dependent on future trade developments and labor market trends.

Over $14 Billion in Clean Energy Projects Canceled or Delayed in 2025 Amid Uncertainty Over Trump Tax Plan

More than $14 billion in clean energy investments across the United States have either been scrapped or postponed this year, according to a new analysis released on Thursday. The uncertainty stems from President Donald Trump’s proposed sweeping tax legislation, which has sparked concerns about the future of domestic development in batteries, electric vehicles (EVs), and renewable energy sources such as solar and wind.

Nonpartisan environmental group E2, along with consultancy Atlas Public Policy, tracked these cancellations and delays. Their findings highlight the alarm among clean energy companies over the House Republicans’ recently passed tax bill. The bill would significantly reduce clean energy tax credits, potentially undermining the incentives that have been crucial in driving green energy investments.

E2 reported that since January, these cancellations and delays have also resulted in the loss of around 10,000 potential clean energy jobs.

The tax incentives in question were strengthened under the 2022 Inflation Reduction Act, a major climate and energy bill signed by then-President Joe Biden. These credits were intended to support the transition from fossil fuels to renewable energy by making technologies like solar panels, wind turbines, and EVs more affordable and attractive to investors.

Since the Inflation Reduction Act passed, E2 estimates that $132 billion in clean energy investment plans have been announced. That figure does not include the recent cancellations, which signal a stark reversal in momentum for the sector.

The new tax bill, passed in the House last week, would severely curtail or eliminate many of the incentives offered in Biden’s legislation. This has drawn sharp criticism from environmental advocates and clean energy proponents, who warn that the move could cripple the industry just as it was beginning to gain speed.

“The House’s plan coupled with the administration’s focus on stomping out clean energy and returning us to a country powered by coal and gas guzzlers is causing businesses to cancel plans, delay their plans and take their money and jobs to other countries instead,” said E2 executive director Bob Keefe.

Currently, the Senate is reviewing the bill, and lawmakers have set an informal deadline of July 4 to finalize it and send it to President Trump for signing.

Among the most notable project cancellations are the Kore Power battery manufacturing facility in Arizona and BorgWarner’s decision to close two EV manufacturing plants in Michigan. Additionally, Bosch has paused a planned $200 million investment in a hydrogen fuel cell plant in South Carolina, pointing to changing market conditions in a statement to the Associated Press.

While some of these cancellations are directly tied to policy uncertainty, others may also be influenced by broader economic factors. Tariffs, inflation, the slow pace of adoption for certain clean technologies, and struggles faced by newer companies in the sector have all contributed to the growing list of scrapped or postponed projects. The battery storage and EV sectors, in particular, have been hit hard in 2025, although some projects launched under the Inflation Reduction Act had already been canceled before this year.

According to E2’s analysis, over $12 billion of the canceled projects this year were located in Republican-led states and congressional districts. Ironically, many of these districts have benefited more than Democratic ones from the clean energy boom, especially in terms of job creation and local investment.

Experts warn that states such as Georgia and Tennessee, which have made significant investments in EV and battery production, could be disproportionately affected if the tax credits are rolled back. “If all of a sudden these tax credits are removed, I’m not sure how these ongoing projects are going to continue,” said Marilyn Brown, an energy policy professor at the Georgia Institute of Technology who was not part of the E2 analysis.

Fengqi You, an engineering professor at Cornell University who also was not involved in the study, echoed the concern. He warned that stripping away the credits could destabilize the industry and disrupt ongoing projects.

Despite the Republican push for the repeal, a small number of GOP lawmakers have expressed concern over its potential consequences. In April, a few Republicans sent a letter to Senate Majority Leader John Thune of South Dakota, urging the continuation of clean energy tax incentives. They argued that repealing the credits could harm American households and weaken the United States’ leadership in the global energy market.

While the Trump administration continues to dismantle many of Biden’s climate and environmental initiatives, other nations are moving ahead with ambitious green policies. Trump has described Democratic climate efforts as part of a “green new scam” and has overseen a series of rollbacks, including withdrawing from the Paris climate agreement, overturning key pollution regulations, halting renewable energy funding, and rejecting scientific findings that support climate action.

As Trump pushes a fossil fuel-driven strategy framed as “American energy dominance,” global counterparts are reinforcing their commitment to climate goals. The European Parliament is backing the European Union Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism, a policy designed to prevent companies from shifting production to countries with laxer climate rules. Meanwhile, the International Maritime Organization is advancing plans for a global carbon tax on the shipping industry.

Still, there are signs of resilience within the U.S. renewable sector. In April, despite mounting uncertainty, nearly $500 million in new clean energy developments were announced. Among these, Japanese firm Hitachi’s energy division committed to expanding its transmission and electrification operations in Virginia, while technology company Corning invested in solar manufacturing projects in Michigan.

Nevertheless, the broader trend remains troubling. E2 reported that $4.5 billion in clean energy developments were either canceled or delayed in April alone. This underscores the precarious state of the industry as it awaits the final outcome of the tax bill.

As the Senate deliberates and the July 4 deadline approaches, clean energy stakeholders are watching closely. The outcome could determine whether the United States remains a global leader in renewable energy innovation or retreats into a fossil fuel-heavy energy strategy reminiscent of decades past.

The coming weeks will be critical in shaping not only the domestic energy landscape but also America’s standing in the global climate movement.

Americans Face Mounting Credit Card Debt as Interest Rates and Costs Soar

After years of grappling with inflation and the escalating cost of living, many Americans are now experiencing intense financial pressure, leading to an alarming rise in credit card debt. A growing number of individuals are unable to manage their monthly payments, with defaults on credit cards reaching a 14-year high in 2024. This disturbing development signals deep-rooted financial strain across the country.

Even more concerning is the overall spike in credit card balances nationwide. According to data from the New York Federal Reserve, total U.S. credit card debt soared to an all-time high of $1.17 trillion in the third quarter of 2024. This is the largest amount recorded in Federal Reserve data since 2003. At an individual level, the average credit card debt per borrower now stands at a substantial $6,329, based on findings from TransUnion in the same period.

This situation paints a sobering picture of American household finances. The burden of credit card debt has become more difficult to manage for many, particularly as interest rates remain persistently high.

For those currently managing their own credit card balances, finding ways to lower interest costs can make a significant difference. The Federal Reserve reported in January 2025 that the average annual percentage rate (APR) for credit card users carrying a balance is now 24.26%. This level of interest can dramatically slow down a borrower’s ability to pay off their balance, with a large portion of monthly payments going only toward interest rather than reducing the actual debt.

Fortunately, there are ways to alleviate this burden for those with strong credit. One effective strategy involves transferring existing balances to a new credit card offering a 0% introductory APR. One such offer, recommended by CardCritics, allows users to pay no interest for a full 18 months, which could provide major relief for those with good to excellent credit scores.

As highlighted by CardCritics, “Credit card interest adds up fast. It’s not uncommon for a large portion of your monthly payment to go toward interest, instead of paying off your balance and getting you out of debt.” By using a balance transfer card, borrowers can roll over debt from one or more existing credit cards into a new account offering a 0% introductory APR, helping them pay down balances faster and more efficiently.

To illustrate the potential savings, consider this scenario: if a person with the national average credit card debt of $6,329 tried to pay it off over 18 months with a standard 24.26% APR, they would need to make monthly payments of $422.96. Over that period, they would also pay $1,284.32 in interest. However, by switching to a balance transfer card with a 0% APR for 18 months, that same borrower could completely eliminate interest charges, provided they paid off the balance within the introductory window.

In such a case, the same $422.96 monthly payment would pay off the debt in just 16 months. “With the same monthly payment of $422.96 you would pay your balance off in 16 months and you’d save a total of $1,284 by opting for a balance transfer,” CardCritics notes. The calculation even factors in a small balance transfer fee, making the savings quite substantial.

Beyond interest savings, these recommended cards come with additional benefits that make them even more appealing. For example, many offer unlimited cash back rewards on everyday essentials, no annual fees, and eligibility for users with fair to excellent credit. According to CardCritics, these features make balance transfer cards not only practical but also rewarding for users seeking more financial control.

Another attractive feature is that these offers often do not require a perfect credit score. Even individuals with fair credit can qualify for these top-rated picks, making this an accessible option for a broader segment of the population. “These top-rated CardCritics picks are a smart way to cut your credit card interest to 0% APR for 18 months while also earning incredible cash back rewards,” the company states.

However, consumers should be aware of certain conditions that come with balance transfer cards. For one, cash back is not earned on the balance transfers themselves. Moreover, the 0% introductory APR typically applies only to transferred balances, not new purchases. CardCritics advises: “If you transfer a balance, interest will be charged on your purchases unless you pay your entire balance (including balance transfers) by the due date each month.”

Additionally, to take full advantage of the offer, balance transfers must be completed within four months of opening the account. An initial balance transfer fee of 3% (or a minimum of $5) applies for transfers made within this window. Afterward, the fee increases to 5% of each transfer. These details are essential for users to understand in order to maximize their savings and avoid unexpected costs.

With the nation’s credit card debt at record levels and interest rates placing further strain on consumers, the option to transfer balances to a 0% APR card offers a valuable lifeline. For individuals struggling to reduce their debt, minimizing interest payments can dramatically accelerate their journey toward financial freedom. The ability to consolidate multiple balances into one account, coupled with the potential for zero interest and additional rewards, makes balance transfer cards a timely and practical solution.

Ultimately, the financial pressures facing Americans today underscore the importance of making informed credit decisions. While inflation and high costs have pushed many into debt, tools like 0% APR balance transfer cards provide a meaningful way to regain control. By exploring these options now, consumers can reduce their financial burden, save hundreds—or even thousands—of dollars, and work toward becoming debt-free faster.

As CardCritics puts it, “It’s easy to apply here and see how much you could save.” For anyone juggling high-interest balances, this approach may be the strategic step they need to begin improving their financial well-being and reducing the stress that comes with persistent debt.

One in Three Americans Turn to Tarot, Astrology, and Fortune Tellers Annually, Mostly for Fun, Says Pew Study

Roughly one-third of Americans are engaging in New Age spiritual practices such as astrology, tarot card readings, and visits to fortune tellers at least once every year, according to new research. Despite this notable trend, most individuals report that they turn to these practices simply for entertainment rather than for serious spiritual guidance.

A report released by Pew Research on Wednesday revealed that around 30 percent of adults in the United States participate in at least one of these practices annually. Among the various forms of New Age spiritualism examined, astrology emerged as the most commonly consulted, with 28 percent of Americans turning to horoscopes. Tarot card readings followed, with 11 percent participation, and fortune tellers were consulted by 6 percent of respondents.

Though these activities have gained traction, the majority of people who engage in them say it’s mainly for enjoyment. They do not necessarily see them as paths to spiritual insight or decision-making guidance. However, some voices, especially within the Catholic community, are raising alarms about the spiritual implications of these practices.

Tom Nash, an apologist with Catholic Answers, expressed serious concerns about the popularity of such activities. He emphasized their spiritual risks, saying, “Tarot cards, Ouija boards, seances, and other similar activities are all dangerous forms of divination.”

The Catholic Church has taken a firm stance on these matters. According to the Catechism of the Catholic Church, “all forms of divination” are condemned because they contradict the faithfulness and reverence owed solely to God. The Catechism warns that these practices “contradict the honor, respect, and loving fear that we owe to God alone” (No. 2116).

Nash reinforced the Church’s teaching by cautioning that participating in any kind of divination opens the door to further moral and spiritual challenges. “We’re likely to get drawn deeper into a life of vice and related problems,” he said, explaining the dangers that can arise from beginning what may seem like a harmless exploration.

Interestingly, belief in astrology isn’t limited to those who identify as religious. According to the Pew study, both religious and nonreligious Americans report comparable rates of belief in astrology and related practices. This blurs the conventional lines between faith-based spirituality and secular engagement with mysticism.

The data shows that belief in the spiritual insights of astrology and related methods is most prevalent among Hispanic Catholics, Black Protestants, and those who identify with no particular religion. These groups are more inclined to believe that consulting a fortune teller or using tarot cards can provide valuable insights. On the other hand, atheists and white evangelical Christians are the least likely to participate in or believe in these practices.

When comparing this year’s findings to Pew’s previous survey in 2017, the study observed that interest in New Age practices has remained fairly constant. The percentage of adults who say they believe in astrology has not significantly changed, slightly dropping from 29 percent in 2017 to 27 percent in 2024. Earlier Gallup polls from the 1990s to the early 2000s showed similar levels of belief, ranging from 23 percent to 28 percent, suggesting a long-standing curiosity rather than a recent surge.

The study also revealed a generational divide in attitudes toward astrology and similar beliefs. Younger adults, particularly young women, appear more inclined to trust in horoscopes and spiritual readings. In fact, among women between the ages of 18 and 49, 43 percent reported that they believe in astrology, a considerably higher percentage compared to older generations.

Another group showing elevated interest in these practices is the LGBT community. According to the research, nearly half of LGBT Americans engage with astrology at least once a year. Furthermore, LGBT adults are three times more likely than their non-LGBT counterparts to turn to tarot card readings for insight or entertainment.

Nash suggested that this growing engagement with New Age spirituality could be linked to broader cultural shifts in the United States, particularly the rise of the so-called “nones”—individuals who identify as having no formal religious affiliation. This trend represents a departure from traditional religious institutions while still maintaining a search for spiritual fulfillment.

Despite turning away from organized religion, Nash observed that people often continue seeking deeper meaning and spiritual understanding in their lives. “And yet, human beings remain human — made in the image and likeness of God as body-soul composites,” he said, referencing the Book of Genesis (Genesis 1:26-27) to underline his theological perspective.

Nash emphasized that spiritual hunger persists, even when traditional religious structures are rejected. He argued that this yearning stems from a core part of human nature, saying, “In our very being, we realize that there’s more to life than just our temporal, material world.”

According to Nash, without a relationship with Christ to fill that internal void, people may seek spiritual alternatives that lack the depth and direction provided by traditional Christian belief. “We’ll tend to seek out other outlets,” he reflected.

He warned that such outlets, while popular and even fashionable, may ultimately lead people away from the true spiritual path. “Thus, in the absence of true religion, the fullness of which is only found in Our Lord Jesus Christ and his Catholic Church, we will tend to seek out alternatives,” Nash concluded.

The Pew study illustrates that New Age spiritual practices continue to hold a place in American life, often straddling the line between entertainment and belief. While some view them as harmless diversions, others, particularly within religious communities, warn of the spiritual pitfalls that could accompany even casual participation. Whether driven by curiosity, a sense of fun, or a deeper search for meaning, Americans’ engagement with astrology, tarot, and fortune telling reveals a persistent and complex relationship with the unknown.

Elon Musk Criticizes Trump’s Massive Tax Cut Bill, Warns of Fiscal Fallout

Elon Musk has voiced strong opposition to President Donald Trump’s ambitious tax cut proposal, expressing concern that it would jeopardize the cost-cutting efforts initiated by his own Department of Government Efficiency, commonly referred to as the Doge department.

Musk, who is also the founder of Tesla and SpaceX, said he was “disappointed to see the massive spending Bill, which increases the budget deficit, and undermines the work that the Doge team is doing.” His remarks come as Trump’s legislative package, widely referred to as the “big, beautiful bill,” faces growing criticism for promising $4.5 trillion in tax reductions while substantially inflating the U.S. deficit.

The billionaire business magnate criticized the nature of the bill during an interview with CBS, stating, “I think a Bill can be big or it can be beautiful, but I don’t know if it can be both. My personal opinion.” His comments reflect skepticism about the sustainability of the proposed measures, especially in light of America’s mounting debt.

Musk had previously stepped away from active leadership of the Doge department in order to concentrate on his roles at Tesla and SpaceX. Nonetheless, his impact while leading the agency was significant. During his time at the helm, Musk orchestrated a controversial mass dismissal of thousands of federal employees in a bold move to reduce government expenditures.

Even before his departure, Musk had been outspoken about the dangers posed by America’s rising national debt, which now stands at $36.2 trillion. He has repeatedly warned that this level of indebtedness could drive the nation toward financial collapse. In a January appearance on the Joe Rogan podcast, Musk cautioned, “If we don’t act, the entire government budget will be used just to pay interest.”

These concerns have been echoed by economists and fiscal policy analysts who have scrutinized the financial implications of Trump’s proposed legislation. According to the Congressional Budget Office, the bill is projected to increase the federal deficit by $3.8 trillion by the year 2034, intensifying anxieties among lawmakers and investors alike.

The proposed legislation has met with resistance from several members of Trump’s own Republican Party. The level of dissent was evident when the bill barely cleared the U.S. House of Representatives, passing by a single vote. It now awaits review and likely approval by the Senate.

In addition to extending the tax reductions first introduced under Trump’s administration in 2017, the new bill also includes a variety of other significant provisions. It seeks to boost funding for border security, limit tax credits for clean energy initiatives, and implement work requirements for individuals receiving Medicaid, the federal health insurance program for low-income Americans.

Despite the mounting concerns and legislative hurdles, Trump remains committed to fast-tracking the bill. He has stated his intention to sign the legislation into law by July 4, a symbolic date that marks America’s Independence Day.

Musk’s recent criticism also follows a series of public disagreements with key figures from Trump’s administration. He previously directed harsh words at Trump’s trade adviser, Peter Navarro, whom he described as “dumber than a sack of bricks.” The two had previously clashed over the White House’s aggressive use of tariffs during Trump’s tenure.

Beyond political disputes, financial markets have responded with increasing caution as the implications of the bill become clearer. Investors are particularly worried about how the legislation could affect the government’s borrowing capacity. These fears were further amplified when Moody’s, a major credit ratings agency, downgraded the United States’ credit rating, citing apprehensions about deficit growth and rising interest payments.

Musk’s perspective adds to a chorus of fiscal watchdogs and experts urging restraint and reevaluation. With his experience at the Doge department focused on trimming bureaucratic fat and cutting unnecessary government spending, Musk views Trump’s bill as a direct contradiction to his efforts. The measures he introduced while leading the agency were designed to ensure long-term sustainability of public finances, something he believes is now under threat.

The current political climate has heightened the stakes of this legislative battle. While Trump aims to reinforce his economic legacy with a bold tax reduction package, critics argue that such sweeping measures risk long-term financial instability. The proposed trade-offs—reducing green energy incentives and imposing stricter requirements on Medicaid recipients—have also stirred debate over policy priorities and ethical governance.

With the Senate poised to take up the legislation in the coming weeks, all eyes are now on how the final version of the bill will be shaped. The margin of its approval in the House suggests that significant amendments may be necessary to secure broader support. Yet Trump has shown no signs of backing down, driven by a desire to have a landmark achievement ready for the July 4 deadline.

Musk’s public statements continue to generate widespread attention, particularly as they reflect broader unease about the trajectory of U.S. fiscal policy. While no longer directly involved in government operations, his reputation as a cost-cutting innovator gives weight to his warnings. As America approaches critical financial crossroads, voices like Musk’s may prove instrumental in shaping both public perception and the decisions of policymakers.

In sum, the unfolding debate over Trump’s tax bill has exposed deep divisions within the country’s political and economic leadership. Musk’s disapproval underscores the potential risks of expanding the deficit through large-scale tax reductions, even as supporters of the bill tout its promise of economic stimulus and growth. Whether the Senate will heed these warnings or push ahead remains to be seen, but the conversation around debt, spending, and government efficiency is far from over.

Tharoor Leads All-Party Delegation Urging Global Unity Against Terrorism

Congress MP Shashi Tharoor, heading an all-party delegation, delivered a powerful message at the World Trade Center, calling for a united global front against terrorism. Speaking outside the 9/11 Memorial in New York, Tharoor emphasized the importance of international solidarity in combating terrorism and highlighted the shared suffering of the United States and India.

During his remarks, Tharoor noted that India’s experience with terrorism mirrors the pain commemorated at the memorial. “We ourselves in India have been subject to the same wounds that you are seeing the scars of today in this very moving memorial. We have come in a spirit of solidarity, we have come at the same time on a mission,” he said. The visit to the 9/11 Memorial served as both a tribute and a reminder of the common threat terrorism poses to all democracies.

The delegation began its journey in New York and is scheduled to travel to Guyana, Panama, Brazil, and Colombia. While in New York, they met with prominent think tanks and leading Indian Americans, including Indra Nooyi, former CEO of PepsiCo and a board member of several global organizations like Amazon and the World Economic Forum.

Tharoor spoke passionately about the mission of the delegation. “In these countries we are hoping to be able to explain to the world how important it is for all of us to stand together against the scourge of terrorism. Just as the US showed such resolution and determination in the wake of 9/11, so too our country has stood up against the forces of evil who attacked us on the April 22. We hope that a lesson has been learned by those who perpetrated this attack and by those who finance, train, equip, and direct them,” he said.

He warned that India would not remain passive if such attacks were repeated, stating, “But we want to communicate to the world that we will not be sitting quietly if this is repeated. We want the world to understand that this is not a time for indifference, but for mutual strength and mutual solidarity, so that we can all unitedly stand up for the values that the United States has always cherished—the values of democracy, of human freedom, of diversity, of coexistence of people of different communities, none of which sadly is on the agenda of those who conducted such attacks.”

Tharoor stressed the need to pursue justice for terrorism and called for international accountability. “Perpetrators of terror should indeed be brought to justice, and we are not going to stop our hunt for those who did this latest atrocity,” he said. He emphasized the importance of identifying and targeting those who support and protect terrorists: “We need to think about where these people are based, where they have safe havens, where they are trained, equipped, financed, guided, armed, and often directly directed… to perpetrate these horrors, and they too should be accountable for what they have been doing.”

Addressing the issue of UN sanctions, Tharoor, who previously served as the UN Under Secretary General, remarked, “I think there are something like 52 individuals and organizations based in Pakistan that at one time or the other have been listed by the UN Sanctions Committee… There is something much more direct that needs to be done, and we are not going to confine ourselves only to listings, to diplomacy, to the production of international dossiers. We are also going to exercise our right to self-defense, which every country recognizes.”

He also expressed strong confidence in the Indian diaspora’s ability to influence public discourse in the United States. “You are a very influential diaspora in this country. You are not just numerous. You are prosperous… You have an influential voice. You’re active in public life. You’re active in politics… We would like you to help sensitize public opinion and political opinion in this country about what is going on and how wrong it is, and certainly we would expect the diaspora to partake of the messaging that we are here to do… you are actually a force multiplier for us as well. We come and go, but you live here, and we want you certainly to please remind people around you of what the challenges are that India is facing.”

In a press release, the Indian Consulate confirmed the delegation’s engagement with think tanks, academic institutions, and the media in New York. The statement said the delegation highlighted the importance of strategic ties between India and the United States and emphasized collaborative global action against terrorism.

The delegation includes Shambhavi Chaudhary (Lok Janshakti Party), Sarfaraz Ahmed (Jharkhand Mukti Morcha), G M Harish Balayagi (Telugu Desam Party), Shashank Mani Tripathi, Tejaswi Surya, Bhubaneswar K Lata (all from BJP), Mallikarjun Devda (Shiv Sena), and former Indian Ambassador to the US Taranjit Singh Sandhu. Their unified message underscores India’s bipartisan consensus in the fight against terror.

Upon arriving in the U.S. on May 25, the delegation visited the 9/11 Memorial, accompanied by India’s Ambassador to the U.S., Vinay Mohan Kwatra. At the site, they paid tribute by offering white roses and folding their hands in a gesture of respect.

Reflecting on the visit, Tharoor said at the Indian Consulate, “It was obviously a very moving moment for us, but it was also meant to send a very strong message that we are here in a city which is bearing still the scars of that savage terrorist attack in the wake of yet another terrorist attack in our own country.” He continued, “We came both as a reminder that this is a shared problem, but also out of a spirit of solidarity with the victims… It’s a global problem, it’s a scourge and we must all fight it unitedly.”

The 9/11 Memorial honors the 2,977 victims of the September 11, 2001 attacks at the World Trade Center, the Pentagon, and near Shanksville, Pennsylvania, as well as the six individuals killed in the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center. Spanning eight acres within the 16-acre complex, the Memorial provides a space for reflection amid the hustle of lower Manhattan.

After their visit to the United States, the delegation will continue to Guyana, Panama, Brazil, and Colombia to further amplify India’s position against terrorism. This diplomatic mission includes a total of seven groups, each comprising eight to nine members from across the Indian political spectrum. Their task is to present India’s unified stance and detail Operation Sindoor to international counterparts.

Operation Sindoor, initiated on May 7, was a military response to the April 22 terror attack in Pahalgam, which resulted in the deaths of 26 individuals. The Indian government has reported that the operation targeted terror infrastructure in Pakistan and Pakistan-occupied Jammu and Kashmir, killing over 100 terrorists affiliated with groups such as Jaish-e-Mohammed, Lashkar-e-Taiba, and Hizbul Mujahideen.

Following India’s strike, Pakistan launched retaliatory attacks including cross-border shelling and attempted drone incursions. In response, India undertook a coordinated counter-offensive that damaged radar systems, communication hubs, and airfields across 11 Pakistani airbases. A mutual agreement to cease hostilities was announced on May 10.

Through this high-level diplomatic outreach, India seeks to convey that it is unwavering in its fight against terrorism and that any threats to its sovereignty will be met with decisive action and international engagement.

UnitedHealth’s Fall From Grace Sparks Scrutiny of Medicare Advantage Model

In early April, UnitedHealth Group was being hailed by market analysts as a “tariff safe haven,” largely due to a favorable policy shift. The Trump administration had announced increased payments to Medicare Advantage plans starting in 2026. With UnitedHealth standing as both the country’s largest insurer and the top provider of Medicare Advantage plans, many anticipated that the firm would enjoy significant profits as a result.

However, less than two months later, the company is in a downward spiral. Its rapid decline not only underscores broader issues plaguing the health care sector but also highlights the deep-rooted problems within the Medicare Advantage system itself. Designed with the belief that private insurers could outperform traditional Medicare in both efficiency and cost, Medicare Advantage has instead become a tool for corporate profit. Critics argue that the system leads to higher charges and more frequent care denials than traditional Medicare.

What’s unfolding at UnitedHealth Group now suggests something more serious than just operational missteps. The company may have inflated its earnings through fraudulent billing and mistreatment of patients. Currently, it is facing three separate federal investigations for potential civil and criminal fraud as well as antitrust violations.

A February report in The Wall Street Journal revealed that the Department of Justice is probing whether UnitedHealth forced clinicians to input questionable diagnoses that made Medicare Advantage patients appear sicker than they actually were. This technique, known as “upcoding,” can trigger additional federal reimbursements. UnitedHealth, however, told the Journal that it stands “by the integrity of our Medicare Advantage program.”

Further allegations surfaced in The Guardian, which reported that UnitedHealth had covertly paid nursing homes to delay or prevent transfers of Medicare Advantage patients to hospitals. This tactic saved the insurer money, but in some cases, severely impacted patients. “At least one lived with permanent brain damage following his delayed transfer,” the outlet wrote, citing a confidential log, recordings, and photo documentation.

The Guardian also cited five current and former UnitedHealth employees who alleged that the company “pressed nurse practitioners to persuade Medicare Advantage members to change their ‘code status’ to DNR” — do not resuscitate — a move that made them ineligible for “certain life-saving treatments that might lead to costly hospital stays.” UnitedHealth has denied these allegations.

Adding to its woes, a group of investors filed a lawsuit accusing UnitedHealth of misleading them about its financial health following the death of Brian Thompson, CEO of UnitedHealthcare, the company’s insurance division. UnitedHealth also denied the claims in the lawsuit.

In May, CEO Andrew Witty abruptly resigned, citing “personal reasons,” and the company retracted its earnings forecast for 2025. It attributed this to unexpectedly high costs within its Medicare Advantage segment during the first quarter of the year.

UnitedHealth’s structure is vertically integrated. It not only pays for medical care through UnitedHealthcare but also provides that care via its health services arm, Optum, which owns both physician groups and pharmacies. This integration gives UnitedHealth vast control over which claims get approved, which doctors patients can see, and which medications are prescribed.

Additionally, UnitedHealth reportedly pays its own physician practices and pharmacies much higher rates than it pays independent competitors. A recent Federal Trade Commission (FTC) report highlighted that markups could reach over 7,700%. This leaves independent doctors and pharmacists at a significant disadvantage, forcing many to sell to Optum. This consolidation further cements UnitedHealth’s dominant position in the market and pushes patients into health care deserts as independent services shutter.

Despite ethical concerns, the Medicare Advantage approach has been enormously profitable. Since 2003, UnitedHealth’s annual revenue has grown nearly 15-fold, reaching $372 billion last year. The company also surged 59 places on the Fortune rankings, now sitting in fourth place. Seeing this success, competitors like CVS Health’s Aetna, Elevance Health’s Anthem, and Humana have mimicked its vertically integrated model and Medicare Advantage billing tactics.

Earlier this month, the Department of Justice sued these three rivals. The allegation: they paid brokers hundreds of millions of dollars to steer elderly Americans toward their Medicare Advantage plans while actively avoiding potential enrollees with disabilities. Each of the companies has said it plans to contest the charges.

Many seniors are initially drawn to Medicare Advantage because of its lower out-of-pocket costs and extra benefits like dental and vision coverage. Yet, it’s often only when they need intensive care that the program’s pitfalls — especially the frequency of denied treatments — come to light.

For over 20 years, patients and taxpayers have borne the financial and health-related burdens of the Medicare Advantage system. Only recently have shareholders begun to feel its impact, as UnitedHealth’s dramatic downturn reveals that its size and business model might now be liabilities instead of strengths.

Even though the Trump administration is pushing for higher payments to Medicare Advantage plans next year, the sector is still grappling with the effects of a Biden-era rule aimed at curbing upcoding. At UnitedHealth, things worsened when Medicare Advantage costs unexpectedly ballooned. One reason cited is that patients sought significantly more care in the first quarter of the year — potentially due to a backlog of health needs following the COVID-19 pandemic. Regardless of the cause, UnitedHealth had to shell out more for care both as an insurer covering claims and as a provider handling the delivery of services. As The Wall Street Journal put it, the company was “absorbing the higher cost of delivering that care.”

This brings to light the fundamental flaw of Medicare Advantage. The model prioritizes shareholder gains, often necessitating the denial of care to maintain profits. Moreover, these profits are then funneled into acquiring other entities within the health care system — including the very clinics and pharmacies patients rely on. Employees within these acquisitions may then find themselves compelled to act in ways that serve corporate rather than patient interests.

The situation has alarmed lawmakers across party lines. Democratic Representative Lloyd Doggett of Texas and Republican Representative Greg Murphy of North Carolina have both called for a formal investigation into private Medicare Advantage plans. Representative Pat Ryan of New York wrote to Attorney General Pam Bondi urging her to hold UnitedHealth accountable. In a Senate Judiciary Committee hearing, several senators echoed these concerns and advocated for breaking up large insurance conglomerates like UnitedHealth.

Senator Cory Booker, a Democrat from New Jersey, criticized what he called “a level of corporate violence that is costing American lives, a level of colossal greed at the expense of patient wellbeing.” Republican Senator Josh Hawley of Missouri also weighed in, stating, “Why shouldn’t we be breaking you guys up? This looks like classic monopolist behavior. The patients are getting screwed. … You’re getting rich.”

While all this unfolds, traditional Medicare continues to perform efficiently. It costs Americans about 20% less than private alternatives and outperforms them in most care-related metrics. Ironically, this government-run system, often portrayed as inefficient, has proven to be a more responsible steward of taxpayer dollars than profit-driven executives and shareholders. Yet, traditional Medicare now covers only a minority of Medicare beneficiaries.

It’s time to confront reality. Medicare Advantage, like much of the private insurance system in the U.S., is fundamentally broken. Nothing short of a complete overhaul can restore the health care system to one that prioritizes patients over profits.

Bond Market Signals Trouble Amid Rising Deficit Fears and Tax Bill Concerns

The U.S. bond market is once again showing signs of distress, raising alarms among investors and economists. Long-term Treasury yields rose sharply this week, driven by heightened investor concern over the expanding federal deficit and the fiscal direction tied to President Donald Trump’s recently proposed tax legislation.

Traditionally seen as a refuge during times of uncertainty, the bond market is behaving unusually. Investors are pulling away from U.S. Treasurys, signaling growing anxiety and triggering fears that a broader global trend to abandon U.S. assets—commonly referred to as the “sell America” trade—may be underway.

“Clearly, the market is very focused on two key things: the tariff news and this policy framework of debt and deficits with interest rates,” said Jeremy Schwartz, chief investment officer at WisdomTree Global, during an interview with Yahoo Finance on Thursday. “If interest rates blow out because there’s fear about the deficit [and] we don’t actually bring down spending … that’s one of the [key] downside risks.”

Concerns over growing deficits are nothing new, but the current unease is fueled by a combination of both longstanding and emerging threats. Investors are now juggling worries about government overspending, persistent inflation, and the unpredictable political landscape. At the heart of these concerns is Trump’s recently advanced tax bill, which successfully passed through the House this week and now awaits a Senate vote.

“We have an unsustainable fiscal situation that is leading to very challenging dynamics in the bond markets where we are having to pay higher interest rates to service our debts,” Shai Akabas, director of economic policy at the Bipartisan Policy Center, told Yahoo Finance on Friday.

Akabas added, “That ultimately is leading to higher interest rates across the economy and feeding the inflation that we’ve seen in past years, and that we might continue to see from the tariff dynamic that’s going on.”

The legislation in question introduces significant tax cuts, affecting both individual and corporate rates. Analysts estimate that the bill will increase the national debt by $4 trillion over the next ten years. What worries investors further is that, despite the massive tax breaks, the legislation does not propose immediate or meaningful spending cuts. This omission is intensifying fears regarding America’s already vulnerable fiscal health.

Brett Ryan, a senior U.S. economist at Deutsche Bank, commented, “The House bill is probably the floor for what deficits look like. The Senate is going to have its say, and that’s probably going to mean even less in terms of spending cuts.”

Ryan also expressed skepticism over the bill’s long-term fiscal promises, stating, “Will it ever happen?” in reference to the more than $1 trillion in projected savings, much of which would occur beyond the current presidential administration.

The bond market’s response to the proposed legislation was both immediate and severe. The 30-year Treasury yield spiked to 5.15% this week, marking the most substantial single-day rise since 2023. That level is approaching closing highs last seen before the 2008 financial crisis.

This spike wasn’t driven solely by domestic fiscal concerns. A poorly received Treasury auction and financial turbulence in Japan also played roles. Japanese Prime Minister Shigeru Ishiba’s warning about his country’s deteriorating financial position caused a bond sell-off there, which, in turn, stoked fears globally about diminishing demand for U.S. debt.

Joe Hegener, chief investment officer at Asterozoa Capital, described the volatility in the long end of the bond market as significant. “The long end of the curve, there’s a tremendous amount of uncertainty,” Hegener said on Friday. He added, “We’re starting to see investors get a little spooked. What’s going on in Japan and abroad is only exacerbating that risk.”

While shorter-term bond yields have remained relatively stable due to expectations that the Federal Reserve will not raise interest rates in the near term, longer-term yields are rising faster. This divergence reflects growing investor demands for higher returns to compensate for long-term risks tied to fiscal instability and erratic policymaking.

Heather Boushey, who previously served on President Joe Biden’s Council of Economic Advisors, sees the bond market’s recent behavior as a warning sign. “There is not good news here,” Boushey said. “Let’s not go down this path,” she added, suggesting that the financial markets are reflecting a growing concern about the direction of the economy, including potential stagflation—a combination of high inflation and stagnant growth.

Altogether, the bond market appears to be reacting to a convergence of troubling factors: ballooning federal deficits, a controversial tax proposal with unclear long-term savings, and international fiscal unrest. The result is a wave of anxiety that is causing U.S. bond prices to fall and yields to climb, a shift that could ripple across all sectors of the economy.

Investors, economists, and policymakers are all watching closely, as the implications of these market shifts could prove far-reaching. Rising long-term yields increase borrowing costs for the government, businesses, and consumers alike. If these trends persist, they could undercut economic growth, push inflation higher, and make it more expensive for the U.S. to service its growing debt.

With Trump’s tax bill headed to the Senate, the next steps taken by lawmakers could either reinforce or alleviate market fears. However, the current mood in the bond market suggests that confidence is already fragile. Whether this represents a short-term reaction or the start of a deeper financial reckoning remains to be seen.

In the meantime, experts like Jeremy Schwartz, Shai Akabas, Brett Ryan, Joe Hegener, and Heather Boushey are united in their message: the combination of tax cuts, deficits, and political instability is presenting serious risks. And if these are not addressed, the markets may continue to react in ways that could affect everything from interest rates to equity prices to global investor sentiment.

The warning from the bond market is growing louder by the day. As Boushey put it succinctly, “There is not good news here.”

Billie Eilish Dominates 2025 American Music Awards as Beyoncé Makes History in Country Category

The 2025 American Music Awards, held on Memorial Day, proved to be a night of unforgettable wins, powerful performances, and historic firsts. Among the biggest stories of the evening was Billie Eilish’s sweeping victory, claiming all seven awards she was nominated for, including the top honors of Artist of the Year, Album of the Year, and Song of the Year. Although Eilish was not present to receive her awards in person due to her ongoing tour, her presence was deeply felt throughout the ceremony.

Beyoncé made her own mark on the night by securing her first ever wins in the country music category. She took home the awards for Favorite Female Country Artist and Favorite Country Album for “Cowboy Carter,” underscoring her successful crossover into the genre. Meanwhile, Kendrick Lamar won Favorite Hip-Hop Song for “Not Like Us,” and SZA took home two awards: Favorite R&B Song and Favorite Female R&B Artist.

The event was hosted by Jennifer Lopez, who opened the show with a dynamic dance number that blended tracks from various artists, including Beyoncé, Billie Eilish, Shaboozey, and Chappell Roan. The high-energy introduction set the tone for a vibrant evening of music celebration.

One of the most poignant moments of the night came when Janet Jackson was honored with the 2025 Icon Award. Jackson made her return to television with her first performance in seven years, delighting fans with renditions of classics such as “Someone to Call My Lover” and “All for You.” In an emotional acceptance speech, she reflected on her journey and legacy. “My family (and) myself, our dream wasn’t ever to be famous. We weren’t raised like that. We always had a special love for music, dancing and singing, and fame came with the result of hard work and dedication,” she said. “My story, my family’s story, it’s truly an American story. This would’ve only happened in America.”

Sir Rod Stewart received the Lifetime Achievement Award and concluded the evening with a heartfelt performance of “Forever Young,” reinforcing his enduring influence on the music world. Other artists who took the stage during the broadcast included Blake Shelton, Benson Boone, Gloria Estefan, Lainey Wilson, Gwen Stefani, and Reneé Rapp.

In keeping with the significance of Memorial Day, the AMAs partnered with the Easy Day Foundation, an organization that supports military veterans transitioning to civilian life. The ceremony paid tribute to veterans in the audience, with special mentions by Zac Brown and Ciara highlighting their contributions and presence during the event.

This year’s awards saw an expansive list of nominees and winners across a wide range of genres. Gracie Abrams was named New Artist of the Year, while “Hit Me Hard and Soft” by Billie Eilish won Album of the Year. Eilish’s hit “Birds of a Feather” secured Song of the Year and also took the award for Favorite Pop Song. Additionally, Eilish was recognized as Favorite Female Pop Artist, Favorite Pop Album winner, and Favorite Touring Artist.

Lady Gaga and Bruno Mars were also notable winners, clinching Collaboration of the Year and Favorite Music Video for “Die With A Smile.” Doechii’s track “Anxiety” won Social Song of the Year, and Eminem secured wins for both Favorite Male Hip-Hop Artist and Favorite Hip-Hop Album with “The Death Of Slim Shady (Coup De Grâce).”

The Weeknd won Favorite Male R&B Artist, and his album “Hurry Up Tomorrow” earned Favorite R&B Album. SZA’s “Saturn” was named Favorite R&B Song. Post Malone, recognized for his growing influence in country music, won Favorite Male Country Artist and also shared a win for Favorite Country Song alongside Morgan Wallen for “I Had Some Help.”

Among other notable victories, Dan + Shay won Favorite Country Duo or Group, while Twenty One Pilots were honored as Favorite Rock Artist and won Favorite Rock Album for “Clancy.” Linkin Park took the award for Favorite Rock Song with “The Emptiness Machine.”

In the Latin categories, Bad Bunny once again made a strong showing, winning Favorite Male Latin Artist and Favorite Latin Album for “DeBÍ TiRAR MáS FOToS.” Becky G won Favorite Female Latin Artist, while Shakira’s “Soltera” was named Favorite Latin Song. Julión Álvarez y su Norteño Banda received recognition as Favorite Latin Duo or Group.

Afrobeats and K-Pop categories also saw celebrated wins. Tyla won Favorite Afrobeats Artist, and RM of BTS fame secured the Favorite K-Pop Artist title, continuing the genre’s international prominence. Lady Gaga added another win to her list by being named Favorite Dance/Electronic Artist. In the soundtrack category, “Arcane League of Legends: Season 2” took the win for Favorite Soundtrack.

The evening’s blend of star-studded performances, moving tributes, and a broad showcase of music genres underscored the American Music Awards’ continued relevance and cultural impact. Billie Eilish’s dominant performance at the awards reinforced her status as one of the most influential artists of her generation. Beyoncé’s recognition in the country genre highlighted the genre’s growing inclusivity, while Janet Jackson’s return served as a powerful reminder of the lasting legacy of iconic performers.

“My story, my family’s story, it’s truly an American story,” Jackson said, summing up a night that celebrated music’s ability to cross boundaries, genres, and generations.

In all, the 2025 AMAs succeeded in honoring both emerging and legendary talents while using the platform to pay tribute to American heroes, making it one of the most memorable ceremonies in recent years.

King Charles III Begins Canadian Visit Amid Sovereignty Tensions with the U.S.

King Charles III and Queen Camilla have commenced a significant two-day visit to Canada, a trip widely interpreted as a demonstration of support for Canadian sovereignty during a time of mounting pressure from the United States. The visit comes in the wake of provocative remarks by  U.S. President Donald Trump, who has repeatedly threatened to absorb Canada as the 51st American state.

The royal couple arrived in Ottawa, Canada’s capital, where they were received with ceremonial honors by prominent Canadian leaders. Among those welcoming the monarch was the country’s recently elected prime minister, Mark Carney, and Governor General Mary Simon, the first indigenous person to hold that role and the official representative of the British monarch in Canada.

Carney, who assumed leadership in April after running on a platform that strongly opposed Trump’s foreign policy, extended the invitation to King Charles shortly after becoming head of the Liberal Party. At that time, Trump had heightened tensions by levying tariffs on Canadian goods and making inflammatory suggestions about annexing the country.

In a formal statement released ahead of the royal visit, Prime Minister Carney emphasized the symbolic importance of the king’s presence. “It speaks to our enduring tradition and friendship, to the vitality of our constitutional monarchy and our distinct identity, and to the historic ties that crises only fortify,” said Carney, reflecting on the significance of the moment.

During the royal stay, Carney and the king are scheduled to hold a private meeting. While the exact content of their discussions remains undisclosed, it is widely expected that matters concerning national unity, sovereignty, and diplomatic resilience in the face of U.S. pressure will be at the forefront.

One of the key highlights of the royal tour will take place on Tuesday, when King Charles delivers the speech from the throne to inaugurate a new session of the Canadian Parliament. This rare event will mark the first time a reigning monarch has performed this ceremonial duty in Canada since 1977, when Queen Elizabeth II addressed the Senate during her reign.

Though largely symbolic, the speech holds deep political resonance. Canada operates as a constitutional monarchy, with the king serving as its official head of state. This stands in marked contrast to the republican system of governance in the United States. The presence of the monarch in a legislative setting underscores the country’s unique political structure and reaffirms its ties to the British Crown at a time when questions of sovereignty have become especially sensitive.

The speech from the throne will outline the government’s future plans and policy priorities. While King Charles will read the address, the contents are being drafted by Prime Minister Carney’s office. The speech is expected to make a strong case for defending Canada’s autonomy and independence, echoing the sentiments Carney expressed during his recent election campaign.

This journey marks King Charles’ first official visit to Canada since he ascended to the throne in 2023. A previously planned trip was cancelled last year due to the king’s cancer diagnosis. Nevertheless, Charles has maintained a longstanding affection for Canada and its citizens. During a visit in May 2022, he praised the country warmly, describing Canadians as “outward-looking, big-hearted people.”

With the backdrop of ongoing tensions between Ottawa and Washington, the timing of the king’s visit could not be more relevant. Trump’s comments about annexing Canada have drawn international criticism and alarmed many Canadians, leading to a surge in public support for reaffirming the country’s distinct identity and democratic structure. In this context, the royal visit is not merely a ceremonial gesture but a potent symbol of the enduring relationship between Canada and the British monarchy.

Carney’s political rise has also coincided with a renewed national conversation about Canada’s place on the global stage and its relationship with larger powers like the United States. Since taking office, Carney has sought to define his leadership around principles of national integrity, self-determination, and a recommitment to Canada’s foundational institutions — values that many see as being reinforced by the presence of the monarch.

For his part, King Charles has shown an appreciation for the complexities of Canadian society, particularly its cultural diversity and evolving role in the international community. His prior remarks and current itinerary suggest that his engagement during this visit will be both ceremonial and deeply personal.

As part of the visit, additional events and public appearances are planned, although exact details have not been disclosed. Security is expected to be tight, and public interest high, as Canadians observe the rare occasion of a monarch addressing their Parliament.

Observers note that the speech from the throne will serve not just as a formal opening of Parliament but also as a reaffirmation of Canada’s political identity at a time of external threats. While Charles will deliver the speech, it is effectively a message from the Canadian government — and its newly elected leader — to both its own citizens and to the world.

For many Canadians, the visit is a reassurance of continuity in uncertain times. The symbolic presence of the monarch serves as a counterweight to the political turbulence generated by Trump’s remarks and policy decisions. It’s a reminder that Canada’s democratic institutions, traditions, and alliances remain strong.

In addition to political and ceremonial functions, the visit is likely to touch upon cultural themes that reflect King Charles’ known interests, such as environmental conservation, indigenous rights, and community engagement. While these themes are not the main focus of this short trip, they have been recurring elements in the king’s previous tours and public commentary.

The participation of Governor General Mary Simon is also being seen as a reflection of Canada’s ongoing efforts to recognize and include indigenous voices at the highest levels of government. Her role in receiving the monarch adds a further layer of historical significance to the visit, marking a convergence of tradition and progress in Canadian society.

As King Charles continues his Canadian tour, many are watching closely not just for the pomp and circumstance, but for the deeper messages conveyed through his presence and his words. With a speech from the throne soon to be delivered, and private talks scheduled with key Canadian leaders, this visit may prove to be a defining moment in the ongoing narrative of Canadian sovereignty and its relationship with both the Crown and its powerful neighbor to the south.

In a period marked by political tension and public uncertainty, the king’s visit is being received as both a diplomatic gesture and a unifying signal. As Prime Minister Carney put it, “It speaks to our enduring tradition and friendship, to the vitality of our constitutional monarchy and our distinct identity, and to the historic ties that crises only fortify.”

India Surpasses Japan to Become World’s Fourth-Largest Economy, Says NITI Aayog CEO

India has overtaken Japan to claim the position of the fourth-largest economy in the world, according to BVR Subrahmanyam, Chief Executive Officer of NITI Aayog. Speaking at a press conference during the 10th NITI Aayog Governing Council Meeting focused on the theme Viksit Rajya for Viksit Bharat 2047, Subrahmanyam cited the latest data from the International Monetary Fund (IMF) to support the announcement.

“We are the fourth largest economy as I speak. We are a USD 4 trillion economy as I speak, and this is not my data. This is IMF data. India today is larger than Japan,” said Subrahmanyam, stressing the significance of this achievement on the global economic stage.

Until recently, India was ranked as the fifth-largest economy, but the latest IMF figures indicate that the country has now edged past Japan. This development reflects India’s strong economic momentum, which experts say is likely to continue in the near future.

In addition to the announcement about India surpassing Japan, Subrahmanyam also expressed optimism about the country’s future economic trajectory. He stated that India may soon overtake Germany, which currently holds the position of the world’s third-largest economy.

“It’s only the United States, China, and Germany which are larger, and if we stick to, you know, what is being planned, what is being thought through, it’s a matter of another 2, 2.5 to 3 years; we would become the third largest economy,” he added. The CEO’s remarks suggest that the government is confident about its economic strategy and expects steady growth over the coming years.

Subrahmanyam’s projections are backed by the April edition of the IMF’s World Economic Outlook report, which presents strong numbers for India’s economic growth. The report estimates that India’s nominal GDP for the fiscal year 2026 will reach nearly $4,187.017 billion. In comparison, Japan’s GDP is projected to be slightly lower at $4,186.431 billion. This subtle difference has allowed India to inch ahead of Japan in global economic rankings.

The IMF report also reinforces the view that India will continue to be the fastest-growing major economy for at least the next two years. According to the projections, India’s economy is expected to grow by 6.2 percent in 2025 and 6.3 percent in 2026. These growth figures stand out sharply against global trends. The IMF estimates global economic growth will be just 2.8 percent in 2025 and 3.0 percent in 2026, significantly lower than India’s forecasted performance.

India’s consistently high growth rate has helped it rise rapidly in the global economic rankings over the past few years. In 2024, India was still in fifth place, but robust performance across sectors has propelled it to fourth place in a short span of time. With continued momentum and favorable policy frameworks, India appears well positioned to climb even higher.

Commenting further on India’s strong economic performance, Subrahmanyam highlighted the factors that are driving this growtfh. One key element, according to him, is the demographic advantage that India enjoys. With a large, young population entering the workforce, the country is well placed to experience sustained growth over the next few decades.

“India is at a takeoff stage where it can grow very rapidly, as has been done by many countries in the past… Given this, as well as the demographic dividend that India is actually blessed with for the next 20 to 25 years, that we can grow rapidly, the Prime Minister gave a call to all states to prepare vision documents at their level. This is already visible in the growth of India,” Subrahmanyam explained.

The demographic dividend refers to the economic benefit that arises when a country has a higher proportion of working-age individuals compared to dependents. In India’s case, this demographic phase is expected to last for the next two to two-and-a-half decades, giving it a unique opportunity to boost productivity and expand its economic base.

To make the most of this opportunity, the Indian government has been encouraging states to prepare long-term development plans. Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s call for each state to create its own vision document is intended to align regional strategies with national goals. This decentralized planning approach is already beginning to show positive results, according to the NITI Aayog CEO.

India’s rise to the fourth position also reflects its successful navigation through global economic challenges, including the aftermath of the COVID-19 pandemic, inflationary pressures, and geopolitical uncertainties. While many economies around the world have been struggling with slow growth and high inflation, India has managed to maintain a relatively stable and positive economic outlook.

The IMF’s optimistic projections suggest that this trend is likely to continue, provided India sticks to its current policy direction and continues implementing reforms that enhance ease of doing business, increase investment in infrastructure, and promote innovation and digital inclusion.

India’s increasing economic clout is also likely to enhance its global influence. As it climbs the ranks among the world’s largest economies, India will have greater say in shaping international economic policies and trade agreements. Moreover, as the country becomes a more attractive destination for global investors, it may also see increased foreign direct investment, further bolstering its growth.

While challenges such as income inequality, rural development, and job creation remain, India’s overall economic trajectory appears to be on a strong and upward path. Subrahmanyam’s remarks at the Governing Council Meeting serve as both a milestone announcement and a call to action for policymakers to continue building on this momentum.

In summary, India’s leap into the fourth position among the world’s largest economies is a significant achievement backed by IMF data. With strong growth forecasts and a young, dynamic population, the country is well placed to continue its rise. “We are the fourth largest economy as I speak,” said Subrahmanyam, pointing to the data. With Germany now in sight and long-term planning underway, India’s economic ambitions are clearly set on becoming a global powerhouse in the near future.

United States Ramps Up Visa Efforts Ahead of Historic FIFA World Cup 2026

With the FIFA World Cup 2026 drawing near, the United States is making major preparations to welcome supporters from around the globe. As the host country, the U.S. is undertaking extensive efforts to ensure fans from every nation can gain entry in time for the massive sporting event. According to Secretary of State Marco Rubio, the government is implementing sweeping measures to streamline visa processing, including extended embassy operations and new technologies. These steps aim to prevent any fan from missing the event due to bureaucratic delays.

Rubio highlighted the significance of these actions during his testimony before the Homeland Security Subcommittee. “Double shifts and new technologies will be implemented in key embassies,” he said. The goal, he emphasized, is to “guarantee visas for everyone,” making sure that paperwork obstacles don’t keep fans away. The state’s priority is clear: no one should miss out on the global celebration of football because of procedural issues.

This moment in U.S. history as a sports host is unique. Following the successful hosting of the 2024 Copa América and with the 2025 FIFA Club World Cup also scheduled, the country is fast becoming a hub for major international tournaments. With the 2028 Olympic Games already confirmed, America faces logistical demands on a scale never seen before. Yet these challenges come amid a political climate shaped by stricter immigration controls under the Trump administration.

Despite this, the message from U.S. officials remains one of openness—provided all immigration paperwork is correctly handled. The Trump administration’s tightening of immigration rules has increased scrutiny around visa applications, but officials are attempting to balance national security with the international spirit of hospitality. “The message the U.S. wants to show the world is that it wants to open its doors to the world… as long as the paperwork is in order,” the article noted.

With World Cup excitement building across the country, the U.S. government is preparing for an unprecedented surge in visa applications from every continent. Recognizing the potential for overwhelming demand, they have chosen to act early, attempting to ward off administrative backlogs before they occur.

Rubio explained that a key part of the strategy includes deploying more personnel to high-demand embassies, particularly in countries where ticket sales are high. “Double shifts will be implemented in many embassies to reduce wait times,” he said. He cited Colombia as one of the countries that would struggle to meet demand without these changes, indicating the urgency of the initiative.

To further improve efficiency, the U.S. is introducing artificial intelligence into the visa renewal process. This marks a significant leap in how visa applications are handled. By automating repetitive tasks, AI will allow human staff to focus on reviewing new applications. This should help reduce wait times without compromising national security. “This tool will allow repetitive tasks to be automated and free up human resources for new applications,” Rubio explained.

This is not the first time the United States has hosted the FIFA World Cup. Back in 1994, the country staged the tournament and broke attendance records. That event left a lasting impact, sparking increased domestic interest in the sport. Many still remember Italy’s Roberto Baggio missing the decisive penalty that allowed Brazil to claim their fourth title.

Fast forward to 2026, and the nation now has the benefit of modernized infrastructure and decades of experience in organizing global sporting events. The upcoming World Cup is expected to be the largest in history, with more teams, more venues, and more matches than ever before. This also means millions of international visitors will be attempting to cross U.S. borders during the event.

The collaboration between U.S. President Donald Trump and FIFA President Gianni Infantino underscores the importance of delivering a successful tournament. Both leaders understand that the country’s international reputation is on the line. “The image of the country is at stake,” the article noted. A poorly managed World Cup marred by visa delays or disorganization could be disastrous. Legal and structured access to the U.S. has now become a national priority.

However, the situation is complex. Even as the government works to facilitate entry for sports tourists, it continues to enforce strict immigration rules, especially on irregular entries. This duality reflects the Trump administration’s broader stance: promote international events and tourism while maintaining firm control over immigration processes. “While channels are being opened to facilitate sports tourism, the same Trump government maintains its pressure on irregular immigration,” the article explained.

As a result, while fans may benefit from faster and more accessible visa options, they should also expect more detailed scrutiny during the process. The United States is making it clear: if you want to attend the World Cup, start preparing now. Delays or incomplete documentation could be costly. “Come to the World Cup, but prepare ahead of time,” is the message being sent globally.

With increased staff at embassies and AI helping to process renewals, visa procedures are expected to move faster. But they’ll also be more rigorous than ever before.

So for those dreaming of cheering on their team live in 2026, the journey doesn’t start in the stadium—it starts at the embassy. “If you want to be there, screaming your team’s goal live and in person and not from the couch, the first thing you need to do is move now,” the article concluded. “Because this time, the World Cup starts at the embassy.”

JD Vance’s Meeting With Indian-Origin VC Sparks Controversy Amid H-1B Debate

A photo of U.S. Vice President JD Vance with Indian-American venture capitalist Asha Jadeja Motwani has triggered a heated debate online, with critics questioning the timing of the meeting amid growing tensions over the H-1B visa program. The image, shared on social media by Motwani, was taken during what she described as a family gathering. However, it has since ignited questions from social media users about the purpose of the visit, especially as Make America Great Again (MAGA) supporters and American tech workers voice strong opposition to the current H-1B visa quotas.

Asha Jadeja Motwani, a prominent venture capitalist based in Silicon Valley, has invested in over 100 technology startups. She posted the photo of herself with JD Vance and explained that they met over a family dinner. In her post, Motwani noted that she took the opportunity to bring up immigration concerns during the meeting.

JD Vance was accompanied by his wife, Usha Vance, at the gathering. Motwani offered praise for both of them, saying they were “humble to a fault.” Describing the interaction, she said, “JD took endless questions from about a dozen of us around the dining table and answered them patiently. I had concerns about immigration policies, and wanted to be reassured that America will not lose highly gifted and talented immigrants from foreign countries — top brains of the world. He gets an A+.”

Motwani further elaborated on the political tone of the discussion. According to her, many of those present, including herself, had been longtime Democrats. However, they had started to shift toward the center-right in recent years, a transition that Vance also made. “Many of us on the table had been Democrats, just like him, for over 30 years. Our departure from the Democratic Party to the center right had many resonances,” she said.

In a symbolic gesture, Motwani presented JD and Usha Vance with a two-inch statue of Lord Ganesha, a Hindu deity revered as the remover of obstacles. The gift was seen as a token of goodwill and respect for cultural values, but critics online viewed the gesture differently in the context of the ongoing H-1B visa controversy.

The timing of the meeting became a focal point as it occurred shortly after the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) announced that over 120,000 H-1B visas had been approved for the fiscal year 2026. This sparked fresh outrage among American tech workers, many of whom have expressed frustration over job losses and low wage practices attributed to the H-1B program.

In parallel, Walmart added fuel to the fire by announcing it would be eliminating 1,500 tech jobs. The news intensified criticism of visa policies that, according to detractors, allow companies to replace domestic workers with lower-paid foreign labor. These developments have placed significant pressure on political figures to address growing concerns about employment and immigration.

Social media erupted with backlash following Motwani’s post. One user wrote, “Let me get this straight, JD Vance just wined and dined with a BJP RSS agent of India to facilitate India’s national interests, we can kiss our economy goodbye.” This comment suggested skepticism toward Indian influence in American policy and implied that Vance’s engagement with Motwani was a conflict of national interest.

Others echoed similar sentiments. “Nice! But we should scrap H-1Bs and help our young, enterprising youth first,” one person commented on Motwani’s photo. Another critic posted, “O gross we will not accept the endless stream of H1bs to continue. Why support layoffs for Americans?” These remarks reflect a broader discontent among segments of the American population who view the H-1B program as a threat to job security and fair wages.

The controversy surrounding the H-1B program is not new. It has been a recurring issue in U.S. politics, particularly in the tech sector where foreign workers on H-1B visas are often hired for specialized roles. While some argue that these workers bring essential skills and innovation to the industry, others believe that the program is being exploited to reduce labor costs at the expense of American workers.

JD Vance’s involvement in this discussion has now become a flashpoint. Critics see his engagement with Motwani as a misstep, accusing him of aligning with foreign interests at a time when the national conversation is focused on protecting American jobs. The fact that this meeting took place during a wave of tech layoffs has only heightened scrutiny of his actions.

For her part, Asha Jadeja Motwani intended the meeting to be a constructive dialogue. Her comments suggest she was genuinely concerned about the future of immigration and America’s ability to attract top global talent. By her account, the conversation was open and respectful, and Vance was receptive to the concerns raised. However, the optics of the meeting and the political undertones have drawn widespread criticism.

The broader issue remains whether the United States can strike a balance between attracting high-skilled immigrants and protecting domestic labor interests. The H-1B visa program was designed to fill critical gaps in the workforce, especially in areas requiring technical expertise. But ongoing layoffs, wage suppression claims, and the perception of foreign competition have created a toxic environment around the subject.

JD Vance now finds himself at the center of this debate, not just for his stance on immigration but for his choice of company during a highly sensitive time. With the H-1B program under renewed scrutiny, any public interaction with individuals perceived to support the system is likely to draw attention, warranted or not.

As the conversation around immigration, job security, and national interest continues to evolve, meetings like the one between JD Vance and Asha Jadeja Motwani are bound to be dissected, questioned, and politicized. Whether the vice president’s intentions were diplomatic, personal, or policy-driven, the reaction to this photo makes one thing clear: immigration remains one of the most contentious and emotionally charged topics in American politics today.

Pope Leo XIV’s Dual Citizenship Raises Questions About U.S. Status as He Leads the Vatican

The election of Pope Leo XIV as the Catholic Church’s first U.S.-born leader has placed him in a unique and legally delicate position—he is now both an American citizen and the head of a foreign state.

Born in 1955 in Chicago as Robert Prevost, the new pope has been a dual citizen of the United States and Peru for the past ten years. His time in Peru included service as a missionary and later as a bishop. As pope, Leo XIV holds two significant roles: the spiritual head of the Roman Catholic Church and the sovereign leader of Vatican City, the world’s smallest independent state.

This unprecedented situation has led to questions about whether Leo can continue holding U.S. citizenship while also acting as a foreign head of state. Here are the key points surrounding this complex issue.

Vatican City, although tiny—just 0.17 square miles with a few hundred residents—is recognized as a fully sovereign nation. It gained independence from Italy in 1929 through a treaty with the Holy See. As head of the Vatican, Leo not only leads over 1.4 billion Catholics around the globe but also governs this unique microstate.

The potential for Leo to lose his U.S. citizenship exists, but it is not automatic. The U.S. State Department clarifies on its website that working for a foreign government does not in itself cause Americans to forfeit citizenship. However, it does state that it may “actively review” the citizenship of U.S. nationals who take on roles such as foreign heads of state, government, or ministers.

“Such cases raise complex questions of international law, including issues related to the level of immunity from U.S. jurisdiction that the person so serving may be afforded,” the policy explains.

When asked about Leo’s case specifically, the State Department chose not to offer comment. A spokesperson said the department does not discuss the citizenship status of individual Americans.

According to Peter Spiro, a law professor at Temple University and an expert on citizenship law, the real legal issue is whether an individual who enjoys immunity from U.S. law enforcement should continue to possess the rights of an American citizen. He points to the American constitutional standard that no citizen is above the law.

Spiro noted, however, that a 1980 decision by the U.S. Supreme Court reinforced the principle that a citizen cannot be stripped of their status without clearly expressing an intent to renounce it. “The State Department never assumes that you intend to lose your citizenship unless you specifically say so through the renunciation process,” Spiro explained.

Because Pope Leo has not formally declared any such intent, Spiro said, “I think it’s highly unlikely that the U.S. moves to terminate the pope’s citizenship.”

As for his Peruvian citizenship, there are no legal obstacles preventing Leo from continuing to be a citizen of that country. Jorge Puch, deputy director of registry archives at Peru’s National Registry of Identification and Civil Status, confirmed that Peruvian law does not conflict with Leo’s new position.

Leo received Peruvian citizenship in August 2015, just before Pope Francis appointed him bishop of Chiclayo in northern Peru. To qualify, Leo had to meet residency requirements and pass a civics test. “It is the most praiseworthy thing our beloved supreme pontiff could have done: Wanting to have Peruvian nationality without having been Peruvian by birth,” Puch said.

Under Peruvian law, adult citizens are required to vote in elections until they turn 70. Leo, who turns 70 in September, won’t be obligated to vote in Peru’s next presidential election in April.

Whether previous popes maintained citizenship in their home countries is not publicly known, as the Vatican does not disclose such details. However, there are instances that offer some insight. Pope Francis renewed his Argentine passport in 2014, a year after becoming pope. Neither Pope Benedict XVI, who was from Germany, nor Pope John Paul II, from Poland, publicly gave up their native citizenships. John Paul II was especially significant as the first non-Italian pope in 455 years.

Margaret Susan Thompson, a historian at Syracuse University and an authority on American Catholicism, doubts Pope Leo will choose to renounce his American citizenship. However, she believes Leo may be signaling his global intent through other means. She pointed to the pope’s choice not to speak English during his first address, opting instead for Italian and Spanish. “I think he wants to stress that he is the pope of the universal Catholic Church,” Thompson said, “and not an American holding that position.”

Although it is rare, Leo is not the first American to hold a top leadership role in a foreign government. History offers a few notable comparisons.

Boris Johnson, the former British prime minister, was born in New York City in 1964 to British parents. He moved to the U.K. as a child and officially renounced his U.S. citizenship in 2016 while serving as Britain’s foreign secretary. Three years later, he became the country’s prime minister.

Mohamed Abdullahi Mohamed, originally from Somalia, became a U.S. citizen after moving to the United States in 1985. He returned to Somalia and was elected president in 2017. Mohamed gave up his U.S. citizenship two years into his presidency.

Similarly, Valdas Adamkus became a U.S. citizen after fleeing Lithuania during Soviet rule. Years later, he returned and won Lithuania’s presidency in 1998, following the Soviet Union’s collapse. He renounced his American citizenship after being elected.

These examples show that although holding dual citizenship while serving as a foreign head of state is legally complicated, it is not entirely without precedent. The main difference with Pope Leo XIV is the unparalleled nature of his role—not only as a head of state but also as a global spiritual leader. His case will likely continue to attract attention from legal scholars, historians, and policymakers alike.

With no official action from the U.S. government and no expressed intent from Pope Leo to give up his citizenship, it appears he will remain a dual citizen of both the United States and Peru for the foreseeable future, even as he leads the world’s 1.4 billion Catholics from Vatican City.

Portraits of Belonging: Kavya Krishna Chronicles the Evolving Lives of Indian Americans Across the U.S.

In the final months of 2024, photographer Kavya Krishna embarked on a transformative three-month journey across the United States, aiming to capture the diverse and layered realities of Indian American communities. Her ambitious photo documentary, titled “A Town in America,” took her to several states where she had personal ties. Staying with friends, family acquaintances, and new connections she made along the way, Krishna allowed her path to be shaped by human relationships, building a project that is as much about trust and belonging as it is about photography.

“I stayed with friends, family acquaintances and people I met along the way — each connection leading me to the next,” Krishna said. “This leg of the project became a cross-country portrait shaped by both shared experience and regional nuance. What emerged was a story rooted in landscape, trust and a strong sense of connection. I hope to continue building on this work as the community itself continues to evolve.”

In a conversation with NPR, Krishna detailed the inspiration behind her project, her creative process, and what she has learned while documenting the Indian American experience.

The idea for “A Town in America” first took root in Krishna’s own hometown, located in suburban central Massachusetts. There, she began by photographing her family and the familiar Indian American community around her. However, what started as a personal exploration quickly evolved into a broader inquiry into identity, assimilation, and cultural preservation.

“This project began in my hometown in suburban central Massachusetts, where I started photographing my own family and the Indian American community I grew up around,” Krishna explained. “As it evolved, I became interested in how Indian Americans across the country navigate assimilation, cultural preservation and belonging — especially in suburban spaces shaped by white flight and exclusion.”

She noted that the Indian American community occupies a complicated space in America — often balancing both privilege and invisibility. While these communities are acknowledged demographically, the subtleties of their lived experiences are frequently overlooked.

“The community occupies a unique position, balancing privilege and invisibility in environments that acknowledge their presence but often overlook their lived experience,” she added. “Through domestic, cultural and civic moments, I aimed to document both the shared threads and regional differences that define Indian American life today. At its core, the project challenges monolithic portrayals and highlights the depth, complexity and pride within the community.”

Krishna dedicated three full months at the end of 2024 to travel the country for this work. The initial half of her trip coincided with numerous large-scale Hindu festivals and politically charged events tied to the U.S. election season. These gatherings allowed her to witness and document the energy of collective cultural expression. Later, the journey became more introspective, offering quieter, more personal narratives.

“I spent three months at the end of 2024 traveling across the country for this project,” Krishna said. “The first half of the trip was packed with large-scale Hindu festivals and U.S. election-related events — places where people were gathering, organizing and celebrating. The second half was much quieter and gave me space to seek out more personal, intimate stories. That mix of energy and reflection really shaped the way the project came together.”

Among the many moments she captured, one stands out in particular. A photograph of a young girl named Kaira Uttam, a member of the DreamCricket Dragons team, holding up her cricket bat in triumph after scoring the winning run, remains one of Krishna’s favorites. She had initially encountered the team during a shoot at the DreamCricket Academy in New Jersey. Learning that the team would be in Virginia — where she was also headed — Krishna decided to continue following their journey.

“One of my favorite photos is of Kaira Uttam, a young player on the DreamCricket Dragons, holding up her bat after hitting the winning run of the match,” Krishna recalled. “I first met the team while photographing at DreamCricket Academy in New Jersey. When the coach mentioned they’d be heading to Virginia for a tournament — and I realized I’d be there too — I decided to follow them a bit longer. The girls were so fun and full of life, and I got completely invested in their games.”

She added that when Kaira secured the match victory, the energy was electric. “When Kaira won the match, the whole team ran to her, screaming and celebrating. It was such an exciting moment, and getting to photograph both adolescence and sports in that setting was a highlight of the project.”

Despite being Indian American herself, Krishna found the project to be revelatory in many ways. Her cross-country experience expanded her awareness of just how rich and varied Indian American culture is — not only in terms of regional customs but also in the willingness of people to share their lives and stories.

“Even as someone who grew up Indian American, working on this project revealed how expansive and nuanced the culture truly is,” she said. “While I knew my own experiences, traveling across the country deepened my understanding of the subtle cultural differences and regional customs within the community.”

What struck her the most, she said, was the hospitality and openness of the people she encountered.

“What surprised me most wasn’t just the diversity, but how willing people were to open their homes, share their stories and connect me to others,” Krishna shared. “It reminded me that beyond the images, this project is about trust, generosity and the universal desire to be seen.”

Across a range of settings — from crowded festivals to quiet living rooms — Krishna observed a common thread: the deep human longing for connection, rootedness, and meaning.

“No matter how different the landscapes or personal backgrounds were, there was always a common thread — people’s deep need to belong, to hold on to something meaningful and to find a space where they can be understood,” she said.

Looking ahead, Krishna hopes to expand the project further, continuing to build upon the foundation she has laid. With the Indian American population growing and diversifying, she sees endless possibilities for new stories and deeper engagements.

“I hope to continue deepening my relationships with the people I’ve met and to keep finding new subjects along the way,” she said. “The Indian American community is growing and evolving so quickly — it’s been incredible to witness just how much has changed since I first began this project in my hometown in 2020.”

She concluded by reflecting on the journey of the project from local to national. “What started as something local has expanded into something much bigger, and I’m excited to see how the work can grow alongside the community itself.”

Through “A Town in America,” Kavya Krishna not only captures images, but also the essence of a dynamic community continually navigating identity, connection, and cultural heritage in the modern American landscape.

From Stateless to Elected: The Journey and Struggles of Bhutanese Hindu Refugees in America

Two decades ago, Bhuwan Pyakurel was living as a marginalized individual in his own country. A member of the Lhotshampa community—ethnic Nepali Hindus in Bhutan—he was exiled due to his religious and cultural identity. The Bhutanese government, under the “One Nation, One People” doctrine led by the Buddhist monarchy, compelled Pyakurel and thousands of others to abandon their homes for refusing to conform. They ended up in refugee camps in Nepal, displaced from the land they once called home.

“They didn’t consider me as a human,” Pyakurel recalled. “They put me in a truck like an animal.”

In 2009, after enduring 18 years as a stateless refugee, Pyakurel and his family finally found hope. They were resettled in the United States through a third-country resettlement program operated by the UN Refugee Agency and the International Organization of Migration. Between 2008 and 2015, this program enabled roughly 80,000 Bhutanese refugees to start new lives in the U.S.

“Coming to this country and getting a citizenship was one of the best things ever I could experience in my life,” Pyakurel said. “The moment I put my feet in the United States, I started thinking, here I am free in a free land, and I can do whatever I want.”

During his citizenship ceremony in 2015, Pyakurel listened carefully when the judge stated that new Americans have both the right and duty to vote and even run for office. He took that encouragement to heart. In 2020, Pyakurel became the first Bhutanese-Nepali elected to public office in the U.S., serving on the city council in Ohio. He refers to the American dream as his “second chance.”

Yet that dream is slipping away for many in his community. Over recent months, numerous Bhutanese refugees have been deported under the Trump administration’s immigration policies. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) targeted those with criminal convictions, many dating back over a decade. Offenses ranged from minor theft to DUI and domestic abuse. In and around Harrisburg, Pennsylvania—a major center for Bhutanese refugees—ICE has detained over 60 individuals and deported at least 25.

These deportees have been sent back to Bhutan, the same country that exiled them. Some were reportedly redirected to Nepal or India. Advocates now warn these individuals are effectively stateless again, stripped of legal status and reduced to refugees once more.

“We were promised the rights, the freedom of this country,” said Robin Gurung, founder of Asian Refugees United in Harrisburg, which has a Bhutanese population of over 40,000. “To imagine that we will be deported back to the same country that persecuted us, it was never in our mind.”

Gurung himself is a former refugee and has been working tirelessly since March to assist families and raise awareness. Most of the deported are Hindu and had little to no warning, often being taken from their homes or jobs, with children answering the door. Families are still waiting to hear from their loved ones, who may have ended up in refugee camps back in Nepal, joining over 6,000 remaining Lhotshampa.

Although Gurung agrees that lawbreakers should be held accountable, he finds the deportations alarming. Even minor infractions now raise fears within the community, with people uncertain if old offenses or pending legal matters might result in sudden removal from the country. Many are now carrying documentation at all times.

“We are asking for accountability, transparency from the authorities,” Gurung insisted. “We don’t have clear evidence that they followed due process, we don’t know if the deportees were given enough time for the legal representation or were clearly informed about their deportation to Bhutan. And we don’t know if the U.S. government knows the fact that deporting these individuals to Bhutan means putting their lives at risk.”

To date, the Department of Homeland Security and other federal agencies have not offered any public explanation, nor did they respond to requests for comment.

The story of this community begins in the 1980s, when Bhutan’s King Jigme Singye Wangchuck began enforcing a national identity that erased ethnic differences. His “One Nation, One People” policy banned the Nepali language in schools, restructured Hindu temples to fit Buddhist aesthetics, and outlawed many Hindu customs. Citizenship laws became stricter in 1985, rendering longtime Lhotshampa residents illegal. Those who resisted were labeled traitors and expelled, ending up in makeshift bamboo shelters in Nepali refugee camps.

While President George Bush’s 2008 resettlement initiative offered hope, transition to American life wasn’t easy. The Bhutanese began anew, struggling with language barriers and unfamiliar systems. Many youths acted as translators for their parents, and the community experienced high levels of mental illness. NIH research revealed that suicide rates among Bhutanese refugees in the U.S. were nearly double the national average.

Khara Timsina, who leads the Bhutanese Community Association of Pittsburgh, noted that some individuals misused their newfound freedom. “There were some individuals who found that new freedom of alcoholism,” he said, pointing to a rise in crime, including domestic violence and DUI charges.

Over time, however, the community stabilized. Timsina said today’s youth aspire to careers in engineering, healthcare, and entrepreneurship. Programs by groups like BCAP and Asian Refugees United have improved mental health and community support. Still, those who committed early crimes and thought they had moved on with their lives now fear deportation.

“People had thought that even if they had a criminal conviction, they had finished their jail time, so the cases were closed,” said Timsina. “They were back to normal life, working and making their family lives better. But once we started understanding that even those people were picked up, there is fear among other people who have similar situations, like pending cases or legal charges.”

Pyakurel observed that the broader U.S. Hindu community, largely Indian, has remained largely indifferent. “More connection to the administration than ever in the past,” he said, citing one Hindu politician who remarked that criminals “deserved the punishment.” India’s initial refusal to provide aid to the displaced Lhotshampa has complicated matters further.

Despite this, Hinduism continues to offer strength. In places like Harrisburg and Galion, Ohio, Bhutanese Hindu temples have become community hubs where people engage in spiritual, cultural, and political discussions. They also provide Nepali language instruction, yoga, and music classes.

“The temple for our generation is a kind of therapy center,” said Prem Khanal, chair of the Organization for Hindu Religion and Culture in Harrisburg. “We go there, we meet our friends, we share our views and we dance and we sing hymns. And some of the older people who have been parted after leaving Nepal, sometimes they meet for the first time here in the temple after 15 or 20 years. They express their excitement in such a way that they shed tears.”

Narad Adhikari, founder of the Global Bhutanese Hindu Organization in Ohio, echoed similar sentiments. “We are all human beings, you know, and whether knowingly or not knowingly, some people make some mistakes,” he said. “It is our responsibility to take interest and learn from them as well. That way, our neighborhood, our nation, our society, our community, becomes stronger and more peaceful.”

Adhikari believes the greatest gift the Bhutanese refugees have brought to the U.S. is their faith. “Because we came as refugees, the majority of our population were not educated like the modern education here in the United States,” he said. “So what can we contribute to this country as the new citizens of America? We decided, yes, this is Hinduism.”

Global Universities Eye Harvard’s International Students as Trump Administration Imposes Ban

If President Donald Trump is determined to keep international students out of Harvard, there are numerous foreign governments and academic institutions ready to welcome them—along with the exceptional talent that has contributed significantly to making the U.S. a world leader in science and technology.

The future of international students at Harvard University, the nation’s oldest and most prestigious educational institution, is in limbo following the Trump administration’s announcement of a ban on new international enrollments starting in the 2025-26 academic year.

This decision came after Harvard declined to submit extensive data on its international student population. Homeland Security Secretary Kristi Noem accused the university of “fostering violence, antisemitism, and coordinating with the Chinese Communist Party on its campus.”

In response, Harvard filed a lawsuit calling the ban unlawful. A federal judge in Boston has temporarily halted the policy for two weeks. However, if the administration ultimately wins in court, incoming international students will be prohibited from enrolling at Harvard, while current international students may be forced to transfer to other institutions or risk losing their legal status in the country.

American universities, including Harvard, depend heavily on international students, not only for the higher tuition fees they typically pay but also for their contributions to fields crucial to national advancement, such as artificial intelligence. Many international students choose to remain in the U.S. post-graduation and have played central roles in key innovations in globally competitive sectors.

According to Simon Marginson, a professor of higher education at the University of Oxford, Trump’s move against Harvard represents a “terrible policy error” that could diminish the United States’ leading status in research and development—a position it has held since World War II. In an email to NBC News, Marginson noted that a drop in international students could disrupt the U.S. higher education “talent pipeline” and reduce financial income for American universities, ultimately benefitting foreign rivals. “China will become significantly more attractive than before to students and researchers from the Global South,” he stated. “Western Europe will also gain significantly.”

Even before this ban, international students in the U.S. were growing increasingly uneasy due to the Trump administration’s anti-immigration tone, significant budget cuts to education, and attempts to interfere with the internal governance of universities. The government has already revoked hundreds of student visas and detained others based on their involvement in pro-Palestinian activism or other causes.

At Harvard, international students make up over 25 percent of the 25,000-member student body. The impending restriction impacts students from more than 140 nations, including high-profile individuals such as the future queen of Belgium.

China remains the largest source of Harvard’s international students, constituting roughly 20 percent of its foreign student population. China was previously the top source of international students in the U.S. until India surpassed it last year. The overall number of Chinese students in the United States has already been declining, with about 277,000 enrolled during the 2023-24 academic year compared to more than 372,000 in 2019-20. This drop is attributed to the disruptions from the COVID-19 pandemic and increasing tensions between Washington and Beijing.

During Trump’s first term, the administration implemented the China Initiative, a national security effort that many criticized for racial profiling. As a result, numerous Chinese academics relocated their research activities back to universities in China.

In response to the ban affecting Harvard, Beijing has reaffirmed the importance of U.S.-China educational cooperation. Chinese officials insisted the collaboration is “mutually beneficial” and pledged to protect “the legitimate rights and interests of Chinese students and scholars overseas.” Foreign Ministry spokesperson Mao Ning remarked, “China has consistently opposed the politicization of educational exchanges,” and warned that “such actions by the U.S. will only damage its own image and international credibility.”

Izzy Shen, a 23-year-old incoming student from Beijing who was accepted into Harvard’s Master in Design Engineering program, shared that her visa application was suddenly denied just hours after the ban was declared. “I didn’t expect it to be so fast,” said Shen, noting that her application had previously been marked as “approved.” Despite the setback, Shen said she remains “relatively optimistic” and expects the situation to become “clearer” after the upcoming injunction hearing.

Duo Yi, admitted to Harvard Kennedy School’s doctoral program in public policy, said she is now evaluating alternative plans due to the unpredictability surrounding her enrollment status. “Trump is simply too unpredictable,” she commented. “I have no way of knowing what direction his future policies will take.”

Meanwhile, international universities and governments are not waiting to offer alternatives. In Hong Kong, officials are encouraging universities to act swiftly to attract high-performing students who might be affected by the U.S. ban. The territory’s chief executive, John Lee, declared, “Hong Kong’s doors are wide open” to “any students who face discrimination and unfair treatment in the U.S.”

Hong Kong hosts four universities ranked in the top 100 globally by U.S. News & World Report, a list led by Harvard. However, analysts caution that academic freedom in the region has significantly diminished since the Chinese government imposed a national security law in 2020.

The Hong Kong University of Science and Technology announced that it would welcome both current and incoming Harvard undergraduate and graduate students affected by the ban.

Across the Atlantic, Europe is also moving to capitalize on concerns about U.S. policies by launching a $570 million initiative titled “Choose Europe.” This program aims to attract scientists and scholars alarmed by funding instability and political interference under Trump’s leadership. In a speech at Sorbonne University in Paris, European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen promoted the campaign, emphasizing “free and open research.” She added, “As threats rise across the world, Europe will not compromise on its principles. Europe must remain the home of academic and scientific freedom.”

Despite the uncertainty surrounding the future of international students at Harvard, Alex Zeng, an overseas education consultant based in Guangzhou, China, said that elite American universities continue to appeal strongly to Chinese families. “The rich still want to go to the U.S. for education,” Zeng explained.

With Harvard’s status under scrutiny and the Trump administration tightening immigration and education policies, the global landscape of higher education appears to be shifting. As other countries move to fill the gap, the United States risks not only losing its competitive edge but also the immense human capital that has historically fueled its academic and technological leadership.

Indian Passport Holders Gain Entry to Dozens of Countries with a Valid US Visa

Many Indian passport holders are unaware that simply having a valid US visa can significantly increase their global travel options. That small sticker, often seen only as a gateway to Times Square or Disneyland, actually opens doors to a wide range of countries that offer visa-free, visa-on-arrival, or simplified e-visa access.

On its own, the Indian passport doesn’t hold much global weight. Ranked 65th on the Passport Index and 82nd on the Henley Passport Index, it offers limited visa-free travel compared to top-ranking passports like those from Japan or Germany. However, a valid US tourist visa, most commonly the B1/B2 type, can quietly enhance international mobility for Indian travelers in ways that are not widely known.

This travel advantage comes down to trust. A US visa indicates that the holder has undergone extensive background checks and vetting by American authorities. As a result, numerous countries across Latin America, Southeast Asia, the Caribbean, and even parts of Europe consider Indian travelers with US visas as low-risk visitors.

These countries have streamlined entry processes for such travelers. In many cases, this means avoiding long waits at consulates or embassies. However, there are a few requirements to keep in mind. Most nations expect the US visa to be valid for at least six more months. Some may also require that the visa has been used at least once before arrival.

In Europe, while the majority of countries are in the Schengen Area and still require a Schengen visa, several non-Schengen European nations have opened their doors to Indian travelers with US visas. These include destinations rich in culture, history, and scenic beauty.

Albania allows Indian travelers with US visas to stay for up to 90 days without a visa. Bosnia and Herzegovina offers a 30-day visa-free entry. Georgia permits a stay of up to 90 days, and Montenegro offers 30 days of visa-free access. North Macedonia allows Indian passport holders to stay up to 15 days, while Serbia welcomes them for 90 days. Turkey, though not visa-free, simplifies the process by offering a 30-day e-Visa for those with a valid US visa.

In the Americas—across North, Central, and South America—the benefits are substantial. Countries like Mexico, Costa Rica, and Peru waive visa requirements entirely for Indian nationals holding valid US visas.

Mexico leads the list with a generous visa-free stay of up to 180 days. Belize offers 30 days, while Costa Rica allows a 30-day stay. El Salvador, Guatemala, and Honduras each permit stays of up to 90 days, while Nicaragua and Panama allow 30 days. For Panama, the US visa must have been used at least once. South American countries are also participating: Colombia offers visa-free travel for 90 days, and Peru allows a generous 180-day stay.

The Caribbean is especially welcoming to US visa holders. These island nations provide visa-free access, making it easy for Indian travelers to plan impromptu beach holidays.

Aruba, the Bahamas, Bermuda, the British Virgin Islands, Curaçao, the Dominican Republic, Sint Maarten, Antigua and Barbuda, and Saint Kitts and Nevis all offer visa-free stays of 30 to 90 days. Jamaica, notably, allows Indian citizens to remain for up to 90 days without any additional visa requirements.

Asia, too, has begun offering simplified access to Indian travelers with US visas. Although the durations are shorter, they are ideal for quick vacations or business trips.

The Philippines grants a visa-free stay for 14 days. Singapore allows a visa-free transit facility (VFTF) for up to 96 hours. South Korea offers 30-day visa-free entry under certain conditions. Taiwan simplifies the process with a 30-day e-Visa, and Malaysia allows visa-free transit for up to 120 hours if certain criteria are met.

Even the Middle East has joined in. Nations that were once more restrictive now offer either e-visas or visa-on-arrival options to Indian travelers with US visas.

The United Arab Emirates (UAE) provides a visa-on-arrival facility valid for 14 days. Oman and Qatar both offer e-visas for stays of up to 30 days, greatly easing access to the Gulf region.

Africa, though more limited in its offerings, includes one often-overlooked destination that participates in this US visa advantage: São Tomé and Príncipe. This small island nation off the coast of Central Africa allows Indian travelers visa-free entry for 15 days.

In total, dozens of countries across six continents welcome Indian passport holders more freely if they also hold a valid US visa. This under-the-radar travel tip can transform how Indian nationals plan vacations or business trips. For those who already possess a US tourist visa, the potential for spontaneous travel, easier planning, and reduced paperwork is significant.

As a general rule, travelers must ensure their US visa is valid for at least six more months at the time of travel. Some countries may also prefer that the visa has been used at least once previously. However, for many destinations, simply holding the visa is enough to sidestep traditional visa requirements.

So the next time you’re planning a vacation, remember that your US visa might do more than just get you into America. As the original article pointed out, “That little sticker isn’t just your ticket to Times Square or Disneyland. It also unlocks a ton of travel perks most people don’t even know about.”

In a world where international travel can be full of red tape and bureaucratic hurdles, this one document—your US visa—can be a surprisingly powerful asset.

Former Harvard President Urges Americans to Defend Democracy Amid Threats to Constitutional Values

Drew Gilpin Faust, the former president of Harvard University, issued a passionate call for Americans to defend core national values such as freedom, democracy, and autonomy, as the nation marked Memorial Day to honor those who sacrificed their lives for these ideals. Writing in a guest opinion essay for the New York Times, Faust connected the legacy of fallen soldiers to current challenges facing the United States, warning that these foundational principles are again in jeopardy.

Faust, who made history as the first woman to lead Harvard from 2007 to 2018 and who remains a professor at the institution, did not mention Donald Trump by name. However, she made unmistakable references to the current administration and expressed concern that the very structures of American democracy—constitutional checks and balances and the rule of law—are being undermined.

“We are being asked not to charge into … artillery fire but only to speak up and to stand up in the face of foundational threats to the principles for which [the US civil war dead] gave the last full measure of devotion. We have been entrusted with their legacy. Can we trust ourselves to uphold it?” she wrote.

Faust’s commentary was framed around the significance of Memorial Day, specifically reflecting on the sacrifices of Union soldiers during the American Civil War. She highlighted the enduring influence of President Abraham Lincoln and abolitionist leader Frederick Douglass, emphasizing the values for which they fought.

“We must honor these men,” Faust asserted, linking the courage and vision of 19th-century leaders to the urgent need for civic action today.

Reflecting on the past, she noted that roughly 2.7 million men, most of whom were volunteers, fought between 1861 and 1865 to preserve the United States as a model of democratic governance during a time when such systems appeared to be waning worldwide. She drew a parallel to the current political climate, cautioning that democracy is once again under siege—this time by autocratic figures around the globe.

“Today democracy is once again under worldwide threat, assailed as disorderly and inefficient by autocratic leaders from Budapest to Moscow to Beijing, leaders our own president openly admires,” she wrote.

Faust explained that Abraham Lincoln viewed the Confederacy’s secession as more than a regional rebellion; to him, it was a “direct assault” on government by the people—an affront to a system of governance in which the majority is held accountable through constitutional structures. In this context, she warned that the American system of checks and balances is being steadily eroded.

“Those structured checks and the rule of law that embodies and enacts them are once again at risk as we confront the subservience of Congress, the defiance of judicial mandates and the arrogation of presidential power in a deluge of unlawful executive orders,” she wrote.

Many critics of Trump have voiced similar concerns. They point to Republican lawmakers’ willingness to tolerate the president’s growing authority, the muted response of Democrats, and the administration’s repeated refusal to comply with court rulings. These include controversial immigration policies and the dismissal of federal officials and oversight bodies without due process.

Faust’s warning comes amid rising tensions between Harvard and the Trump administration. Trump has repeatedly accused the university of harboring antisemitic sentiments and discriminating against Jewish students. He has also criticized its diversity initiatives and tried to impose federal pressure to reshape its policies.

The conflict escalated last Friday when Harvard filed a lawsuit against several federal agencies and cabinet officials. The university accused the administration of violating the Constitution by attempting to rescind federal approval for its enrollment of international students. A federal judge quickly issued an injunction to block the ban temporarily.

This was not Harvard’s first legal action against the administration. In April, the university also sued over what it described as Trump’s efforts to “gain control of academic decision-making” and his administration’s threat to review approximately $9 billion in federal funding.

On Memorial Day itself, Trump amplified his criticism on social media. He posted: “I am considering taking Three Billion Dollars of Grant Money away from a very antisemitic Harvard, and giving it to TRADE SCHOOLS all across our land,” adding, “What a great investment that would be for the USA.” Despite the strong rhetoric, the president had not taken formal steps or released further clarifying statements by Monday afternoon.

Responding to the accusations, Harvard’s current president, Alan Garber, who is Jewish, denounced the administration’s demands as “illegal” and accused Trump of trying “to control whom we hire and what we teach.”

Faust, a historian with deep ties to the American South, concluded her essay by reiterating the lasting significance of the Civil War and the moral responsibility carried by modern Americans. She emphasized that the soldiers who gave their lives for the Union did not do so in vain; their sacrifice laid the groundwork for future generations to enjoy freedom and opportunity.

“They were impelled to risk all by a sense of obligation to the future,” she wrote, adding, “we possess a reciprocal obligation to the past” and that “we must not squander what they bequeathed to us.”

Faust’s message, though centered on Memorial Day, resonates far beyond the holiday. It serves as a reminder that the values defended in past generations are not self-sustaining. In her view, the stability of democratic governance requires active participation, vigilance, and moral courage.

By evoking the Civil War, Faust draws a powerful historical comparison to the present-day situation. She suggests that while Americans today are not being asked to go to war, they are nonetheless called upon to defend democracy—by speaking out, resisting unlawful overreach, and upholding the rule of law. In doing so, they would honor the sacrifices of the past and secure the legacy of freedom for the future.

Invalidation of Amara Chepuri’s Eligibility for the 2025 Scripps National Spelling Bee Contested

A Public Statement from the Educational Fairness Alliance

Amara Chepuri, a high-achieving Florida student and serious contender for the 2025 Scripps National Spelling Bee title, was unjustly prevented from advancing due to a documented procedural failure at her school-level spelling bee on December 11, 2024.

According to the official rules established by Scripps, a spelling bee must conclude with a Championship Round and a Championship Word spelled correctly to validly determine a winner. Specifically, if only one student correctly spells a word in a round, that student must then correctly spell a second word—the “anticipated championship word”—to be declared champion. If the student misspells that word, all prior spellers must be reinstated and a new round must begin.¹

In Amara’s case, no such round occurred, and no final word was administered. Instead, local officials prematurely declared another student the winner and excluded Amara from further advancement—even though the required end-of-bee procedure never took place. Video footage and official competition data confirm this violation.

Although Amara was denied advancement through her school, she went on to win the Rays/Rowdies Baseball Foundation regional bee through an alternate sponsor—thereby independently earning her place at the national level.

Nevertheless, Scripps later invalidated her regional first place title and revoked her national eligibility, citing the original unjust school-level disqualification. That disqualification, however, was the result of a bee that failed to conclude properly under Scripps’ own rules. In such cases, the rules expressly provide that if officials failed to follow the proper End-of-Bee Procedure, and the bee has concluded, authorization must be obtained to send both the erroneously declared winner and the wrongly excluded student(s) to the next level of competition.² This remedy was not applied in Amara’s case.

In a February 17, 2025 letter, Scripps Executive Director Corrie Loeffler stated: “We took the rare and extraordinary measure of reviewing the records from that bee. The records reflect that the officials conducted the competition in accordance with normal spelling bee procedures.” Yet the record clearly shows that the competition did not include the required championship round—rendering its conclusion inconsistent with “normal” procedure under Scripps’ own Rule 8.

While Scripps describes its rules as “suggested” at the local level, that discretion ends when the national organization chooses to enforce a local outcome. By reviewing the records, validating the school’s result, and revoking Amara Chepuri’s regional win, Scripps exercised direct oversight and assumed responsibility for the outcome. It cannot now disavow accountability for a decision it both reviewed and enforced.

Furthermore, the requirement that a spelling bee conclude with a Championship Round and a correctly spelled Championship Word is not optional—it is essential to the integrity of the competition. Because this did not occur, the competition was not properly concluded, and no disqualification could be valid. Scripps had both the authority and the obligation to apply its own procedural remedy for judging errors—a remedy it has applied in prior cases—but failed to do so here. That failure directly resulted in the improper exclusion of a deserving student.

This is not a technicality. It is the denial of a student’s right to a fair and rule-based competition in a nationally recognized academic program. It violates the Florida Student and Parental Bill of Rights, which guarantees students equitable and transparent treatment in education settings. A Florida student who followed all the rules was unjustly prevented from advancing—without meaningful recourse or acknowledgment from the institutions involved.

The refusal of Scripps and its sponsor, Rays/Rowdies Baseball Foundation to recognize and correct this procedural failure raises serious concerns about fairness and accountability in high-stakes academic settings. Families must be able to trust that educational institutions will uphold their own rules—especially when a student’s academic future is on the line.

About the Educational Fairness Alliance

The Educational Fairness Alliance is a nonpartisan advocacy organization committed to protecting students’ rights and promoting transparency, equity, and integrity in academic programs and competitions nationwide.

Footnotes

1. 2025 Suggested Rules for Spelling Bees, Rule 8 (End-of-Bee Procedure): “If only one speller spells correctly… the speller is given an opportunity to spell a word on the list (anticipated championship word). If the speller succeeds… [they are] declared the champion. If [they] misspell… a new spelling round begins with all spellers who participated in the previous round.”

2. 2025 Suggested Rules for Spelling Bees, Rule 9(E): “If [officials] erred and the competition has concluded, contact the spelling bee coordinator for the next level… to send both your declared champion and the speller(s) affected by the error to the next level of competition.”

(The above statement reflects the views of the concerned parties, shared with us for publication in our news portal. Our request to Scripps National Spelling Bee for their response to the above remains unanswered.

Trump’s Expansive Power Push Poses a Historic Stress Test for the Constitution

From the start of his second term, Donald Trump has pursued a presidency defined not only by sharp rhetoric and personal grievances but by an expansive attempt to consolidate power in the White House. What often appears to be a chaotic stream of attacks against universities, celebrities, corporations, and courts may in fact reflect a unified strategy: to weaken, if not fully dismantle, the system of checks and balances that has defined American governance since the Constitution’s founding.

In recent months, Trump has attacked a range of institutions and individuals—from attempting to block Harvard from enrolling international students to targeting Bruce Springsteen and Taylor Swift online, and pressuring companies like Walmart and Apple over their trade policy positions. On the surface, this might seem like political improvisation. But many legal scholars and political scientists argue that Trump’s actions aim to erode the very foundations of constitutional governance.

According to these experts, Trump’s second term differs from previous presidencies not just in degree but in kind. While past presidents have tested the boundaries of executive authority, Trump’s efforts appear to combine multiple unprecedented moves—sidelining Congress, challenging judicial rulings, asserting sweeping executive control, and using federal power to penalize perceived enemies in civil society.

Paul Pierson, a political scientist at the University of California at Berkeley, says the “sheer level of aggression and the speed at which [the administration has] moved” is without precedent. “They are engaging in a whole range of behaviors that I think are clearly breaking through conventional understandings of what the law says, and of what the Constitution says,” Pierson remarked.

Yuval Levin of the American Enterprise Institute also acknowledges that Trump is advancing the most sweeping vision of presidential authority since Woodrow Wilson. However, Levin predicts that this effort could provoke a counter-reaction, particularly from the Supreme Court, which may seek to reassert limits on presidential power. “The reaction that Trump’s excessive assertiveness will draw from the Court will backfire against the executive branch in the long run,” Levin wrote.

Others aren’t so sure. With the Court’s conservative 6-3 majority, many analysts question whether it will truly rein in Trump’s efforts to expand his authority—raising concerns that America’s constitutional balance might be in serious jeopardy.

A Multi-Front Assault on Constitutional Boundaries

Unlike past presidents who typically challenged one branch of government at a time, Trump’s second term has been marked by a comprehensive campaign to sideline all constitutional constraints simultaneously.

He has marginalized Congress by undermining agencies established by statute, asserting the right to withhold funds Congress has authorized, and bypassing the legislative process to enact major policies—such as on tariffs and immigration—via emergency declarations. He’s refused to enforce laws he dislikes, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which bans American firms from bribing foreign officials.

Within the executive branch, Trump has centralized control through purges of civil servants, inspectors general, and independent regulators—blurring the boundaries between independent oversight and presidential authority. These actions have simultaneously weakened the authority Congress originally built into those agencies to shield them from political interference.

Trump has also challenged judicial authority. He’s resisted federal court orders, such as restoring federal funds and complying with rulings on immigration enforcement. One case involved Kilmar Abrego Garcia, a deported immigrant the administration admitted was wrongly removed, yet Trump’s government showed little effort to obey the court’s directive to facilitate his return.

Federalism, too, has been under pressure. Trump’s administration has sought to override blue states by enforcing conservative cultural policies nationwide. He’s pursued controversial arrests of local officials, including a judge in Wisconsin and a mayor in New Jersey. Though charges against the Newark mayor were dropped, a new case was filed against Democratic Representative LaMonica McIver—another sign of Trump’s willingness to use federal power against political opponents.

Even more extraordinary is Trump’s assault on civil society. His administration has targeted law firms with Democratic ties, withheld research funds from universities over ideological disagreements, and tried to revoke their tax-exempt status. Trump has even ordered the Department of Justice to investigate the Democratic fundraising platform ActBlue and critics from his first term. Courts have already rejected some of these actions as unconstitutional.

Eric Schickler, co-author of Partisan Nation, says Trump’s strategy to deter other actors from performing their core roles is unprecedented in its scope. “This ability to just deter other actors from exercising their core rights and responsibilities at this kind of scope is something we haven’t had before,” Schickler said.

Yet for many of Trump’s supporters, this aggressive centralization of authority is precisely the point. Russell Vought, director of the Office of Management and Budget and a key architect of Trump’s governance philosophy, argues that the expansion of presidential power is necessary to undo decades of liberal influence. He contends that bureaucrats and federal agencies have usurped too much authority from elected officials, and the presidency must be “unshackled” to correct that.

Trump put it more bluntly in his first term when he said, “I have an Article II, where I have the right to do whatever I want as president.”

Warnings Echo from the Founding Era

In a nod to American revolutionary tradition, Trump earlier this year signed a proclamation honoring Patrick Henry’s famed “Give me liberty or give me death” speech. However, he omitted a lesser-known but prescient warning from Henry, issued 13 years later when debating the Constitution’s ratification.

Henry feared that the presidency could become a tool for authoritarianism. “If your American chief, be a man of ambition, and abilities, how easy is it for him to render himself absolute!” Henry warned. His concerns about the potential for executive abuse were echoed by other Founders, even those who supported the Constitution.

James Madison, writing in the Federalist Papers, argued that the Constitution’s design would prevent tyranny by dividing power across institutions and levels of government. “Ambition must be made to counteract ambition,” he wrote. Madison believed this system, bolstered by federalism, would safeguard individual liberty through what he called a “double security.”

Despite the Constitution’s flaws—most egregiously its original accommodation of slavery—the separation of powers functioned relatively well for over two centuries, Pierson and Schickler argue. The diffusion of authority helped prevent any single individual or group from consolidating power.

But the system has weakened in recent decades, as growing polarization and nationalized political identities have eroded the commitment of officeholders to their institutional roles. Instead of defending the prerogatives of Congress, courts, or states, many officials now align themselves primarily with their political party. This shift has reduced the likelihood that members of a president’s party will challenge overreach, enabling figures like Trump to push boundaries further than ever before.

A Fragile System Faces an Uncertain Future

Will Trump’s second term mark a turning point in American constitutional history—one in which presidential power overwhelms the traditional system of checks and balances?

That question is no longer academic. Corey Brettschneider, author of The Presidents and the People, notes that past challenges to civil liberties—from John Adams to Richard Nixon—have often triggered successful public resistance. But even he expresses doubt that such outcomes are guaranteed in today’s polarized climate. “We have these past victories to draw on,” Brettschneider said. “But we shouldn’t be naïve: The system is fragile. We just don’t know if American democracy will survive.”

Yuval Levin remains somewhat more optimistic. He sees the Supreme Court as the last likely counterweight to Trump’s ambitions. While he acknowledges that Congress is unlikely to resist, he believes the Court will ultimately differentiate between a president’s authority over the executive branch and overreach into other branches and civil society.

“So this court will simultaneously strengthen the president’s command of the executive branch,” Levin predicts, “and restrain the president’s attempts to violate the separation of powers.”

Still, even that vision suggests a presidency transformed—and a constitutional system facing a stress test unlike any in modern times.

Trump Demands Disclosure on Harvard’s Foreign Students, Escalates Battle with Elite University

President Donald Trump intensified his criticism of Harvard University on Sunday, questioning the presence of foreign students and demanding transparency about who they are and where they come from. His comments follow recent actions by the Department of Homeland Security, which attempted to restrict the university’s ability to enroll international students—a move that has stirred significant controversy.

“Why isn’t Harvard saying that almost 31% of their students are from FOREIGN LANDS, and yet those countries, some not at all friendly to the United States, pay NOTHING toward their student’s education, nor do they ever intend to,” Trump said in a post. He added, “Nobody told us that! We want to know who those foreign students are, a reasonable request since we give Harvard BILLIONS OF DOLLARS, but Harvard isn’t exactly forthcoming. We want those names and countries. Harvard has $52,000,000, use it, and stop asking for the Federal Government to continue GRANTING money to you!”

The university has stated that it enrolled around 6,800 international students in the 2024-2025 academic year, which amounts to approximately 27 percent of its total student body, slightly lower than the figure Trump cited. These students come from a variety of countries and, according to Harvard’s publicly available data, pay full tuition for their education. International students are typically not eligible for U.S. federal financial aid, which means that their tuition payments may, in fact, contribute to supporting institutional costs for domestic students.

Despite the financial contribution international students make to Harvard, Trump’s statements reflect growing political tension over elite academic institutions and their perceived alignment with liberal values, diversity efforts, and global engagement. Some observers believe that limiting the number of foreign students at Harvard could create more openings for American applicants. While this idea may resonate with certain groups, it also raises concerns about the long-term implications for higher education and the global academic reputation of U.S. universities.

Trump has been locked in an extended battle with Harvard, the nation’s oldest and most financially robust university. His grievances range from accusations of antisemitism on campus to allegations of racial and ideological bias embedded within the school’s policies and curriculum. This latest attack zeroes in on the university’s global makeup and its relationship with the federal government.

The president’s repeated targeting of Harvard has coincided with his broader efforts to reshape the direction of American education and reduce what he sees as liberal dominance in the nation’s academic institutions. He has accused the school of failing to uphold American values and has specifically condemned its diversity initiatives. His actions have not only affected Harvard but also sent ripples through the broader higher education landscape, with other institutions watching closely.

Trump’s demands come on the heels of a legal victory for Harvard, which recently challenged the Department of Homeland Security’s attempt to block the enrollment of foreign students. A federal judge intervened on Friday, issuing a temporary halt to the policy. This ruling gives Harvard a brief reprieve as it continues to litigate the matter. The university has also filed a separate lawsuit against the Trump administration over billions of dollars in federal research funding that the administration froze in retaliation for Harvard’s refusal to dismantle its diversity programs.

The financial stakes in this clash are substantial. Harvard’s endowment exceeds $52 billion, making it the wealthiest university in the country. Despite this vast financial reserve, the school still receives significant federal research grants, which Trump now threatens to cut off permanently. In his remarks, Trump insisted Harvard should use its own funds instead of relying on taxpayer money, arguing that “Harvard has $52,000,000, use it, and stop asking for the Federal Government to continue GRANTING money to you!”

The battle over foreign student enrollment has sparked broader concerns within the academic community about the future of U.S. higher education under increasing political scrutiny. Universities across the country are grappling with how to respond to shifting federal policies, particularly those targeting diversity, free speech, and foreign influence. Many fear that aggressive moves against institutions like Harvard could set a precedent that undermines the academic freedom and international prestige that American universities have long enjoyed.

Moreover, Trump’s rhetoric seems tailored to resonate with a portion of the electorate that views elite institutions as out of touch and unaccountable. His emphasis on Harvard receiving “BILLIONS OF DOLLARS” in federal funds plays into a narrative that taxpayer money is being funneled to liberal strongholds that do not reflect mainstream American values. By questioning the loyalty and financial accountability of international students, Trump appears to be doubling down on his America First platform, extending its reach to education policy.

At the same time, Trump’s critics argue that these attacks risk doing real damage to U.S. interests. International students not only bring in substantial revenue to American universities but also contribute to the nation’s economy and innovation ecosystem. Many go on to become researchers, entrepreneurs, and community leaders. Policies that discourage their enrollment could have long-term repercussions, both academically and economically.

The president’s call for disclosure of international students’ names and countries of origin also raises privacy concerns. While universities typically collect this information, releasing it could pose legal and ethical challenges. Critics warn that such demands might violate student privacy rights and increase the vulnerability of certain students, especially those from politically sensitive or conflict-affected regions.

Harvard, for its part, has remained largely restrained in its public responses, relying instead on legal avenues to contest the administration’s directives. By pursuing litigation, the university aims to protect not only its own interests but also those of other academic institutions that could be similarly targeted in the future.

The ongoing legal battle over foreign students and diversity funding is emblematic of the deeper ideological clash between Trump’s vision of a nationalist, merit-based educational system and the more global, inclusive approach favored by institutions like Harvard. As the 2024 presidential election cycle heats up, it’s likely that these cultural flashpoints will continue to be politicized, with elite universities caught in the crossfire.

While Trump’s latest salvo may energize his base, it also underscores the growing divide over the role of education in shaping America’s future. For universities, the challenge will be navigating this contentious landscape while upholding their commitments to academic excellence, inclusivity, and global engagement.

In the meantime, Harvard’s legal and public relations teams are preparing for what could be a prolonged battle over the school’s autonomy and access to federal support. Whether the university’s endowment will be enough to shield it from the political fallout remains to be seen. But what is certain is that the fight over foreign students is only the latest front in a much larger war over the soul of American higher education.

US Treasury to Halt Penny Production, But Coin Will Remain in Use for the Foreseeable Future

The United States Treasury Department has officially announced plans to begin phasing out production of the penny, a coin it has continuously minted for over 230 years. However, the penny is not disappearing from everyday life just yet. Despite the halt in manufacturing, the one-cent coin will continue to be legal tender and widely used across retail stores nationwide for the foreseeable future.

The transition away from minting the penny is intended to begin early next year, but its impact will be gradual, especially in cash-heavy retail sectors. According to Jeff Lenard, spokesperson for the National Association of Convenience Stores, consumer behavior may not be significantly affected in the initial stages of the change. “If we look at the experience in Canada, for the first year after they stopped making pennies, there’s really no change in transactions,” Lenard said in an interview with CNN.

Convenience stores, which process more cash payments than any other type of business, handle approximately 32 million cash transactions per day. This figure accounts for nearly 20% of all purchases made by their customers, Lenard noted. Given the sheer volume of cash transactions in such stores, many retailers are expected to continue using the penny until their supplies dwindle.

The National Retail Federation (NRF), representing both major U.S. retail chains and a broad range of smaller businesses, echoed a similar outlook. It anticipates that most of its member retailers will still accept and circulate pennies even after the Treasury ceases production. However, the NRF expects that, over time, businesses will begin rounding cash transactions to the nearest nickel once banks start running low on penny supplies.

“Retailers’ primary goal is serving customers and making this transition as seamless as possible,” explained Dylan Jeon, senior director of government relations at the NRF. This reflects a widespread commitment among retailers to ensure minimal disruption to customers during the transition.

Currently, the U.S. has an estimated 114 billion pennies in circulation. Nevertheless, the Treasury has classified them as “severely underutilized.” Many of these coins are not actively used in commerce and instead remain in coin jars, junk drawers, or forgotten containers throughout households across the country. Their minimal usage in daily transactions has prompted this step by the federal government.

To put this into perspective, the vast number of existing pennies could theoretically fill a cube about 13 stories tall. Despite this large stockpile, many people choose not to accept pennies when offered as change, often placing them into communal containers such as the “leave-a-penny-take-a-penny” dishes found at many store checkouts.

Lenard emphasized that the current abundance of pennies in circulation means there won’t be an immediate shortage. “Retailers won’t necessarily run out of them for a while,” he explained. However, as the supply at banks diminishes over time, businesses will inevitably shift their practices. Without new rolls of pennies from financial institutions, retailers will gradually start rounding cash transactions either up or down to the nearest five cents.

Importantly, this change will not be enforced by any government directive. The decision on when to start rounding transactions will be left up to each individual retailer. As Lenard noted, “The decision when to do that will rest with each retailer, not official government policy.”

It’s also worth highlighting that this change primarily affects cash transactions. Purchases made with electronic methods such as credit and debit cards will still be calculated down to the exact penny, maintaining price accuracy for non-cash payments.

Looking at international precedent, Canada provides a useful model. Although Canada stopped producing its one-cent coin in 2012, the penny is still accepted as legal currency. According to Canada’s finance ministry, pennies “retain their value for transactions indefinitely.” This policy means that if a customer chooses to pay with pennies, most Canadian retailers are still likely to honor those coins in completing a purchase.

The same principle is expected to hold true in the United States. Lenard believes retailers will continue to accept pennies from customers, even after new ones are no longer minted. “There’s a saying in retail, ‘Never lose a customer over a penny,’” he said. “I never really thought of it in these terms, but it applies even more here. I think if someone wants to pay with pennies, most retailers will err on the side of making those customers happy.”

This approach reflects both a pragmatic and customer-friendly attitude among businesses. Retailers are likely to prioritize customer satisfaction over strict adherence to coin policy, especially in the case of small denominations. While the phase-out of penny production marks a significant shift in U.S. coinage history, its day-to-day impact on consumers and businesses alike is expected to be limited, at least in the near term.

For now, the penny remains very much a part of American commerce. Though production may wind down beginning next year, the coin will continue to change hands at cash registers, rest in change jars, and be used by customers who still value it. The U.S. retail system, especially its convenience stores and smaller businesses, is preparing to make the transition as smoothly and flexibly as possible.

The story of the penny is far from over. As the nation adapts to changes in currency production, the familiar copper coin will likely stick around—whether jingling in pockets or quietly resting in trays by the checkout—for many years to come.

Women Take the Lead in Philanthropy as Billionaire Boomers Fade Out

The era dominated by billionaire baby boomer men steering global philanthropy is drawing to a close. As icons like Bill Gates and Warren Buffett wind down their historic contributions, a new wave is rising—wealthy women, led by the likes of MacKenzie Scott, are now taking charge of charitable giving. With proposed tax reforms threatening the traditional foundation model, the future of philanthropy is being reshaped by trust-based giving and innovative donation strategies pioneered by these women.

Bill Gates and Warren Buffett once stood as titans of philanthropic giving, often compared to the Rockefellers and Carnegies for their transformational impact. They brought about a new Gilded Age of charity, establishing a model for billionaire benevolence. However, this landscape is undergoing dramatic changes. As liberal institutions face mounting tax pressures and unconventional giving strategies gain ground, a broader and more diverse group of philanthropists is poised to redefine the field.

Earlier in May, Gates revealed his plan to close the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, committing to distribute $200 billion by 2045 and to give away his personal $100 billion fortune in the process. Amir Pasic, dean of the Lilly Family School of Philanthropy at Indiana University, reflected on the ripple effects of Gates’ decision, saying, “There’s an air of anticipation in terms of if and how people are going to follow in his footsteps.”

Simultaneously, Warren Buffett, now 94, is preparing to step away from the helm of Berkshire Hathaway. His Giving Pledge, which inspired 240 billionaires to commit around $600 billion to philanthropic causes, dramatically expanded the culture of elite giving. But with Buffett stepping back, questions arise about the continuity of these commitments and whether future billionaires will uphold the pledge’s intentions in his absence.

Despite these transitions, experts say the philanthropic momentum won’t stop—instead, it may accelerate and become more inclusive. “We’re likely to see more women come out of the shadows,” Pasic predicted, signaling a shift in who holds influence in the charitable sector.

One major force reshaping philanthropy is a proposed change in U.S. tax policy. A recently approved budget reconciliation package includes a 10% tax on foundations with assets exceeding $5 billion. This move could significantly impact large liberal institutions such as those founded by Gates, George Soros, and Mark Zuckerberg.

Kathleen McCarthy, director of the Center on Philanthropy at CUNY, warned that the impact would be uneven. “The reason this is insidious is that it’s going to really hit the big liberal foundations like Gates, Ford, and Soros,” she said. “Whereas the conservative foundations are much smaller and they will pay a much lower rate.”

This shift in taxation is prompting billionaires to reevaluate their giving strategies. “They will start looking at alternative mechanisms once they realize that they’re going to be forced to sunset foundations,” McCarthy explained. “That’s what’s being jeopardized right now.”

One of the most significant alternatives gaining attention is the method used by MacKenzie Scott. Her model of “stealth giving” involves donating large sums directly to nonprofits without imposing restrictions or demanding detailed reports. She simply trusts recipients to make good use of the money.

As traditional foundation-based models come under strain, Scott’s direct and discreet approach is gaining traction. “I think she’s a trendsetter and sort of moral ballast to the way that Gates has been,” noted Bella DeVaan, associate director of the charity reform initiative at the Institute for Policy Studies. “I do see that being not just a trend, but shifting common sense towards trust-based philanthropy.”

Scott’s donations come through her Yield Giving foundation, which has disbursed more than $19.25 billion to 2,450 nonprofits. Her impact has proven that significant giving can be accomplished without elaborate bureaucracies. Experts believe her style will inspire other billionaires to adopt a more streamlined and anonymous model of charity to avoid taxation and bureaucratic hurdles.

DeVaan also anticipates that Melinda French Gates, another philanthropic heavyweight, could lead the way in adopting the philanthropic limited liability company (LLC) model—an alternative to traditional foundations that offers more flexibility and privacy.

A deeper pattern is emerging across the philanthropic landscape: women are no longer just supporting roles in charitable work—they’re becoming the primary drivers. In 2024 alone, more than 200 new billionaires have been minted—an average of four every week—and many of them are women. As more women accumulate wealth and power, their presence in philanthropy is becoming increasingly prominent and may soon define the sector.

When experts are asked who might fill the void left by Gates and Buffett, one name consistently surfaces: MacKenzie Scott. Her unique approach to giving—bypassing traditional vetting and bureaucracy—sets her apart. “This is a woman making a pretty bold statement about how she’s going to give her money away: by trusting the recipients, and not asking for any reporting back,” Pasic observed. “She’s in contrast to the very technocratic way that Bill Gates has approached matters.”

Melinda French Gates also remains a key player. Having played a vital role in the Gates Foundation, she continues to lead independent efforts in global health, gender equality, and family planning. Meanwhile, other philanthropic couples like Mark Zuckerberg and Priscilla Chan are investing heavily in human health innovations.

Though these women may appear to be breaking new ground, their involvement in philanthropy is not without precedent. Historical figures like Madam C.J. Walker—a pioneering African American businesswoman and the first self-made female millionaire—were notable benefactors in their time, even if they received less public recognition.

Now, in 2025, women in the U.S. have greater access to wealth, education, and leadership than ever before. As they rise into top executive positions and assert control over their finances, their influence in philanthropy continues to grow.

“You’ll see women becoming much more prominent mega donors,” McCarthy concluded. “They’re very comfortable handling money. They’re very comfortable doing research, and they’re looking for ways to change the system.”

The torch of philanthropy is being passed to a new generation—one shaped not just by shifting tax codes and policy reforms, but by the quiet revolution of women donors who are reshaping giving on their own terms. The era of Gates and Buffett may be ending, but a new, more inclusive chapter is already being written.

Pope Leo XIV Charts Inclusive Path, Promotes Peace and Unity in First Week

In his first address following his election as Pope Leo XIV, the new pontiff delivered a concise yet far-reaching message, articulating a vision for his papacy in just 500 words. Within that brief but impactful speech, he laid out a series of ambitious priorities that emphasized continuing internal reform within the Catholic Church, advancing peace across religious and global divides, and fostering inclusive dialogue with people of all faiths and even those without any religious affiliation.

Among his first stated goals, Pope Leo made it clear he intended to build upon the foundation laid by his predecessor, Pope Francis, particularly with regard to synodality — a church governance process rooted in consultation, inclusion, and collaboration. He expressed a desire to make the Catholic Church a more inviting and open institution. Additionally, he committed to using his new role as a force for peace both within the Church and globally. Leo emphasized his aim to “build bridges with dialogue and encounter” with not just other Christian denominations, but also with followers of other religions and those without religious beliefs.

On May 18, Leo presided over his inaugural Mass as the new head of the Catholic Church. In the days that followed, he began translating his words into concrete actions. The day after his installation, he met with leaders of ecumenical and interfaith groups who had traveled to Rome for the occasion. Speaking to them, the new pope said, “As bishop of Rome, I consider one of my priorities to be that of seeking the reestablishment of full and visible communion among all those who profess the same faith in God the Father, the Son and the Holy Spirit.”

His remarks came at a pivotal time, with the Church preparing to mark the 1,700th anniversary of the Council of Nicaea — a foundational moment in Christian unity that shaped the Nicene Creed, still recited in churches today. In recognition of this significant milestone, Pope Leo is expected to travel to Turkey later this year, in what would be his first international trip as pontiff, to commemorate the anniversary.

Leo also reaffirmed his full commitment to synodality, despite speculation that the process might fade with the passing of Pope Francis. The synodal path, initiated under Francis, has been a point of contention for some within the Church hierarchy. But Leo dismissed any notion of abandoning the initiative. “I would like to assure you of my intention to continue Pope Francis’ commitment to promoting the synodal nature of the Catholic Church and developing new and concrete forms for an ever stronger synodality in ecumenical relations,” he stated.

When addressing leaders of other world religions, Leo also voiced his support for the 2019 “Human Fraternity for World Peace and Living Together” document. Originally signed by Pope Francis and Ahmed el-Tayeb, the grand imam of al-Azhar in Egypt, the text is seen as a major milestone in Catholic-Muslim relations. Although the document has been criticized by more conservative Catholic circles, Leo’s endorsement signaled continuity with the outreach efforts of his predecessor.

In another significant gesture, Leo addressed Jewish-Catholic relations, which have recently faced tension, especially in light of Pope Francis’ vocal criticism of Israel’s actions in Gaza. Rather than retreat from the issue, Leo attempted to reset the dialogue with Jewish leaders. “The theological dialogue between Christians and Jews remains ever important and close to my heart,” he said. “Even in these difficult times, marked by conflicts and misunderstandings, it is necessary to continue the momentum of this precious dialogue of ours.”

The very next day, during his first Wednesday general audience at St. Peter’s Square, Pope Leo directly confronted the humanitarian crisis in Gaza. Speaking before 40,000 pilgrims, he did not shy away from addressing the ongoing suffering. “The situation in the Gaza Strip is increasingly worrying and painful,” he said. “I renew my heartfelt appeal to allow the entry of dignified humanitarian aid and to put an end to the hostilities, the heart-rending price of which is being paid by children, the elderly and the sick.”

The pope’s message of unity and bridge-building also took a symbolic step forward on May 19, when he met with U.S. Vice President JD Vance at the Vatican. The meeting was notable not just for its political implications, but also for the personal dynamics involved. Before becoming pope, then-Cardinal Robert Prevost had publicly disagreed with Vance’s theological stance on immigration. In February, Prevost had shared an article on social media with the headline, “JD Vance is wrong: Jesus doesn’t ask us to rank our love for others,” criticizing Vance’s attempts to justify the Trump administration’s tough immigration policies through Catholic teachings.

Despite this past tension, the meeting proceeded, and Vance extended an invitation to Pope Leo to visit the White House. While Leo acknowledged the invitation, such a trip appears unlikely in the near future. As a new pope from the United States — the first in history — he is expected to focus first on reforming internal structures and strengthening the Vatican’s core mission rather than returning to his native country immediately. His priorities clearly lie with addressing matters within the Church.

During the same general audience, Pope Leo paid tribute to his predecessor, noting that one month had passed since Pope Francis’ death on Easter Monday. The tribute underscored Leo’s commitment to preserving and expanding upon the legacy of Francis.

On May 22, Leo demonstrated further continuity with Francis’ policies by elevating women into senior positions within the Roman Curia. He appointed Sr. Tiziana Merletti, a respected canon lawyer, as secretary of the Dicastery for Institutes of Consecrated Life and Societies of Apostolic Life. Merletti, who previously served as superior general of the Franciscan Sisters of the Poor, replaces Sr. Simona Brambilla, the first woman ever to lead a Vatican dicastery. With this move, Leo made clear that his papacy would continue the progressive path of recognizing the contributions of women in Church leadership.

In another nod to his past and perhaps to the legacy of spontaneity that characterized Pope Francis, Leo made an unannounced visit to his former office at the Vatican’s Dicastery for Bishops. There, he celebrated Mass and visited with his former colleagues and staff members. The visit reflected a personal touch and humility that many had admired in his predecessor.

With his first week as pope now behind him, Leo XIV has already shown that his papacy will be marked by a commitment to dialogue, peace, inclusion, and reform. In both symbolic gestures and concrete actions, he has signaled a desire to guide the Church forward while remaining deeply rooted in the principles and outreach begun by Pope Francis. Whether addressing humanitarian crises, affirming interfaith cooperation, or empowering women in leadership, Leo has wasted no time in making his vision a reality. Perhaps, as some observers have suggested, the spirit of the “pope of surprises” lives on in his successor.

Global Malayalee Festival Rescheduled For January 1 & 2, 2026 In Kochi, India

The Global Malayalee Festival is rescheduled and will now be held from January 1 – 2, 2026, at the Crown Plaza, Kochi, India, the Malayalee Festival Federation, an NGO registered in India as a Section 8, Not For Profit Company, has announced here today .

Living thousands of miles away from this beautiful land of diverse traditions, yet the center of global ambitions, every Malayalee longs to be connected with and rediscover her/his roots. The fist ever Global Malayalee Festival planned to be held in Kochi, the most modern and ancient city of the state of Kerala, promises to offer millions of Malayalees spread across the globe, a unique opportunity to “Bond Beyond Borders,” to experience and relive the rich cultural heritage of Kerala.

The Festival 2026 brings together Malayalee diaspora leaders, innovators, and visionaries from around the globe to discuss and collaborate on shaping future technologies and their impact on global communities. According to the organizers, “Malayalees from 53 countries representing all five continents have joined the Global Malayalee Festival as advisors, ambassadors, and coordinators. We expect to create a global networking of New Gen, Businesspeople, and Technocrats.”

“We are anticipating several foreign dignitaries, including representatives of Royal families in the Gulf, the Finnish Prime Minister, Malayalee MPs from the UK and South Africa, Central Cabinet Ministers,  Kerala Chief Minister and other Ministers from Kerala, MPs, MLAS and Political leaders. We will have Malayalee Political Leaders from foreign countries like Mr. Sojan Joseph. Member of Parliament, United Kingdom, and Mr. Anil Pillai, a Member of the Provincial Parliament, South Africa.

“We urge Malayalees from all over the world to come and be part of the two-day festival. This is the first time such an event is being organized,” Andrew Pappachen, the Director & Chief Organizing Officer of the Global Malayalee Festival said. “Come and be be part of the cultural celebrations, celebrating our achievements, transformative discussions, and groundbreaking ideas at the inaugural Global Malayalee Festival in Kochi.”

The festival will feature keynote sessions, panel discussions, cultural showcases, and networking opportunities designed to celebrate and empower the Malayalee diaspora’s contributions to the cultural and technological advancement of the world.

Dr. Abdulla Manjeri, the Director and Managing Director of the Festival said, “The Global Malayalee Festival is a celebration of Kerala’s culture, heritage, and global connections, offering opportunities for growth, networking, and unity. It blends tradition with modern opportunities, focusing on areas like trade and investment and celebration.”

This event brings together the worldwide Malayalee community to celebrate their rich traditions while fostering opportunities in trade, investment, and cultural exchange. With a diverse lineup of performances, workshops, and networking events, the festival aims to strengthen ties and showcase Kerala’s vibrant contributions to the world. Join us in Kerala for this unique cultural and economic convergence.

Founded with the objective of upholding and sharing the rich cultural values of Malayalees, the Global Festival envisions a cohesive community that not only embraces but actively perpetuates in the rich cultural traditions. “By nurturing our ties to cultural roots, we seek to instill a deep-seated sense of identity and belonging, preserving the ethnic, cultural, and social essence of the Malayalees and ensuring that aspects of this identity and unity remain eternal in spiritual and actual ways which should be vibrant in the future generations for global Malayalees,” said Pappachen.

For more information, please contact WhatsApp at: 01 2014013955 or 0966 559994863 or email: haridaspot@gmail.com

US Lowers Tax on Outbound Remittances, Easing Burden on Indian Workers and Students

The United States has revised its planned excise tax on outbound money transfers, lowering the rate from 5% to 3.5%. This update, outlined in an EY advisory note, comes as a part of  President Donald Trump’s newly introduced legislative initiative, the One Big, Beautiful Bill Act. The comprehensive proposal covers various domains, including trade, immigration, and cross-border financial transfers. The initial plan to impose a 5% tax had sparked concern among Indian nationals residing in the US, many of whom send money home regularly. The latest adjustment is seen as a major relief.

The reduction in the excise tax is viewed as a significant win for the Indian diaspora in the US. The revised 3.5% rate mitigates the financial pressure previously expected from what was termed Trump’s “5% threat.” Many Indian migrants and their families had expressed concerns over how the earlier proposed tax could affect routine financial support to loved ones in India.

From a practical standpoint, the tax cut translates into direct savings for remitters. For instance, on a $10,000 transfer to India, the tax now stands at $350 instead of the previously planned $500. This means senders can save approximately ₹12,000 per transaction, a considerable benefit for families relying on regular remittances from abroad.

India continues to be the world’s top recipient of remittances. According to 2024 World Bank data, the country received $129 billion in remittances from around the globe, with 28% of that amount coming from the United States alone. Prior to the tax reduction, the Global Trade Research Initiative (GTRI) had issued a warning that the 5% tax could have resulted in a 10% to 15% drop in remittances to India. That would have translated into a substantial shortfall of between $12 billion and $18 billion each year. Such a reduction could have had significant consequences for families who depend on these funds, as well as for the Indian economy at large.

However, while the revised tax rate brings financial relief, it is accompanied by increased regulatory oversight. Under the new framework proposed by the bill, money transfer companies will now be required to report any individual who sends more than $5,000 in a single day. This increased monitoring adds a layer of scrutiny to transactions that were once more routine. Additionally, the legislation introduces stricter Know Your Customer (KYC) norms and more detailed compliance filing requirements. These changes may lead to delays in transfers, particularly for users who are not accustomed to more rigorous documentation processes.

As a result of these new compliance rules, the impact on different groups of remitters is expected to vary. Indian workers employed in service and labor-intensive jobs stand to gain the most from the lowered tax rate. They can now retain more of their hard-earned money, and the families who receive their support in India may benefit from marginally larger transfers.

On the other hand, the regulatory changes could create challenges for others. Indian students in the US, along with their parents, may face administrative delays when making tuition payments or sending money for living expenses. The need for additional paperwork could become a frustrating hurdle in time-sensitive financial situations.

In response to the tax proposal, both students and workers from India have voiced their concerns. Saurabh Arora, Founder and CEO of University Living, spoke to Business Today about the implications. “The proposed 5% excise tax on outbound remittances from the US is a policy under consideration that may influence how Indian students manage their personal finances while studying abroad. Many students begin contributing back home, whether by supporting their families or repaying education loans, once they start part-time work or move into full-time roles post-graduation,” he said.

He added, “For such students, even a modest change in remittance costs can shape how they plan and prioritise financial decisions. While the policy is still in discussion, it brings attention to the importance of financial preparedness for students navigating life abroad.” Arora’s remarks highlight the broader concerns that even relatively small changes in remittance costs can significantly impact budgeting and long-term financial plans for young migrants.

Another aspect of the new policy that has attracted attention is its potential impact on informal money transfer systems. Hawala networks, which have long offered quick and discreet services, might gain appeal among those seeking to avoid additional scrutiny. However, these networks have been losing their price advantage due to increasing competition and technological innovation in formal financial services. While some remitters might still turn to such informal channels, the narrowing cost gap could diminish that trend.

Ultimately, while the revised 3.5% tax rate reduces the financial load on remitters, it also comes with tighter control mechanisms that will likely complicate the process for many. The long-term effects will depend on how these regulations are enforced and how users adapt to the new compliance environment.

Indian nationals sending money from the US will need to be more mindful of transaction sizes, documentation, and timing. For working professionals, the change may be manageable with some adjustment. For students and families, particularly those managing tight budgets or tuition fees, the additional layers of oversight could present obstacles.

The broader legislative context also matters. The One Big, Beautiful Bill Act signals a more aggressive stance on regulating financial flows in conjunction with immigration and trade policy. While the tax rollback demonstrates responsiveness to community concerns, the accompanying enforcement measures reflect a tightening policy environment overall.

In sum, Indian remitters in the US find themselves navigating a mixed scenario: they have gained meaningful financial relief in the form of a lower tax rate, but now face increased regulatory scrutiny that could complicate their ability to send money home swiftly and efficiently. As the bill progresses through the legislative process, stakeholders will likely continue to push for clarity, fairness, and ease of compliance, especially given the volume and significance of remittances flowing from the US to India.

FBI Launches Major Crackdown on Texas-Based Immigration Fraud Scheme Involving Fake Job Ads

In a significant development, FBI Director Kash Patel has announced a major bust involving a long-running immigration scam allegedly orchestrated by two Pakistani-origin men based in Texas. Abdul Hadi Murshid, 39, and Muhammad Salman Nasir, 35, have been indicted alongside a law firm and a business entity for their involvement in a fraudulent visa operation. The entities implicated are the Law Offices of D. Robert Jones PLLC and Reliable Ventures, Inc., which allegedly served as key platforms for the fraudulent activities.

The FBI disclosed that Murshid and Nasir led a scheme that manipulated the U.S. immigration system through fake job advertisements. These ads were crafted to deceive government authorities into issuing labor certifications required for employment-based visa categories. The suspects exploited visa programs including the EB-2, EB-3, and H-1B categories, misrepresenting non-existent job opportunities to secure legal status for foreign nationals.

Announcing the arrests on social media, FBI Director Kash Patel wrote, “Major arrests out of @FBIDallas. Abdul Hadi Murshid and Muhammad Salman Nasir — two individuals out of Texas who allegedly oversaw and operated a criminal enterprise circumventing American immigration laws by selling fraudulent visa applications. Well done to our FBI teams and partners in the investigation.”

The scheme was designed to appear legitimate on paper. According to the indictment, the defendants began by posting job advertisements for positions that did not actually exist. These ads were created solely to meet Department of Labor (DOL) certification requirements. Once they secured the labor certifications under these false pretenses, they submitted petitions to the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) for employment-based visas.

To further the illusion, the suspects requested large payments from visa seekers as part of the application process. Then, in an attempt to simulate a real employment arrangement, they paid back a portion of those funds to the applicants as if it were actual payroll. This tactic was used to create the appearance of legitimate employment, satisfying government scrutiny and helping applicants eventually obtain green cards.

In many cases, the visa petition and the application for lawful permanent residence were filed concurrently. The goal was to secure not only temporary work visas but also eventual permanent residency for the clients, all based on fictitious job offers. The elaborate process gave applicants the impression that they were legitimately participating in the U.S. immigration system while actually benefiting from an unlawful scheme.

Though the primary suspects are both of Pakistani origin and based in Texas, federal authorities have characterized the operation as global in scale. FBI Dallas Special Agent in Charge R. Joseph Rothrock emphasized the broader implications of the case. “The defendants allegedly oversaw an international criminal enterprise for years that repeatedly undermined our nation’s immigration laws,” Rothrock stated in a press release. “These laws are necessary to protect national security and safeguard the lawful immigration process. The FBI and our law enforcement partners will hold any individual accountable that misuses their position of trust for personal profit.”

The investigation was a collaborative effort involving multiple federal agencies. In addition to the FBI, the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS), the Department of State’s Diplomatic Security Service, and the Department of Labor’s Office of the Inspector General all played active roles in unraveling the fraud. The coordinated action among these agencies was critical in building a case against the suspects and ensuring that those exploiting the system are brought to justice.

The indictment paints a picture of a long-running, well-structured operation designed specifically to take advantage of weaknesses in the employment-based immigration system. By offering services that falsely promised legal entry and work authorization in the U.S., Murshid and Nasir reportedly collected significant sums from unsuspecting visa seekers. These individuals were led to believe they were participating in legal procedures, when in reality, they were entangled in a large-scale immigration scam.

The law firm and the business entity involved are believed to have provided a veneer of legitimacy to the fraudulent enterprise. With law offices and a business as a front, the suspects were able to operate under the guise of professionalism and legal compliance. This setup made it easier to attract clients and deflect suspicion, enabling the scheme to continue undetected for years.

Officials say that such operations do more than just violate immigration rules—they also compromise national security and public trust in legal institutions. The misuse of employment-based visa programs not only disadvantages genuine applicants but also risks enabling individuals to enter the U.S. through deceptive means, potentially evading standard vetting processes.

The federal agencies involved have reaffirmed their commitment to identifying and prosecuting those who manipulate immigration laws for personal gain. This case is being viewed as a critical example of the need for vigilance and integrity within the immigration system. Authorities stress that investigations of this nature are necessary to preserve the fairness and security of the processes that allow individuals from around the world to legally live and work in the United States.

At the heart of the case is the blatant misuse of programs intended to fill genuine employment needs in the U.S. economy. The EB-2 and EB-3 visas are typically reserved for skilled workers, professionals, and other individuals whose expertise is in demand. The H-1B visa program is often used by companies to bring in high-skilled workers in sectors such as technology and engineering. By exploiting these channels with fake job postings and sham employment arrangements, the defendants not only compromised the credibility of these programs but also exploited the hopes of individuals seeking a better life in America.

This latest crackdown by the FBI is a reminder that immigration fraud remains a significant challenge for law enforcement agencies. Cases like these reflect the ongoing need for improved oversight, stringent verification, and inter-agency cooperation to safeguard immigration pathways.

As legal proceedings against Abdul Hadi Murshid, Muhammad Salman Nasir, and their affiliated entities continue, federal prosecutors are expected to present further evidence detailing the scope of the scam and its impact on the immigration system. For now, their arrests mark a decisive moment in the federal government’s efforts to clamp down on immigration fraud and restore trust in legal entry programs.

Humans May Achieve Immortality by 2030, Says Futurist Ray Kurzweil

The concept of living forever has fascinated human beings for thousands of years. From ancient legends about magical elixirs to modern-day science fiction tales of people cheating death, the dream of immortality has long occupied a special place in the human psyche. Historically, immortality was treated as a philosophical or imaginary pursuit. However, recent breakthroughs in artificial intelligence, genetics, and nanotechnology are pushing the boundaries of human longevity. What was once fantasy is now entering the realm of serious scientific discussion. Leading this movement is Ray Kurzweil, a visionary thinker, inventor, and former Google engineer, whose recent forecast has reignited global conversations about the future of life itself.

Kurzweil has made the remarkable prediction that by 2030, humans might achieve biological immortality. While the idea sounds extraordinary, it is not purely speculative. Kurzweil’s forecast is backed by progress in several scientific fields, including nanotechnology, robotics, and genetic engineering. According to him, medicine will soon be transformed by the development of tiny machines called nanobots. These microscopic devices could travel through the human bloodstream, continuously monitoring our health, repairing damaged cells, and even reversing the aging process. If such technology becomes reality, it could allow the body to self-heal and prevent diseases before they occur, possibly ending aging altogether.

Ray Kurzweil is no newcomer to bold technological predictions. Over the years, he has accurately predicted several developments in the tech world. He foresaw the rise of the internet, the development of artificial intelligence, and the merging of biology with computing—often decades before they became widespread. Out of 147 predictions he has made, nearly 86 percent have proven to be correct. This impressive track record has earned him both admiration and skepticism. In 1999, the U.S. government recognized his achievements by awarding him the National Medal of Technology, the highest honor for innovation in the country. His credibility is further strengthened by his active involvement in developing advanced technologies rather than merely speculating about them.

In addition to his predictions about immortality, Kurzweil has shared his views on the coming age of artificial intelligence. He believes that by 2029, AI will reach a pivotal milestone—it will become capable of human-level intelligence and pass the Turing test, meaning it can mimic human behavior convincingly. Kurzweil envisions a future in which humans and machines not only coexist but also integrate. This fusion of human consciousness with artificial intelligence could enhance memory, perception, and decision-making, allowing human capabilities to exceed natural biological limits.

Central to Kurzweil’s vision is the concept of the Singularity. This is a point in time when technological progress becomes so rapid and transformative that it fundamentally alters human civilization. Kurzweil expects this turning point to arrive around 2045. By then, he believes human intelligence will be magnified a billion-fold through integration with advanced technology. Consciousness, he says, will no longer be restricted to biological bodies. Instead, it will be something that can be uploaded, enhanced, and preserved indefinitely. As he sees it, the line between human and machine will blur, giving rise to a new form of existence.

Kurzweil is not alone in imagining such a transformative future. Masayoshi Son, CEO of SoftBank, has made similar predictions. He has suggested that by 2047, super-intelligent machines will emerge that can learn independently and develop emotional intelligence. These machines could potentially surpass humans as the most intellectually advanced beings. SoftBank’s own humanoid robot, Pepper, already showcases emotional awareness and interaction, highlighting how emotional AI is becoming a reality.

Signs of this technological shift are already visible today. In 2023, tech giants like Google and Microsoft released powerful AI-driven chatbots, sparking both amazement and fear. While these tools demonstrated unprecedented abilities, they also stirred unease about their long-term effects. Public responses ranged from excitement about their potential to alarm over what might happen if AI systems become too independent. The concern was significant enough that, in March 2023, a group of scientists, engineers, and tech entrepreneurs, including Elon Musk, signed a public letter urging a halt in AI development. Their statement warned that current AI systems pose a real threat to society and should be properly regulated before advancing further.

Kurzweil’s ideas about immortality, while built on a foundation of scientific optimism, also raise serious ethical and societal questions. If humans stop aging and no longer die naturally, how will society deal with population growth, resource distribution, and economic sustainability? Will such life-extending technology be available to everyone, or only to the wealthy? More profoundly, if death is no longer a certainty, how will it affect our understanding of life’s purpose, meaning, and legacy?

As Kurzweil suggests, these are not merely scientific or technical questions. They cut to the core of what it means to be human. While science may eventually allow us to live forever, it also challenges us to rethink our values, ethics, and responsibilities as a species. If immortality is truly within reach by 2030, as Kurzweil predicts, then humanity must begin preparing for a future that looks radically different from anything we’ve known before.

Kurzweil’s vision is a daring blend of scientific insight and bold imagination, but it demands serious reflection. As he proposes, “Humans could achieve immortality by 2030 through nanobots.” Whether or not we arrive at that future on time, the very possibility urges us to ask how such a world would function and who it would benefit. In the coming decades, we may not only be witnesses to a revolution in life expectancy but also participants in shaping the new rules of existence.

Indian MPs Embark on ‘Peace Mission’ Across Americas to Denounce Terrorism

An all-party delegation of Indian Members of Parliament has embarked on a “peace mission” across the Americas with a clear message: India will not be cowed by terrorism. Leading the initiative is senior Congress MP Shashi Tharoor, who emphasized that the delegation aims to make a bold international statement in the aftermath of the recent terrorist attack in Pahalgam that claimed the lives of 26 civilians.

The group, composed of eight MPs and accompanied by Taranjit Singh Sandhu, India’s former Ambassador to the United States, began their mission in New York on Saturday evening. Their first stop was the 9/11 memorial at the World Trade Center, where they paid tribute to the victims of the deadliest terrorist attack on American soil.

During their time in New York, the delegation also engaged with members of the Indian diaspora and addressed the media, reinforcing their central message of unity and resistance against terrorism. Following the New York visit, the group is scheduled to travel to Guyana, Panama, Colombia, and Brazil. Their itinerary will conclude with a return to the United States, where they plan to meet with political leaders, lawmakers, and influential figures.

Before departing from India, Tharoor laid out the mission’s objectives. “The reason we are going is to speak for the nation, to speak about this horrendous crisis we were subjected to, in which our country was attacked by terrorists in the cruelest possible way,” he said. He further added, “We need to speak up with clarity and conviction for our country, for our response, and to give the world the message that we will not be silenced by terrorism.”

The mission is notable for its bipartisan makeup, showcasing a unified national stance against terrorism. Tharoor, from the opposition Congress Party, is leading the delegation. Other members include Shambhavi of the Lok Janshakti Party (Ram Vilas), Sarfaraz Ahmad from the Jharkhand Mukti Morcha, and Milind Murli Deora of the Shiv Sena. The team also includes Shashank Mani Tripathi, Bhubaneswar Kalita, and Tejasvi Surya of the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), along with GM Harish Balayogi from the Telugu Desam Party, a partner in the National Democratic Alliance.

Their tour follows a particularly brutal incident in Pahalgam, where terrorists affiliated with The Resistance Front, a group linked to the Pakistan-based Lashkar-e-Toiba, carried out a massacre that killed 26 innocent civilians. India responded by launching targeted strikes on terrorist camps in Pakistan and in Pakistan-Occupied Kashmir. In retaliation, Pakistan launched attacks on Indian territory, deliberately aiming at civilian sites. These included places of worship such as temples, gurudwaras, convents, and even medical facilities, significantly escalating tensions between the two nations.

The delegation’s decision to start their peace mission at the 9/11 memorial in New York was deliberate and symbolic. Tharoor highlighted the importance of this gesture, saying it underlined their determination to ensure global attention remains focused on acts of terror. “We don’t want the world to look away either. We don’t want indifference to try and forward the truth,” he explained.

The September 11, 2001 attack on the World Trade Center, which resulted in the deaths of 2,731 people, had connections to Pakistan. Osama bin Laden, the leader of al-Qaeda who masterminded the attack, was later discovered living under the protection of the Pakistani government in Abbottabad. He was eventually killed there by the United States Navy SEALs.

Reflecting on the broader goals of the mission, Tharoor stated, “It’s a mission that will one day remind the world that India stands for all the values we need to preserve in the world today, of peace, of democracy, freedom, and not of hatred, of killing and on terror.” His remarks reinforce the delegation’s intent to represent India not just as a victim of terrorism, but as a global advocate for peace, tolerance, and democratic values.

The inclusion of leaders from both ruling and opposition parties underscores the shared commitment across the political spectrum to stand together in the face of terrorism. This rare show of unity is meant to bolster India’s image on the world stage and to confront global narratives that may downplay the threats the country faces.

While the delegation seeks to generate international support and solidarity, it also hopes to engage diaspora communities in spreading awareness about the realities of terrorism affecting India. Their engagements in countries across the Americas will serve both as outreach and as diplomatic soft power, emphasizing India’s resilience and moral stance against terror.

By combining symbolic gestures like the World Trade Center visit with strategic meetings across several nations, the delegation hopes to build a coalition of empathy and understanding. Their aim is to counter the efforts of groups and states that attempt to justify or minimize acts of terror against civilians.

In selecting a route that spans North and South America, including stops in countries like Guyana, Panama, Colombia, and Brazil, the delegation is also acknowledging the significant presence of the Indian diaspora in these regions. These communities, often influential in their host countries, are seen as valuable partners in advocating for India’s message of peace and justice.

This tour comes at a critical moment when global attention is often diverted by regional conflicts or domestic crises in the West. The Indian MPs believe that by physically taking this message abroad, they can bring renewed focus to the global challenge of terrorism and to India’s experience and response.

Furthermore, their presence in the United States and their meetings with lawmakers and thought leaders are meant to strengthen Indo-US ties, especially in the context of shared experiences with terrorism. The historical connection through the 9/11 attacks and India’s own recent tragedy provides common ground for deeper cooperation and understanding between the two democracies.

In summary, the peace mission led by Indian MPs is as much about diplomacy as it is about remembrance and resistance. By visiting the sites of tragedy and engaging with international leaders and communities, they seek to make it known that India will neither forgive nor forget, but will also continue to uphold the values of peace, democracy, and human dignity.

Tharoor’s closing words encapsulate the spirit of the mission: “It’s a mission that will one day remind the world that India stands for all the values we need to preserve in the world today, of peace, of democracy, freedom, and not of hatred, of killing and on terror.”

Legal Limbo: How Immigrant Victims of Abuse Face Fear, Myths, and Cultural Stigma

For immigrants caught in abusive relationships or enduring severe marital discord, the conflict extends beyond emotional suffering — it is deeply entangled in legal uncertainty, immigration-related anxieties, and overwhelming cultural shame.

“They told me I’d be deported if I left.”

“He said I’d never see my child again.”

“My parents told me to adjust — ‘What will people say?’”

These painful statements aren’t imagined. They are genuine accounts from individuals wrestling with fear, isolation, and misinformation. They belong to people trapped in complex situations, unsure where to go or who to trust. Their dilemmas reflect a harsh reality where the threat of deportation, loss of custody, or social ostracization becomes a weapon in the hands of an abusive partner.

To delve into this disturbing intersection of domestic violence, legal misconceptions, and cultural expectations, New India Abroad spoke to Stutee Nag, a tri-qualified attorney. With expertise in law across three jurisdictions, Nag sheds light on what immigrant victims need to know, especially those vulnerable due to their immigration status.

According to Nag, many individuals from immigrant communities suffer in silence because of misleading or threatening statements made by their partners. “Often, the abusive spouse tries to exert complete control by spreading lies — like saying the partner will be deported or lose custody if they leave. These are fear tactics, not legal truths,” she said.

Nag emphasized that domestic violence does not discriminate based on gender. “While women are more often the victims, men and people from all gender identities can also be abused. It’s important we don’t generalize. Abuse is abuse, and everyone has the right to be safe,” she noted.

When abuse occurs, victims often hesitate to report it, especially if they’re immigrants dependent on their partner for a green card or visa. Nag pointed out that many do not realize that there are legal provisions specifically designed to protect them.

One such protection comes under the Violence Against Women Act (VAWA), which provides an avenue for abused spouses of U.S. citizens or green card holders to self-petition for lawful status without the help or consent of the abusive partner. “VAWA isn’t just for women,” Nag clarified. “Despite the name, it’s available to all genders and can be a lifeline.”

She also spoke about the U visa, available to victims of certain crimes who are willing to cooperate with law enforcement. This visa, she explained, doesn’t just apply to physical abuse but can also cover mental and emotional harm, depending on the circumstances. “If a person has suffered substantial abuse and assists authorities, the U visa can offer a path to legal status and, eventually, permanent residency,” she said.

A major hurdle for many victims is not knowing that help exists. Fear of legal repercussions, especially deportation, keeps people silent. Cultural expectations add another heavy layer. “In some cultures, divorce or separation is considered taboo,” Nag said. “Victims are told to endure abuse to ‘save the family name’ or for the children. That mindset is dangerous.”

She pointed to how abusers manipulate cultural beliefs to maintain control. Statements like “What will people say?” or “No one will marry you again” are used to shame the victim into staying. “These are not just comments. They’re psychological weapons,” Nag explained. “When combined with threats of legal consequences, they can make victims feel completely powerless.”

Nag encouraged individuals to seek legal advice early, even if they are not ready to take legal action. “Sometimes just knowing your rights is empowering,” she said. “Knowledge can help victims feel in control again.”

She highlighted that speaking with an immigration attorney does not obligate someone to take immediate action. Instead, it opens the door to understanding what options are available. “Even a single conversation can be a turning point,” Nag said.

Another challenge immigrants face is that their abuser may be their only link to the outside world, especially in isolated households where victims are not permitted to work, drive, or access resources. Nag noted that in such cases, victims may feel completely trapped.

“Isolation is a tactic,” she said. “By cutting off access to finances, friends, or even basic communication, the abuser ensures the victim has no way out. That’s why early intervention and community support are crucial.”

Nag also emphasized the role of community organizations, legal aid groups, and shelters that are equipped to help victims in culturally sensitive ways. “There are support systems that understand your background, your fears, and your cultural concerns,” she said. “You are not alone.”

She warned against relying on hearsay or advice from unverified sources. “Too many people trust community gossip or advice from social media, which may not be legally accurate. That misinformation can be incredibly harmful.”

Nag stressed that while it is natural to fear the unknown, the U.S. legal system has checks and balances designed to protect the vulnerable. “No one should stay in an abusive situation because they’re scared of being deported. Legal tools exist, and there are lawyers and advocates who will stand by you,” she said.

According to Nag, leaving an abusive relationship does not mean instant legal chaos. Each case is different, and a qualified attorney can help map out a personalized strategy. Whether it involves VAWA, a U visa, or another pathway, the law provides protection.

She also addressed concerns about children. “Many people are told they will lose custody if they leave. That’s not automatically true. Courts prioritize the best interests of the child — and safety is a major factor,” she explained. “Judges take abuse seriously when making custody decisions.”

Nag urged victims not to let fear paralyze them. “The system is not perfect, but it offers tools and protections. And people are not as alone as they think,” she said.

Ultimately, her message was clear: “No one deserves to suffer in silence. Everyone deserves to be safe — regardless of their gender, background, or immigration status.”

She concluded by saying, “Freedom begins with knowing your rights. Once you do, the fear starts to fade, and you begin to realize — you can leave, you can survive, and you can rebuild.”

Through her legal expertise and empathetic approach, Stutee Nag offers a lifeline to immigrant victims of abuse, reminding them that while the journey out of a toxic relationship can be daunting, it is not impossible — and they do not have to face it alone.

Indian Americans Among Washington’s Most Influential Voices in Policy and Advocacy

Several Indian Americans have earned a spot on Washingtonian magazine’s prestigious list of the 500 Most Influential People in Washington for this year. The list highlights influential experts and advocates operating outside of government who are actively shaping vital policy discussions in sectors like healthcare, national security, climate change, and global commerce.

These Indian Americans, all with significant roles in various organizations and sectors, have been recognized for their unique contributions to shaping American policy. Their work spans areas such as healthcare advocacy, economic reforms, tech policy, trade, environmental law, and strategic security.

Among those featured is Neera Tanden, who currently serves as the president and CEO of the Center for American Progress (CAP). After a period in the Biden administration, she has returned to the progressive think tank, reestablishing her presence as a prominent liberal figure. Tanden has focused on countering conservative Republican plans concerning Medicaid, while also championing economic strategies that support the middle class, such as raising the minimum wage. She believes that progressives must “offer real alternatives to the status quo and articulate the real harms of policies like proposed Medicaid cuts to voters.”

In healthcare policy, Dr. Kavita Patel, a physician affiliated with Mary’s Center and a former health official under President Obama, continues to be a leading voice in defending and strengthening the Affordable Care Act (ACA). Patel argues that the ACA remains a durable piece of legislation, despite political challenges, and asserts that it “cannot be undone by a White House pen,” underscoring its lasting role in expanding healthcare access in the United States.

Also advocating for healthcare reform is Dr. Anand Parekh, who serves as the chief medical adviser at the Bipartisan Policy Center. He has been instrumental in reinvigorating the House Congressional Primary Care Caucus. In doing so, he seeks to educate lawmakers about the importance of revitalizing primary care to improve health outcomes on a national scale. Parekh, who once served as a deputy assistant secretary of health, insists that real progress in public health can only be achieved if the government reinvests in primary care, prevention, and public health infrastructure.

Jay Khosla, now the chief government affairs officer for Humana, brings years of experience from his time in Senate Republican leadership. He uses this background to influence federal policy from within the private sector, especially at the critical juncture of healthcare and economic development. Khosla’s work underscores the influence of private firms in shaping the future of health policy in Washington.

In the tech policy arena, Ruchi Bhowmik serves as the vice president of public policy at Netflix. A former official in the Obama administration, Bhowmik now works on issues like net neutrality, copyright enforcement, data privacy, and content regulation. She plays a vital role in ensuring that Netflix’s policy interests are in line with evolving domestic and international regulations. Her leadership has been crucial as streaming platforms like Netflix continue to navigate growing regulatory scrutiny.

Atul Keshap, who heads the U.S.–India Business Council (USIBC) under the U.S. Chamber of Commerce, has focused his attention on India’s economic future. Following India’s 2024 general elections, Keshap has emphasized the importance of continued economic reform. He has urged Indian policymakers to embrace further changes in taxation, regulatory systems, and business processes, arguing that these steps are essential to improving the country’s global standing and increasing foreign investment.

Samir Kapadia, managing principal at the Vogel Group, is known for his work on complex trade compliance matters. He has carved out a reputation for advising multinational companies, particularly those dealing with U.S. steel tariffs and trade law. Kapadia’s insights are highly sought after by firms aiming to navigate the challenging terrain of international commerce and federal trade policy.

In national security and technology strategy, Nitin Chadda plays a critical role. He is the co-founder of WestExec Advisors and also serves as Vice Chairman at Teneo, a major global consultancy. Chadda advises defense and technology firms on how to effectively engage with federal agencies in an increasingly volatile international environment. Before founding WestExec, he worked closely with Secretary of Defense Ash Carter as a senior advisor and also held strategic positions at the White House and the State Department.

Tech policy continues to be a major area of influence for Indian Americans, as seen in the work of Karan Bhatia. Serving as the vice president of Government Affairs and Public Policy at Google, Bhatia leads a global policy team that spans more than 50 countries. He advises Google’s CEO on international regulatory matters and issues surrounding artificial intelligence, digital freedoms, and global tech governance. Bhatia previously served as the Deputy U.S. Trade Representative and held key roles in the Bush administration, giving him deep insight into both trade and policy.

Environmental policy also features prominently in this year’s list, with Radhika Fox recognized for her extensive work in water regulation. Formerly the head of the Environmental Protection Agency’s (EPA) water program, Fox now works as a principal at North Star Strategy. Her expertise lies in drinking-water regulation and the replacement of lead pipes, areas that have taken center stage in federal infrastructure efforts. During her time at the EPA, she played a key role in crafting the water pillar of the Bipartisan Infrastructure Law. As a result of her leadership, a staggering $50 billion was allocated—the single largest federal investment in water-related infrastructure to date.

These Indian American professionals, though working outside formal government roles, have become essential players in the policy arena of the U.S. capital. Their backgrounds span public service, private industry, and non-profit sectors, yet they share a common influence on shaping the policies that define modern American governance. Each has demonstrated a commitment to driving innovation, ensuring accountability, and advocating for reforms that align with a more inclusive and forward-looking vision of national and global leadership.

From championing affordable healthcare and economic reform to shaping international business policy and advocating for technology regulation, these individuals represent the growing influence of the Indian American community in Washington’s corridors of power. Their recognition in Washingtonian magazine’s list of the 500 Most Influential People in Washington marks not only personal achievements but also the broader evolution of diversity in American policymaking circles.

India Celebrates International Tea Day at UN, Showcasing Tea’s Role in Livelihoods and Sustainable Development

The Permanent Mission of India to the United Nations in New York recently organized a special event at the UN Headquarters titled “Tea for Livelihoods, Tea for SDGs,” in celebration of International Tea Day. The gathering drew attention to tea’s significant role in promoting employment, empowering women, and supporting global sustainable development goals.

During the event, Ambassador P. Harish, India’s Permanent Representative to the United Nations, delivered opening remarks that emphasized the powerful impact of tea cultivation and its economic influence. He described tea as a “transformative force” that contributes meaningfully to rural employment and the upliftment of women, while also serving as a critical element in advancing sustainability. According to Harish, India has taken a leading role in applying innovative technology to make tea production more inclusive and resilient to the impacts of climate change.

He further acknowledged the work of scientific institutions in India that are instrumental in this progress. In particular, Harish credited the Tocklai Tea Research Institute for its significant contributions to scientific innovation in the tea sector. The institute, based in Assam, is one of the oldest and most respected tea research centers in the world. Harish noted that such institutions play a key role in ensuring that tea production evolves in alignment with sustainable practices and global standards.

The event also featured remarks from several prominent diplomats and UN officials. Among them was Angelica Jacome, Director of the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) UN Liaison Office in New York. Alongside her, ambassadors and representatives from major tea-producing and tea-consuming nations also voiced their perspectives on tea’s social, economic, and cultural significance.

Ambassador Dang from Vietnam, Ambassador Lokaale from Kenya, and Charge d’Affaires Perera from Sri Lanka each addressed the importance of tea within their respective countries. They highlighted how the tea sector not only sustains millions of livelihoods but also serves as a symbol of their national identity and pride. Mamesah, the representative from Indonesia, contributed further by outlining how tea production continues to be central to the rural economies of the Global South, particularly in the context of agricultural exports and employment.

China, a country with a long-standing and rich tea tradition, was represented by Counsellor Liqun, who focused her remarks on the broader international goals connected to tea production. She stated that the tea industry is vital to the realization of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, particularly in areas related to job creation and gender equality. Liqun highlighted, “The tea industry has played an important role in achieving Agenda 2030, especially in generating livelihoods and empowering women.”

The celebration brought together an impressive lineup of Permanent Representatives from a diverse group of countries, each showing solidarity in recognizing the importance of tea. Among those in attendance were Sunil Sitaldin of Suriname, Joan Forner of Andorra, Michel Xavier Biang, who represented the International Organization of La Francophonie (IOF), Gheorghe Leuca of Moldova, and Deputy Permanent Representative David Abesadze of Georgia.

These diplomats expressed support for global cooperation in sustainable tea cultivation, emphasizing the unifying power of tea as both a beverage and a socio-economic driver. Their presence underlined the shared interest of both producing and consuming nations in sustaining the tea economy in a way that aligns with the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).

The event also aimed to provide an immersive cultural and sensory experience. As the formal discussions concluded, attendees were invited to participate in a curated tea tasting session featuring some of India’s most iconic tea varieties. The selection included Assam tea, known for its bold and malty flavor; Darjeeling tea, often referred to as the “champagne of teas” due to its delicate aroma; Nilgiri tea from the Blue Mountains of South India, prized for its bright and brisk character; and Masala Chai, the spiced tea blend that has become a staple in Indian households and a global favorite.

This tasting experience allowed participants to appreciate the diversity and richness of Indian tea culture. It also served as a reminder of the historical and cultural significance of tea in India, which is one of the world’s largest producers and consumers of tea.

Beyond its sensory appeal, the event sought to underline the global message that tea is much more than just a drink. It is a lifeline for millions, particularly in rural communities across Asia, Africa, and Latin America. It provides employment, promotes gender inclusion, and supports local economies while being deeply intertwined with traditional knowledge and environmental stewardship.

The commemoration of International Tea Day at the United Nations also reinforced India’s commitment to sustainable agriculture and international collaboration. Through initiatives such as this, India is positioning itself not just as a major tea producer, but as a global advocate for inclusive and environmentally responsible development.

In his concluding remarks, Ambassador Harish reiterated India’s readiness to share knowledge, technology, and best practices in sustainable tea production with other countries. He stressed the importance of global cooperation in achieving sustainable food systems and encouraged member states to recognize tea as an integral part of this goal. As he put it, “Tea is more than just a commodity. It is a symbol of sustainability, unity, and empowerment.”

Overall, the event succeeded in blending diplomacy with cultural exchange, scientific discussion with sensory delight, and tradition with innovation. By celebrating tea in this multifaceted way, India highlighted its enduring commitment to the global development agenda while also showcasing one of its most beloved and influential agricultural products.

Shubman Gill Named India’s New Test Captain for England Tour Amid Major Team Transition

India has ushered in a new era in Test cricket by naming top-order batsman Shubman Gill as the captain for the upcoming five-match series in England, starting June 20. The announcement, made by the Board of Control for Cricket in India (BCCI) on May 24, marks a significant leadership change following the recent retirements of veteran players Rohit Sharma and Virat Kohli from the longest format of the game.

At just 25 years old, Gill assumes the captaincy at a crucial juncture, succeeding Rohit Sharma, who, along with Kohli, bid farewell to Test cricket earlier this month. The back-to-back retirements of the two stalwarts within a span of six days have left a considerable void in the Indian squad, both in terms of experience and leadership.

“Shubman Gill-led Team India are READY for an action-packed Test series,” the BCCI said in a statement announcing the squad and new captain.

Wicketkeeper-batsman Rishabh Pant has been appointed vice-captain for the England tour, further highlighting the team’s shift toward a younger leadership group.

Known for his elegant stroke play and adaptability across formats, Gill has been in fine form, leading the Gujarat Titans into the playoffs of the ongoing Indian Premier League (IPL) season. His consistent performance with the bat and growing maturity as a leader appear to have convinced the selectors of his readiness for the top job.

“Obviously, he’s very young but we’ve seen the improvement,” chief selector Ajit Agarkar told reporters during the team announcement in Mumbai.

Agarkar emphasized that the decision was made after extensive consultation and assessment, stating, “We take feedback from a lot of people” and confirming that the selection was a “unanimous decision”.

The chief selector acknowledged the weight of expectations that come with the role, especially amid such a significant transition for Indian cricket. “It’s obviously going to be a high-pressure job. But we’re hopeful that we’ve picked the right guy. I mean, he’s a terrific player,” Agarkar said. “It’s a big job, big transition,” he added, particularly as “two of our big players” have stepped away from the format.

“We were all confident that he is the guy to take us forward,” Agarkar concluded, expressing optimism in Gill’s ability to guide India through this new chapter.

However, India’s squad for the England tour is not without setbacks. One major omission is that of pace spearhead Mohammed Shami, who has been left out of the 18-member squad due to fitness concerns.

“He’s had a little bit of a setback over the last week or so,” Agarkar revealed, adding that recent medical scans have ruled Shami out of contention for the upcoming series.

Jasprit Bumrah has been named in the squad but will not play all five Tests. The team management is closely monitoring his workload as he continues his recovery from a serious back injury that previously threatened his career. Bumrah’s ongoing fitness management is also one of the reasons he was not considered for the captaincy, despite serving as Rohit Sharma’s deputy during India’s last Test series in Australia.

Mohammed Siraj returns to the Test setup after being dropped from India’s ODI squad for the Champions Trophy earlier this year. His inclusion bolsters India’s pace attack, especially in English conditions that traditionally favor seam bowling.

In a notable comeback, batsman Karun Nair has been recalled to the Test squad. Nair, who famously scored an unbeaten 303 against England in Chennai in 2016, is set to return to the five-day format after nearly eight years on the sidelines.

Also earning a place in the squad is Gill’s opening partner at Gujarat Titans, Sai Sudharsan. The left-hander has been in superb form in the IPL, currently leading the batting charts with 638 runs, and his selection reflects the selectors’ preference for in-form players.

Agarkar noted that final decisions about the batting order, including who will open alongside Gill and who will take the number two slot vacated by Rohit and Kohli, will be made by head coach Gautam Gambhir in consultation with the new skipper.

Gill made his Test debut in December 2020 during India’s tour of Australia and has since featured in 32 matches, amassing 1,893 runs at an average of 35.05, including five centuries. Over the past four years, he has solidified his place as a mainstay in both India’s Test and ODI line-ups. Gill also played a pivotal role in India’s triumphant campaign at the 50-over Champions Trophy held in Dubai earlier this year.

The England series will serve as India’s first assignment in the 2025-27 cycle of the World Test Championship. The five Tests are scheduled at iconic venues across England, beginning with the opener at Headingley on June 20.

The second Test is set for Edgbaston starting July 2, followed by the third Test at Lord’s from July 10. The fourth match will be played at Old Trafford from July 23, and the tour concludes with the final Test at The Oval, beginning July 31.

The full 18-member squad for the England tour is as follows: Shubman Gill (captain), Yashasvi Jaiswal, KL Rahul, Rishabh Pant (vice-captain and wicketkeeper), Dhruv Jurel (wicketkeeper), Ravindra Jadeja, Kuldeep Yadav, Jasprit Bumrah, Mohammed Siraj, Akash Deep, Prasidh Krishna, Sai Sudharsan, Abhimanyu Easwaran, Karun Nair, Nitish Kumar Reddy, Washington Sundar, Shardul Thakur, and Arshdeep Singh.

With a blend of youth and experience, India is entering a defining phase in its Test cricket journey. Under the leadership of Shubman Gill and guidance of coach Gautam Gambhir, the team will be keen to make a strong statement in England and begin the new World Test Championship cycle on a high note.

Global Malayalee Festival Rescheduled For January 1 & 2, 2026 In Kochi, India

The Global Malayalee Festival is rescheduled and will now be held from January 1 – 2, 2026, at the Crown Plaza, Kochi, India, the Malayalee Festival Federation, an NGO registered in India as a Section 8, Not For Profit Company, has announced here today .

Living thousands of miles away from this beautiful land of diverse traditions, yet the center of global ambitions, every Malayalee longs to be connected with and rediscover her/his roots. The fist ever Global Malayalee Festival planned to be held in Kochi, the most modern and ancient city of the state of Kerala, promises to offer millions of Malayalees spread across the globe, a unique opportunity to “Bond Beyond Borders,” to experience and relive the rich cultural heritage of Kerala.

The Festival 2026 brings together Malayalee diaspora leaders, innovators, and visionaries from around the globe to discuss and collaborate on shaping future technologies and their impact on global communities. According to the organizers, “Malayalees from 53 countries representing all five continents have joined the Global Malayalee Festival as advisors, ambassadors, and coordinators. We expect to create a global networking of New Gen, Businesspeople, and Technocrats.”

“We are anticipating several foreign dignitaries, including representatives of Royal families in the Gulf, the Finnish Prime Minister, Malayalee MPs from the UK and South Africa, Central Cabinet Ministers,  Kerala Chief Minister and other Ministers from Kerala, MPs, MLAS and Political leaders. We will have Malayalee Political Leaders from foreign countries like Mr. Sojan Joseph. Member of Parliament, United Kingdom, and Mr. Anil Pillai, a Member of the Provincial Parliament, South Africa.

“We urge Malayalees from all over the world to come and be part of the two-day festival. This is the first time such an event is being organized,” Andrew Pappachen, the Director & Chief Organizing Officer of the Global Malayalee Festival said. “Come and be be part of the cultural celebrations, celebrating our achievements, transformative discussions, and groundbreaking ideas at the inaugural Global Malayalee Festival in Kochi.”

The festival will feature keynote sessions, panel discussions, cultural showcases, and networking opportunities designed to celebrate and empower the Malayalee diaspora’s contributions to the cultural and technological advancement of the world.

Dr. Abdulla Manjeri, the Director and Managing Director of the Festival said, “The Global Malayalee Festival is a celebration of Kerala’s culture, heritage, and global connections, offering opportunities for growth, networking, and unity. It blends tradition with modern opportunities, focusing on areas like trade and investment and celebration.”

This event brings together the worldwide Malayalee community to celebrate their rich traditions while fostering opportunities in trade, investment, and cultural exchange. With a diverse lineup of performances, workshops, and networking events, the festival aims to strengthen ties and showcase Kerala’s vibrant contributions to the world. Join us in Kerala for this unique cultural and economic convergence.

 

Founded with the objective of upholding and sharing the rich cultural values of Malayalees, the Global Festival envisions a cohesive community that not only embraces but actively perpetuates in the rich cultural traditions. “By nurturing our ties to cultural roots, we seek to instill a deep-seated sense of identity and belonging, preserving the ethnic, cultural, and social essence of the Malayalees and ensuring that aspects of this identity and unity remain eternal in spiritual and actual ways which should be vibrant in the future generations for global Malayalees,” said Pappachen.

GMF 2025 2

India Maintains Economic Stability Amid Global Uncertainties, Says RBI

India’s economy continues to show resilience in the face of global uncertainties, with the nation’s central bank projecting a future marked by “cautious optimism.” This assessment was shared in the Reserve Bank of India’s (RBI) latest monthly bulletin, released late on Wednesday, underscoring the country’s economic steadiness and potential for sustained growth despite turbulent international conditions.

The RBI noted that although the global economic environment remains volatile and uncertain, India is strategically positioned to endure and benefit from the changing dynamics. “The global economic outlook remains clouded amidst shifting policy landscapes and lingering vulnerabilities,” the RBI bulletin stated, highlighting the persistent global challenges that economies are currently facing. Despite this, the RBI expressed confidence in India’s trajectory, stating, “India stands well-positioned to navigate the ongoing global headwinds with confidence, ready to harness emerging opportunities and consolidate its role as a key driver of global growth.”

As global trade dynamics continue to evolve, India is actively pursuing a trade agreement with the United States. The initiative follows President Donald Trump’s decision on April 9 to announce a 90-day moratorium on planned tariff hikes for major U.S. trading partners, including a proposed 26% tariff targeting India. New Delhi is utilizing this temporary pause to negotiate a mutually beneficial trade pact aimed at avoiding the steep tariff. Indian officials are moving swiftly to reach an agreement within this brief window to safeguard bilateral trade interests.

Amid these international trade talks, domestic economic policy in India has seen notable adjustments. In April, the RBI decided to lower its key policy interest rate for the second time in a row. Additionally, it signaled the possibility of further rate reductions in the future by shifting its monetary policy stance from ‘neutral’ to ‘accommodative.’ This change indicates the central bank’s willingness to support economic growth by maintaining lower borrowing costs, particularly in light of declining inflationary pressures.

Inflation, once a key concern, appears to be stabilizing. The bulletin emphasized that inflationary pressures have substantially eased, with the consumer price index (CPI) showing signs of aligning with the central bank’s long-term targets. “Inflation pressures have eased significantly and the consumer price index is poised for a durable alignment with the target in 2025-26,” the RBI explained. In a reassuring development, India’s retail inflation in April dropped to 3.16%, marking the third consecutive month it stayed below the RBI’s 4% target. This is also the lowest inflation rate recorded since July 2019, offering policymakers greater flexibility to stimulate the economy without the fear of overheating.

The RBI also touched on global supply-side trends, noting some improvement. “While policy uncertainty has intensified, supply side pressures on the global economy are showing signs of relenting,” the bulletin noted. This suggests that bottlenecks and constraints that had plagued supply chains during and after the pandemic may be gradually easing, potentially leading to smoother trade and production flows.

Beyond macroeconomic indicators and international policy, the bulletin took a closer look at a specific domestic issue—food inflation driven by climate change and unusual weather patterns. In an article focused on how weather anomalies are affecting vegetable prices, the RBI highlighted a concerning trend. It observed that temperature anomalies, such as extreme heat or unseasonal cold, have become more frequent and intense in recent times. These weather disruptions have a direct impact on agricultural yields, particularly vegetables, which are sensitive to temperature fluctuations.

To counter these challenges, the RBI advocated for swift adoption of crop varieties that can withstand rising temperatures. The bulletin noted, “Temperature anomalies have increased in recent periods, raising the need for faster adoption of temperature-resistant crop varieties to support the objective of price stability.” This recommendation aligns with broader efforts to enhance agricultural resilience amid the growing impact of climate change, thereby ensuring food security and stable prices for essential commodities.

Overall, the RBI’s assessment combines a realistic acknowledgment of global economic instability with a confident outlook for India’s ability to stay the course. It reflects the central bank’s strategic balancing act—acknowledging international headwinds while promoting domestic policy tools to support growth, maintain inflation targets, and adapt to climate-induced supply risks.

The central bank’s approach remains data-driven and focused on long-term stability. Its accommodative stance suggests continued support for sectors that may require stimulus, particularly if external conditions remain fragile. The bulletin serves not only as a snapshot of the current economic situation but also as a roadmap for policymakers aiming to steer the Indian economy through global disruptions while capitalizing on emerging opportunities.

India’s economic policy, as outlined by the RBI, seems grounded in pragmatism with a vision for inclusive and sustained growth. The combination of easing inflation, potential trade agreements, and monetary support reflects a multifaceted approach to strengthening economic foundations.

Despite the complex international environment, India appears to be making deliberate and strategic moves to fortify its economy. With the central bank keeping a close watch on inflation, global trade relations, and the impact of climate change on agriculture, the country’s leadership is laying the groundwork for continued stability and long-term prosperity.

India’s ability to manage these dynamics could help it maintain a central role in global economic growth. As the RBI put it, “India stands well-positioned to navigate the ongoing global headwinds with confidence.” This blend of cautious optimism and strategic policymaking might well define India’s economic narrative in the years ahead.

Social Security Retirement Age Shift: Millions May Miss Out on Full Benefits Without This Key Detail

In the United States, many workers nearing retirement continue to believe a long-standing assumption: once they turn 65, they automatically qualify for their full Social Security benefits. While this was once widely true, the current rules no longer support this belief.

The determining factor is no longer simply reaching the age of 65. Instead, eligibility for full Social Security benefits is now also tied to a worker’s year of birth. This shift in policy has created confusion, with many unaware that their benefits could be permanently reduced if they don’t carefully time their retirement.

The federal government has recently confirmed that by July 2025, all impacted workers will receive a higher minimum wage. This development reflects broader efforts to align compensation with the needs of today’s workforce. However, when it comes to retirement planning, it’s the evolving Social Security framework that deserves close attention.

In the past, defining “retirement age” was straightforward. A person retired at 65 and started receiving their full Social Security benefits. But rising life expectancies and demographic shifts have prompted adjustments. Today, the age for claiming full Social Security benefits varies based on birth year, making retirement planning more complex.

These changes underscore the need for individuals approaching retirement to have a solid understanding of current Social Security regulations. Without this knowledge, they may inadvertently make decisions that reduce the benefits they are entitled to.

The Social Security Administration (SSA) has made it clear that full retirement age is no longer the same for everyone. Opting to claim benefits before reaching this age can result in a lifelong reduction in monthly payments. This reality highlights the importance of timing when it comes to retirement.

The SSA has identified specific ages at which individuals can collect the full amount of their Social Security benefits. Reaching this age is essential to qualify for the complete 100% monthly payment, but the exact age depends on the year a person was born.

For those born between 1943 and 1954, full retirement age is 66. For individuals born from 1955 through 1959, the full retirement age gradually increases with each birth year, eventually reaching 66 years and 10 months.

These adjustments might seem minor, but they can significantly affect long-term financial outcomes. Workers who are unaware of their specific full retirement age might retire too early, unintentionally lowering their monthly benefits for the rest of their lives.

For people born in 1960 or later, the age at which they can claim full Social Security benefits is now 67. That’s two years beyond the old age-65 standard that many still mistakenly believe applies today.

The rules do allow for early retirement at age 62, but there’s a major caveat. Choosing to take Social Security at this minimum age results in a permanent reduction in monthly checks—by as much as 25% to 30%. “This decrease remains in effect for the remainder of your life,” the article warns. For someone expecting a certain monthly income, this cut can have significant consequences, especially over decades of retirement.

On the other hand, delaying retirement beyond your full retirement age can offer major financial advantages. Surprisingly, many workers don’t know that for each year they wait to claim Social Security benefits beyond full retirement age, they receive a sizable bonus. The increase is about 8% for every year delayed, up to age 70.

This means someone who chooses to wait until they are 70 years old to retire could receive much higher monthly payments than if they had claimed benefits earlier. The benefit of waiting can add up to thousands of dollars annually. According to current data, “in 2024, the maximum benefit available can exceed $4,800 per month.”

This enhanced benefit could make a substantial difference in someone’s retirement lifestyle, offering more financial flexibility and stability. However, not everyone has the luxury of delaying retirement, especially if their health or employment situation doesn’t allow for continued work.

Still, for those who can afford to wait, the payoff can be considerable. Postponing retirement could mean not only higher monthly payments but also improved long-term financial health.

The broader message for today’s aging workforce is simple: understand the Social Security system’s current structure before making retirement decisions. Misunderstanding your full retirement age or the consequences of early retirement could lead to reduced benefits and a lower standard of living.

The government’s decision to implement a higher minimum wage for affected workers by July 2025 is one piece of a broader puzzle. But when it comes to long-term financial planning, especially for retirement, understanding when and how to claim Social Security is arguably even more critical.

For decades, people operated under the assumption that retirement benefits began at 65. But that rule no longer applies to the majority of today’s workforce. “The age at which workers can claim full Social Security benefits has shifted, reflecting the evolving nature of life expectancy and financial planning,” the article notes. This shift is now central to retirement strategy.

Unfortunately, many workers still overlook the changes or rely on outdated assumptions. That’s why educating oneself about the full retirement age and how it varies by birth year is more important than ever.

Failing to grasp these updated regulations could cost retirees tens of thousands of dollars over the course of their lives. With inflation and living expenses on the rise, every dollar counts in retirement. Accurate planning today can prevent financial regret in the future.

Understanding the Social Security changes and applying that knowledge wisely offers workers the best chance of maximizing their benefits. “Choosing to retire earlier than the designated age can be costly, leading to a permanent reduction in your monthly benefit,” the article cautions. That warning should prompt individuals to reassess their assumptions and explore all options.

Ultimately, the key takeaway is that Social Security retirement planning is no longer one-size-fits-all. Every worker must understand the rules that apply specifically to them. This means knowing your full retirement age, understanding the consequences of early retirement, and considering the benefits of waiting until age 70, if possible.

By making informed choices, workers nearing retirement can ensure they receive the full benefits they’ve earned—and avoid the lasting impact of a decision made in haste or based on outdated information.

Bhuvan Lall’s “Namaste Cannes” Book Launch Highlights India’s Cultural Rise at Cannes 2025

The 2025 Cannes Film Festival proved to be a pivotal moment for Indian author and filmmaker Bhuvan Lall as he unveiled his newest book, Namaste Cannes: The Rise of India’s Soft Power, at a prominent launch event held at the historic Carlton Hotel on May 17. The occasion served as a powerful symbol of India’s rising stature on the global cultural and cinematic stage.

WhatsApp Image 2025 05 24 at 22 08 37 (3)The book launch garnered widespread attention and praise, underscoring the impact of India’s cultural footprint at one of the world’s most prestigious film festivals. Among the many distinguished guests attending the event were acclaimed figures from across the globe, including legendary Hollywood producer Ashok Amritraj, billionaire industrialist Prakash Hinduja, William Pfeiffer, Chairman of Global Gate, celebrated art historian Sundaram Tagore, and a range of internationally renowned filmmakers such as Gurinder Chaddha, Rima Das, Sudhir Misra, Pan Nalin, Deepak Tijori, and Vijay Singh. Together with leading personalities from both Indian and global cinema, they came together in a show of solidarity and celebration of India’s cultural ascent.

Christian Jeune, Deputy Director of the Festival de Cannes, offered high praise for the event and the book, stating, “Namaste Cannes is the highlight of the festival for me this year!” His remarks emphasized the growing recognition of India’s artistic contributions in international circles and pointed to the symbolic importance of the launch at a time when India’s presence is becoming increasingly visible in global media.

The event exuded a strong sense of pride and accomplishment, showcasing India’s evolving role as a major culturalWhatsApp Image 2025 05 24 at 22 08 37 (1) influencer. Bhuvan Lall, clearly moved by the moment, shared his personal reflections on the launch and his decades-long association with Cannes. “Cannes 2025 has been a dream come true, both for my journey of 3 decades at the festival and the launch of Namaste Cannes. I’m honored to share this story of India’s soft power with the world,” he said.

A key element of the celebration was the focus on India’s expanding influence in the realm of soft power, particularly through cinema, storytelling, and cultural diplomacy. Namaste Cannes: The Rise of India’s Soft Power delves into this theme, tracing how India has steadily built a meaningful presence at Cannes and beyond. The book captures India’s unique role in shaping global conversations through its films and artistic expressions, providing readers with a comprehensive look at how the nation’s soft power has grown and evolved over the years.

Now available for purchase globally on Amazon, the book is expected to attract readers interested in the intersections of culture, cinema, diplomacy, and India’s international rise. Through detailed narratives and thoughtful analysis, Bhuvan Lall paints a vivid portrait of a country that is not only the world’s largest democracy and a booming economy, but also a formidable force in the global cultural landscape.

Amit Khanna, Former Chairman of Reliance Entertainment, reinforced this viewpoint with a strong endorsement of the author’s work and insight. “No one is better than Bhuvan Lall to document India’s journey as an important global power in the world of media and entertainment,” he said. This recognition from an industry veteran adds further credibility to Lall’s ongoing efforts to spotlight India’s cultural achievements.

For those unable to attend the book launch in person, a video of the event held at the Carlton Hotel offers a glimpse into the atmosphere, the energy of the attendees, and the proud reception the book received. The footage encapsulates the vibrant blend of tradition and modernity that characterizes India’s contemporary global image.

The guest list itself was a testament to India’s strengthening ties with global cinema. From the seasoned experience of veteran directors to the emerging voices of new-age filmmakers, the launch brought together a cross-section of Indian creativity and international admiration. Their presence reinforced the book’s central message: that India’s cultural power is not just growing but thriving, drawing attention, respect, and admiration from all corners of the globe.

WhatsApp Image 2025 05 24 at 22 08 37The selection of Cannes as the venue for this launch was deeply symbolic. As one of the most celebrated film festivals in the world, Cannes has long been a benchmark for cinematic excellence. Holding the book launch here sent a powerful message about how far India has come in terms of artistic recognition and global outreach. For Bhuvan Lall, whose own relationship with the festival spans over thirty years, it was a moment of deep personal and professional fulfillment.

In Namaste Cannes, Lall documents this long journey with depth and nuance. The book not only traces India’s visible participation in the festival but also examines how the country’s storytelling traditions, cinematic innovations, and cultural richness have earned it a unique place on the global stage. By chronicling these developments, Lall continues his role as a chronicler of India’s historical, spiritual, and artistic legacy.

His earlier works have already established his credentials as a storyteller who brings a thoughtful, historically rooted approach to contemporary subjects. With this latest publication, he adds yet another dimension to his body of work, focusing on India’s cultural diplomacy and its strategic use of soft power in the global arena.

As Lall stated during the event, the inspiration behind the book stems not just from his personal journey but from the larger transformation of India’s global identity. This transformation, he believes, is being led not only by economic growth and political shifts but also by India’s ability to tell stories that resonate across cultures.

The reaction to the launch at Cannes underscores a broader shift in perception. What was once considered a peripheral presence is now viewed as central to the international dialogue on cinema and culture. With the release of Namaste Cannes, Bhuvan Lall has provided a timely and insightful contribution to this narrative.

India’s growing engagement with the world through art and media is not just about representation; it’s about influence. It’s about how ideas, values, and perspectives from one part of the world can inspire and inform others. And at Cannes 2025, this message came through loud and clear.

As readers around the world begin to explore the pages of Namaste Cannes, they will encounter more than a festival memoir or a celebration of Indian cinema. They will find a story about identity, transformation, and the subtle yet powerful forces that shape our understanding of nations and cultures.

Through his work, Bhuvan Lall continues to amplify the voice of a country that is not only telling its own stories but also shaping the stories the world tells about itself.

Michael Bloomberg Tops TIME100 Philanthropy List as 2024’s Biggest Donor

Michael Bloomberg has been recognized as the most generous donor of 2024, according to TIME magazine’s prestigious TIME100 Philanthropy list. The billionaire media executive and philanthropist donated a staggering $3.7 billion of his vast personal fortune within a single year, securing his place as the top individual donor. This massive contribution highlights Bloomberg’s enduring commitment to philanthropy and social betterment, continuing a legacy that spans decades.

Bloomberg, whose wealth is estimated at over $100 billion, reportedly gave away more money in 2024 than any other individual, firmly placing him at the forefront of global philanthropic efforts. The 83-year-old American entrepreneur has long been a household name in both business and public service, and his latest financial contributions underscore his deep-rooted dedication to using his wealth for good.

A Boston native, Michael Bloomberg has worn many hats throughout his career—businessman, politician, philanthropist, and author. He is most widely known as the co-founder, CEO, and majority owner of Bloomberg LP, a global financial services, software, and media company. Founded in 1981, Bloomberg LP revolutionized the way financial data was delivered, becoming an essential tool in global finance. The company’s terminals and data services are widely used by industry professionals, cementing Bloomberg’s reputation as a transformative figure in financial media.

Bloomberg’s academic background helped shape his trajectory into business and philanthropy. He earned a bachelor’s degree from Johns Hopkins University, followed by an MBA from Harvard Business School. These educational experiences not only equipped him with the knowledge to build a business empire but also influenced his later commitment to educational causes.

Forbes estimates his current net worth to be around $105 billion, making him the richest person residing in New York State. Despite his immense fortune, Bloomberg has consistently demonstrated a readiness to give back, often on a grand scale. He also played a significant role in politics, serving three consecutive terms as mayor of New York City from 2002 to 2013. During his tenure, he implemented various public health and environmental initiatives, some of which reflected the same values he upholds in his philanthropic work today.

Among his notable donations in 2024 was a transformative $1 billion gift to Johns Hopkins University, his alma mater. This donation is set to make medical school free for most students and also aims to boost financial aid for nursing and public health students. According to Time magazine, this unprecedented grant is expected to significantly expand access to healthcare education and reduce financial barriers for aspiring professionals. The move aligns closely with Bloomberg’s long-standing support for public health and education.

In addition to this historic gift, Bloomberg announced a $600 million donation to the endowments of four historically Black medical schools. This contribution was designed to strengthen institutions that serve underrepresented communities in the medical profession. These actions reflect a philanthropic vision that emphasizes equity, opportunity, and long-term systemic change.

Reflecting on his approach to giving, Bloomberg shared his personal philosophy in an email to the Chronicle of Philanthropy earlier this year. “I’ve never understood people who wait until they die to give away their wealth. Why deny yourself the satisfaction?” he wrote. “I’ve been very lucky, and I’m determined to do what I can to open doors for others and to leave a better world for my children and grandchildren.” These words echo a belief that wealth should be used actively during one’s lifetime to create meaningful impact, rather than held back for posthumous distribution.

Bloomberg’s generous contributions are part of a broader trend among ultra-wealthy individuals who are increasingly using their fortunes to address pressing societal issues. TIME’s 2024 philanthropy list features a host of other influential givers who are shaping the world through charitable work. The list includes media icon Oprah Winfrey, Melinda French Gates, investor Warren Buffett, Indian business magnates Nita and Mukesh Ambani, and Indian tech pioneer Azim Premji.

These philanthropists represent diverse sectors and geographies, yet they all share a common goal: leveraging their resources to create positive change in society. Oprah Winfrey has famously supported education and empowerment initiatives for women and girls. Melinda French Gates continues to advocate for gender equality and global health through her foundation work. Warren Buffett, through his massive donations to the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, remains a stalwart in the world of philanthropy. Meanwhile, Nita and Mukesh Ambani, along with Azim Premji, are leading figures in the Indian philanthropic landscape, funding education, healthcare, and rural development projects across the subcontinent.

Bloomberg’s place at the top of this elite group in 2024 is both a testament to the scale of his giving and the focus of his efforts. Unlike some philanthropists who spread their wealth across numerous small initiatives, Bloomberg’s approach often centers on large, targeted grants that aim to solve systemic problems. His $1 billion pledge to Johns Hopkins University and the $600 million allocation to historically Black medical schools are emblematic of this strategy.

Moreover, Bloomberg’s actions reflect a broader commitment to health equity and educational accessibility, which have long been pillars of his philanthropic philosophy. He has also supported initiatives related to climate change, gun control, and public health campaigns globally through Bloomberg Philanthropies. These efforts have further cemented his reputation as a change-maker who uses his resources strategically to improve lives on a large scale.

As the global landscape continues to face numerous challenges—from health disparities and educational barriers to climate threats and economic inequality—philanthropy has become an increasingly vital force for good. Figures like Michael Bloomberg demonstrate that individual action, when amplified by wealth and vision, can lead to meaningful societal transformation.

In 2024, Bloomberg’s massive donations not only made headlines but also served as a call to action for other wealthy individuals to use their fortunes for the greater good. His philosophy of giving while living is increasingly being adopted by other major donors, marking a shift in how philanthropy is approached in the 21st century.

While Michael Bloomberg’s achievements in business and politics are well documented, it is his philanthropic impact that is likely to define his legacy. As TIME’s top donor of 2024, he has set a new benchmark for generosity, reminding the world that with great wealth comes the opportunity—and responsibility—to make a difference.

Suryakumar Yadav’s Heroics Secure Mumbai Indians Playoff Berth and Earn Man of the Match Honor

Suryakumar Yadav had every reason to celebrate on Wednesday, May 21, as his brilliant performance played a crucial role in Mumbai Indians clinching the final playoff spot in this season’s Indian Premier League. His unbeaten 73-run knock off just 43 deliveries not only guided his team to a commanding victory over Delhi Capitals but also earned him the Man of the Match award, a recognition he was proud to share with his wife.

Mumbai Indians, who have lifted the IPL trophy five times, were facing a must-win situation to keep their playoff hopes alive. Rising to the occasion, Suryakumar anchored the innings after coming in at a crucial juncture and led Mumbai to a total of 180 for 5. In response, Delhi Capitals faltered and were dismissed for 121 within 19 overs. This comprehensive win ensured Mumbai’s place in the playoffs alongside Gujarat Titans, Royal Challengers Bengaluru, and Punjab Kings.

Throughout the current IPL season, Suryakumar has consistently been the top scorer for Mumbai Indians. However, until this particular match, he had not received a single Man of the Match accolade, a fact that had not gone unnoticed by those close to him. Reflecting on this after the game, he shared a personal anecdote that revealed just how special this award was.

“My wife told me a sweet story,” Suryakumar said with a wide smile during the post-match presentation ceremony. “She said, ‘You’ve got all the awards except the Man of the Match award.’”

He further explained how the moment held personal significance beyond the statistics. “From the team’s point of view, the knock was important and this trophy is for her. She waits for these moments and we celebrate it when we go back.”

Asked to bat first, Mumbai Indians were initially under pressure. By the end of the 18th over, the score was a modest 132 for 5. The team needed a late surge to post a competitive total, and that’s exactly what they got. Suryakumar, who had held one end steadily, found an explosive partner in Naman Dhir. The duo launched a stunning assault in the final two overs, adding 48 runs in a dramatic flourish. Dhir’s quickfire 24 not out came off just eight balls, adding to the momentum.

The late innings acceleration completely transformed Mumbai’s total and set Delhi a challenging target. Delhi, in response, struggled to find rhythm and crumbled under the pressure of the chase. Mumbai’s bowlers capitalized on the momentum shift, with pace spearhead Jasprit Bumrah and left-arm spinner Mitchell Santner delivering with the ball. Both bowlers picked up three wickets each, ensuring that Delhi never got close to the target and were bowled out for just 121.

Suryakumar emphasized the strategic aspect of Mumbai’s batting plan, particularly the importance of one of the top four batters seeing the innings through to the end. “We knew there was a 15 or 20-run over somewhere, so we had to wait till the end,” he remarked. The team’s approach was to stay patient and seize the opportunity for acceleration when it presented itself, and Suryakumar executed that plan to perfection.

He also credited Naman Dhir for his role in the partnership that turned the game decisively in Mumbai’s favor. “The way Naman came in and shared that energy with me was a turning point,” he noted, underlining how Dhir’s spirited cameo made all the difference.

This win not only helped Mumbai Indians make it to the playoffs, but also served as a timely reminder of Suryakumar’s value as a dependable match-winner in the middle order. Known for his innovative strokeplay and ability to shift gears effortlessly, Suryakumar has often been the linchpin of Mumbai’s batting line-up. His calmness under pressure and flair for finishing games are qualities that have made him one of the most reliable players in the league.

The significance of Wednesday’s knock extended beyond just numbers and match situations. It was a performance that highlighted Suryakumar’s commitment to the team, his ability to deliver when it mattered most, and a touching personal gesture that added emotional depth to his achievement. With the Man of the Match trophy finally in his hands, it was a moment of shared joy, especially with his wife who had been patiently waiting for such a recognition.

Now with momentum on their side and a place in the playoffs secured, Mumbai Indians will be looking to build on this performance. The team, which has a history of peaking at the right moment, will be counting on Suryakumar’s form and leadership in the games ahead. As the playoffs loom, his match-winning contributions will be key to Mumbai’s hopes of adding a sixth title to their already impressive record.

In the days to come, fans and pundits alike will be reflecting on this critical win, and Suryakumar’s performance will undoubtedly be remembered as one of the turning points of the tournament. His ability to rise to the occasion, remain composed, and finish strong is exactly what champions are made of. Whether it’s his wife’s sweet encouragement or his own burning desire to win, there’s no question that Suryakumar Yadav has once again proven why he’s one of the most valuable assets in Indian cricket.

Meera Gandhi, founder of the Giving Back Foundation, celebrates International Yoga Day on June 21, 2025.TITLED “UPLIFTNY 2025”, Held in Central Park, NY

The Giving Back Foundation is a nonprofit organization promoting mental health, spiritual well-being, and community connection. Founded by Meera Gandhi, the foundation works globally to foster compassion, healing, and positive social change. New York (June 2025): The day will feature an uplifting combination of Yoga, Meditation, Live Music, and Spiritual Discussions, uniting New Yorkers from all backgrounds in a collective celebration of mental peace and well-being. A light lunch will be provided, free of cost, to all registered guests.

In Central Park, New York, join over 5,000 participants for UPLIFTNY25, an inspiring day of yoga, meditation, healing, and joyful music. This free event, presented by The Giving Back Foundation in collaboration with the Mayor’s Office of Sports, Wellness, and Recreation, promises to be a transformative experience dedicated to promoting mental wellness and community connection.

This year’s International Yoga Day, aligned with the Summer Solstice, is a powerful reminder of the need to nurture mental wellness and spiritual balance in an ever-changing world.

On the occasion of International Yoga Day 2025, Meera Gandhi, philanthropist and Founder of the Giving Back Foundation, will host UPLIFTNY25, a transformative, day-long celebration of wellness and community, on Saturday, June 21st, 2025, at Rumsey Playfield in Central Park from 10:30 AM to 5:30 PM.

Featured performers and guides include:

Bhushan Deodhar, Darryl Gaines, Daybreaker, Inga Benson, Madame Gandhi, Miriam Belov, and Tirlok Malik. With a diverse blend of talent and insight, UPLIFTNY25 promises to be an energizing and deeply meaningful experience, offering practical tools for healing and self-awareness.

The event theme is “How to Uplift Ourselves in a Challenging World?”
Participants will explore this question through collective practices and interactive sessions. The event is supported by wellness advocates, cultural voices, and New York-based community partners, building a bridge between ancient wisdom and modern life.

“We are honored to bring this incredible event to the heart of New York City,” says Meera Gandhi, Founder of The Giving Back Foundation. “UPLIFTNY25 is more than just an event, it’s a movement. We’re coming together to uplift each other’s mental health and spiritual well-being, celebrating the power of community and the beauty of connection.”

Event Details are Date: Saturday, June 21, 2025, Time: 10:00 AM – 5:00 PM (Check-in starts at 9:30 AM) Location: Rumsey Playfield, Central Park, NYC
Admission: FREE – Advance registration is required. Lunch: Light, vegetarian lunch served complimentary. Reserve your spot today at: www.upliftny25.info

Ryan Coogler’s Sinners Nears Final Global Box Office Milestone, Surpasses Schindler’s List

After a full month of theatrical release across global markets, director Ryan Coogler’s Sinners is inching toward what appears to be its final significant box office benchmark. Since its debut, the film has not only opened to record-setting numbers but has also maintained exceptional performance, particularly within domestic markets. Over the past few weeks, it has ascended to become one of the top 10 highest-grossing horror films in history. Current projections estimate that Sinners will wrap up its global theatrical run with over $350 million in earnings.

The film recently reached another milestone by surpassing a cinematic classic. It has now overtaken Steven Spielberg’s critically acclaimed 1993 drama, Schindler’s List, in terms of unadjusted global box office earnings. Sinners has so far accumulated over $245 million in North America and nearly $80 million internationally, pushing its worldwide total to $322.6 million. This figure just edges out the $322.1 million global earnings of Schindler’s List, a film that has long been regarded as one of the most important and successful historical dramas ever made.

However, it’s important to note that these numbers do not account for inflation. If adjusted, Schindler’s List would boast much higher numbers, particularly in the domestic market. At the time of its release, the World War II-era biopic earned $96 million domestically, which would translate to over $265 million when adjusted to today’s value. Nonetheless, traditional box office records do not typically adjust for inflation, making Sinners’ recent triumph an official and notable milestone in cinematic earnings.

The achievement is particularly striking given the limited overseas appeal of Sinners, with its cultural resonance proving strongest in American theaters. Despite its relatively modest international presence, the film’s domestic performance has been powerful enough to push it into historic territory. The narrative, budget, and direction have all contributed to its widespread acclaim and box office success.

Schindler’s List was a turning point in the career of Steven Spielberg, who was already one of Hollywood’s most celebrated directors by the early 1990s. The film, a powerful biographical portrayal of German businessman Oskar Schindler who saved the lives of over a thousand Jews during the Holocaust, represented a significant shift for Spielberg. Known primarily for blockbuster hits like E.T. and Indiana Jones, Spielberg used Schindler’s List to demonstrate his capability in delivering profound, serious cinema.

Indeed, Schindler’s List arrived in the same year as Jurassic Park, a film that showcased Spielberg’s continued dominance in the realm of big-budget action-adventures. Yet it was Schindler’s List that earned him his first Academy Award for Best Director, firmly establishing him as a filmmaker capable of spanning genres and emotional depths. The film remains one of the most critically revered pieces in cinematic history, with an almost flawless 98% score on Rotten Tomatoes.

More than thirty years later, Spielberg is preparing for yet another ambitious undertaking: a mysterious new science-fiction film slated for release in 2026. While details remain scarce, the announcement has generated considerable anticipation given the director’s track record.

In a similar vein, Coogler appears to be carving out a comparable niche in the landscape of serious studio filmmaking. Much like Spielberg’s evolution from entertainment-driven blockbusters to emotionally resonant dramas, Coogler has shown that he is equally comfortable creating thought-provoking and commercially viable works. Sinners represents his first original concept since his 2013 debut with Fruitvale Station, a film that also garnered widespread critical attention.

Coogler’s latest film was met with near-universal praise upon its release and continues to hold strong ratings across both critic and audience platforms. Sinners currently enjoys a “certified fresh” 97% rating on Rotten Tomatoes. On the same site, it boasts an equally impressive 96% audience score, labeled as “verified hot.” These scores closely mirror those of Schindler’s List, underscoring the level of critical and popular acclaim that Coogler’s film has achieved.

Produced on a reported budget of $90 million, Sinners tells the chilling story of twin siblings who return to their Mississippi hometown, only to encounter a deadly coven of vampires. The plot fuses traditional horror elements with deeper social commentary, a blend that has resonated strongly with viewers and critics alike. This creative and thematic balance likely contributed to its solid domestic turnout and enduring interest over the past month.

The movie’s success is not just in terms of box office figures, but also in what it represents for Coogler’s artistic evolution. Known for his work on Fruitvale Station, Creed, and Black Panther, Coogler has long been associated with character-driven stories that reflect personal and societal challenges. With Sinners, he returns to his roots in original storytelling, moving away from sequels and franchise projects to deliver a fresh narrative infused with his signature style.

The film’s influence seems set to extend beyond the financial realm. Much like Schindler’s List challenged and redefined expectations of Spielberg, Sinners could be the project that fully cements Coogler’s place among the most versatile and visionary directors working today. His ability to craft stories that are both commercially successful and critically respected puts him in a rare category — one populated by directors like Spielberg who have managed to navigate both the box office and awards circuits with equal ease.

Although Sinners may be reaching the final stage of its theatrical journey, its cultural and cinematic footprint appears firmly established. As the global total edges closer to the $350 million mark, it has already ensured its place in box office history. Surpassing Schindler’s List — even in unadjusted terms — is no small feat, and speaks volumes about Coogler’s storytelling prowess and the film’s resonance with audiences.

There is a sense of poetic symmetry in the fact that Coogler, who emerged just over a decade ago as a fresh voice in American cinema, now finds his work being compared with and measured against some of the most enduring classics in the medium. With Sinners, he has not only entertained but also provoked thought, delivering a horror film that lingers long after the credits roll.

As Sinners continues its slow climb toward its final box office milestone, it does so having already joined an elite club of genre-defining films. The movie’s triumph underscores not only its immediate success, but also the enduring appeal of well-crafted, intelligent storytelling in cinema today.

High Hurdles and Heavy Costs: The Complex Dream of a U.S.-Made iPhone

The White House has defended its “reciprocal tariffs,” stating that President Donald Trump believes the United States possesses both the workforce and the resources to manufacture iPhones domestically. However, industry analysts argue that producing an iPhone in the U.S. ranges from being extremely costly to outright unfeasible.

Experts in the field point out that a U.S.-manufactured iPhone could be drastically more expensive. One analyst estimates that labor alone would add 25% to the cost, while another suggests the price tag could balloon to $3,500.

When former President Barack Obama asked Apple co-founder Steve Jobs about the possibility of making iPhones in the U.S., Jobs responded bluntly in 2011, saying, “Those jobs aren’t coming back.”

Although both the presidency and Apple’s leadership have changed since then, the aspiration to make a “Made in the USA” iPhone persists. The White House reiterated on Tuesday that President Trump is confident in the country’s capacity to produce iPhones. Yet, Apple CEO Tim Cook and other Apple executives have not endorsed that position.

As this idea remains largely theoretical, the projected costs vary widely. Bank of America Securities analyst Wamsi Mohan noted that the iPhone 16 Pro, currently priced at $1,199, could jump to approximately $1,500 if manufactured in the U.S. due to labor expenses alone. Meanwhile, Wedbush analyst Dan Ives estimated that a U.S.-built iPhone might cost $3,500, based on Apple needing to invest $30 billion over three years just to shift 10% of its supply chain to the U.S.

Currently, over 80% of Apple products are produced in China. These products are now subject to a 145% tariff when imported into the U.S., as Trump’s new trade measures have taken effect.

Experts cite multiple obstacles to U.S.-based iPhone production, including the challenge of hiring and paying an American workforce and managing the costs of importing parts for assembly. Broad consensus among analysts suggests the project is unlikely. “I don’t think that’s a thing,” quipped Laura Martin of Needham during a CNBC segment.

Jeff Fieldhack, research director at Counterpoint Research, called the idea unrealistic, saying, “It’s just not a reality that on the time frame of imposing tariffs that this is going to shift manufacturing here. It’s pie in the sky.”

Apple’s product design takes place in California, but manufacturing is outsourced to firms like Foxconn, its top supplier. Building production facilities and setting up operations in the U.S. would take years, with no guarantee that future shifts in trade policy wouldn’t undercut those efforts.

A major issue is the stark difference in labor force availability between the U.S. and China. Nonetheless, the Trump administration views the scale of iPhone assembly labor as a potential domestic opportunity. “The army of millions and millions of human beings screwing in little screws to make iPhones, that kind of thing is going to come to America,” said Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick on CBS.

Foxconn operates sprawling manufacturing campuses in China equipped with dormitories and shuttle services. The company employs a seasonal workforce, with hiring surging ahead of fall product releases. This efficient system enables Apple to produce over 200 million iPhones annually.

However, Foxconn’s labor practices have come under scrutiny. In 2011, nets were installed around buildings following a series of worker suicides. Despite concerns about working conditions, Foxconn hired an additional 50,000 employees last year to support the iPhone 16 rollout, as reported by Chinese media.

Labor costs in China remain significantly lower than in the U.S. During the iPhone 16 production ramp-up, Chinese workers earned 26 yuan per hour, or about $3.63, and received signing bonuses worth roughly $1,000. In contrast, California’s minimum wage is $16.50 per hour. Mohan estimates that assembling and testing an iPhone in the U.S. would cost $200 per device, compared to $40 in China.

Cook has pointed out that American workers often lack specific technical skills required in iPhone production. In a 2017 interview, he said the U.S. does not have enough tooling engineers — professionals who configure the machines that transform digital designs into physical products. “The reason is because of the quantity of skill in one location, and the type of skill it is,” Cook explained.

He illustrated the disparity by saying that in China, a meeting of tooling engineers could fill “multiple football fields,” while in the U.S., gathering even one field’s worth would be difficult.

Past efforts to move production to the U.S. haven’t succeeded. In 2017, Trump announced a $10 billion investment from Foxconn for plants in Wisconsin. Although Apple wasn’t officially involved, Trump claimed the company would build “three big beautiful plants” in the U.S. The Wisconsin site eventually shifted its plans multiple times and ended up manufacturing face masks during the pandemic, with only 1,454 jobs created out of the 13,000 promised. Much of the facility remains incomplete.

Apple also attempted to localize production in Brazil in 2011 to avoid heavy import duties. The plant continues to operate and will help Apple offset tariffs with iPhone 16 production, according to Brazilian media. However, even after launching a $12 billion facility, most components were still imported from Asia. In 2015, four years after its launch, Brazilian-made iPhones were double the cost of those made in China, Reuters reported.

Some progress has been seen with Apple’s main chip supplier, Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co. TSMC now manufactures small batches of advanced chips at a new Arizona facility, and Apple remains a committed client.

Still, even if final assembly were moved to the U.S., the iPhone relies on globally sourced parts, many from countries hit by U.S. tariffs. The processor comes from Taiwan, the display from South Korea, and several other components from China. Unless Apple can negotiate exemptions, these parts would all be tariffed. Semiconductors are currently exempt.

Though Trump paused most tariffs for 90 days, Mohan warns that if they resume, the price of a U.S.-assembled iPhone 16 Pro Max could jump 91% due to tariffs and labor costs. “While it may be possible to move final assembly to the U.S., moving the entire iPhone supply chain would be a much bigger undertaking and would likely take many years, if even possible,” Mohan wrote.

While Jobs dismissed the notion of an American-made iPhone, Cook has taken a more diplomatic path. He attended Trump’s 2017 inauguration and maintained engagement, leading to Apple securing temporary tariff exemptions for key products during Trump’s first term. The company pledged to invest $500 billion in the U.S., including AI server production in Houston — a move Trump regularly praises.

One symbolic gesture came in 2019 when Apple announced continued assembly of the $3,000 Mac Pro at a Flex facility near Austin, Texas. Trump toured the plant with Cook. Analysts believe Apple may produce limited items domestically to appease Trump. “Given we now know that the Trump administration is willing to negotiate, we wouldn’t be surprised to see Apple commit to some small-volume production in the US (HomePod? AirTags?),” Morgan Stanley analyst Erik Woodring wrote in a note.

Apple declined to comment.

IBM’s AI Shift: How Automation Led to Layoffs—and Unexpected Job Growth

In a significant shift driven by technology, IBM made headlines in 2023 by laying off nearly 8,000 employees, primarily from its human resources department. This major reduction in workforce came as part of the company’s push to adopt artificial intelligence for routine HR functions. The goal was to streamline operations by replacing repetitive administrative tasks with a custom-built AI system called AskHR. This platform was designed to manage activities such as handling vacation requests, processing payroll, and organizing employee documents. The strategy, centered on IBM’s headquarters in Armonk, New York, aimed to boost efficiency and reduce operating costs.

AskHR delivered impressive results, successfully automating roughly 94 percent of the HR tasks it was assigned. As a consequence of this sweeping automation, IBM reported a massive $3.5 billion productivity boost across over 70 job categories. The decision to embrace AI not only saved time and resources but also reflected a growing trend in the tech industry. Several major companies, including Google and Spotify, have similarly adopted AI tools and automation systems to simplify internal processes and trim down support staff.

While such large-scale job reductions would typically shrink a company’s workforce, IBM’s experience defied expectations. Instead of seeing an overall decline in employment numbers, the company’s total staff count actually rose following the layoffs. IBM’s CEO Arvind Krishna, who has led the company since 2020, offered insight into this development during an interview with The Wall Street Journal. He said, “Our total employment has actually gone up, because what [AI] does is it gives you more investment to put into other areas.”

These “other areas” included departments where human skills remain essential—such as software development, marketing, and sales. Unlike roles centered on routine or rules-based tasks, these fields rely heavily on creative thinking, complex decision-making, and interpersonal communication. The investment freed up by automation allowed IBM to channel resources into hiring professionals for these high-value sectors.

Rather than viewing AI purely as a cost-cutting tool, IBM used it to enhance its business strategy by blending technological power with human insight. The company shifted its focus toward a hybrid model—automating the predictable while reinforcing areas that benefit from human innovation. New employees brought on after the HR downsizing were primarily specialists in programming, client engagement, and strategic marketing—roles that remain resistant to automation for the foreseeable future.

This transition at IBM offers a broader perspective on how technology is reshaping the world of work. Rather than simply erasing jobs, artificial intelligence is redefining the kind of roles that exist. Positions based on repetition and routine are increasingly being phased out, while those that require design, development, and personalized engagement are in greater demand. IBM’s experience serves as a powerful example of how AI not only transforms work functions but also influences the types of talent companies need.

The broader tech industry has seen similar dynamics. For instance, Duolingo, a language-learning platform that had heavily leaned on chatbot-based automation, eventually had to rehire staff when the technology failed to meet expectations. The shortcomings in AI implementation reminded companies that technology cannot fully substitute for human intuition, judgment, and creativity.

IBM’s AskHR platform offers a clear demonstration of both the strengths and limitations of AI. By 2024, the system had processed more than 11.5 million interactions. It also drastically improved internal satisfaction ratings, pushing its net promoter score (NPS) from a negative -35 to a very favorable +74 over just a few years. Despite the success, it’s worth noting that around 6 percent of user requests still required human intervention. This small but significant percentage revealed that AI cannot yet handle every scenario, especially those involving complex, sensitive, or unique circumstances.

The implementation of AskHR and IBM’s broader automation efforts underscore the delicate balance companies must maintain while adopting AI. The potential gains are substantial, but the transition must be managed with precision. CEO Arvind Krishna captured this nuance when he said the automation “allowed us to invest more in areas that need human creativity and interaction.” His comment highlights IBM’s dual focus: pursuing technological advancement while also nurturing the human element essential to innovation and customer engagement.

IBM’s evolving approach has had a profound impact on how work is distributed throughout its global network of more than 270,000 employees. Tasks once handled by dozens or even hundreds of HR personnel are now efficiently managed by algorithms. However, this has not led to a wholesale reduction in workforce. Instead, the company’s employment model has evolved to prioritize skills that complement automation rather than compete with it.

By reallocating talent and resources, IBM has transformed its internal structure without abandoning its human capital. This reshaping of the workforce reflects a strategic adaptation to technological disruption. It also sends a message to other companies navigating similar changes: automation, if applied thoughtfully, does not have to come at the expense of jobs. Rather, it can be a powerful force for creating new roles and expanding organizational capabilities.

In essence, IBM’s journey illustrates the broader evolution underway in today’s workplaces. As companies adopt AI to handle the mundane and the repetitive, they must also invest in cultivating skills that AI cannot easily replicate. These include emotional intelligence, complex problem-solving, and innovative thinking—all of which remain the domain of human workers.

IBM’s story provides a valuable case study in balancing innovation with workforce development. It demonstrates that automation and employment growth are not mutually exclusive. When managed correctly, one can fuel the other. By embracing AI to handle routine tasks, IBM not only streamlined its HR functions but also opened the door to new opportunities across its enterprise.

The company’s transformation highlights how technological disruption, while inevitable, need not be feared. With a thoughtful strategy, businesses can turn potential setbacks into progress—paving the way for a more dynamic and resilient workforce in the age of AI.

Desi Dialogues Series Launched to Tackle Urgent Immigration Concerns in South Asian Community

On Tuesday, May 20, the South Asian Impact Foundation, which operates under the umbrella of Indian American Impact (iaimpact.org), introduced its new initiative titled Desi Dialogues. This forum is designed to allow subject matter experts to answer pressing questions from the South Asian community about critical issues, particularly focusing on immigration in its inaugural session.

In a press release calling for support and donations, Impact described the Desi Dialogues initiative as “a space for urgent and honest conversations about the issues at the top of our community’s mind.” The organization emphasized that these conversations are meant to address the deep concerns felt by South Asian Americans, especially around complex topics like immigration that have a direct and often stressful impact on their daily lives.

The first discussion under this new series was titled “Immigration in Crisis – What South Asians Need to Know Now.” The event featured a panel that included U.S. Senator Chris Van Hollen of Virginia, alongside well-known immigration attorneys Sowmya Rao and Sheela Murthy. Also present was Robin Gurung, Co-Executive Director of Asian Refugees United, who brought perspectives from the refugee community.

Together, the panelists addressed a wide range of real-world concerns that are troubling South Asians in the United States. These were not theoretical debates or abstract policy discussions; instead, the dialogue was rooted in real-life anxieties experienced by individuals and families navigating the increasingly complex immigration landscape in the U.S.

The event saw a high level of community engagement, with participants posing questions that reflected both uncertainty and fear. One of the most common concerns was about the kind of documentation one should carry at all times, whether they are U.S. citizens, visa holders, or green card holders. This worry arises in the context of rising enforcement actions and heightened scrutiny at various checkpoints, including airports.

Another frequently asked question dealt with the risks associated with traveling outside the country. Attendees wanted to know what rights they have if detained at an airport and how they should handle such a situation. Concerns about being allowed back into the country after international travel were also top of mind, particularly for those on visas or with green cards. These questions reflect a deeper anxiety about the fragility of one’s immigration status, even when that status is legally valid and current.

According to the Impact Foundation, these are not distant or speculative scenarios. “These are not abstract hypotheticals. These are real fears in Desi households today,” the organization said in its press release. For many families, these issues are discussed around dinner tables and in community centers, driven by both personal experiences and stories shared within extended networks.

The Foundation emphasized the emotional weight behind these concerns, underlining a strong desire among South Asians in the U.S. to feel secure and recognized in the country they now call home. “We know this country is our home, and we belong here. And together, we’re building the power to make sure no one forgets that,” the statement continued.

This first Desi Dialogues session is indicative of a broader strategy by Indian American Impact and its affiliated organizations to create platforms where the community can both voice its fears and gain actionable information. It reflects a growing political and civic awareness among South Asian Americans, who have increasingly sought to advocate for their rights in a turbulent political climate.

The inclusion of Senator Chris Van Hollen in the discussion added a layer of policy insight that connected the legal perspectives of the attorneys and the lived experiences of immigrants to actual legislative frameworks. Van Hollen, a Democrat from Virginia, has been a known advocate for immigration reform and has supported legislation aimed at easing pathways to citizenship and improving protections for visa and green card holders.

Immigration attorneys Sowmya Rao and Sheela Murthy provided crucial legal expertise, explaining the complexities of current immigration laws and helping demystify the rights and responsibilities of various visa categories. Their advice was grounded in both legal precedent and the kinds of cases they encounter regularly in their practices.

Robin Gurung’s participation brought attention to the refugee segment of the South Asian population, which often faces even more precarious situations due to their limited resources and less stable legal status. As Co-Executive Director of Asian Refugees United, Gurung emphasized the importance of community support systems and legal aid in navigating the immigration system.

The South Asian Impact Foundation plans to continue the Desi Dialogues series as a recurring program, tackling a range of issues relevant to the South Asian diaspora in the United States. These topics are expected to include not just immigration, but also areas such as healthcare access, education equity, political representation, and economic opportunities.

By creating a consistent and reliable forum for these discussions, the Foundation hopes to empower individuals with knowledge while also fostering a sense of solidarity across the diverse South Asian community. The initiative reflects an ongoing commitment to advocacy and civic engagement, driven by the belief that informed citizens are essential for a just and equitable society.

The launch of Desi Dialogues comes at a time when immigrant communities across the country are grappling with mixed messages from federal policies and heightened scrutiny in immigration enforcement. For South Asians, many of whom are here on work-based visas or are in the process of securing permanent residency, these uncertainties have caused added stress.

At its core, the goal of Desi Dialogues is to transform fear into action and confusion into clarity. By connecting community members directly with legal experts and policymakers, the series seeks to close the information gap that often leaves individuals feeling powerless. It also serves as a platform for collective advocacy, where shared stories and concerns can be amplified and addressed at higher levels of governance.

The Impact Foundation’s message is clear: South Asian Americans are not alone in their struggles. Through initiatives like Desi Dialogues, they are building a community that is not only informed but also prepared to stand up for its rights.

As stated by Impact in its release, “We know this country is our home, and we belong here. And together, we’re building the power to make sure no one forgets that.” With this powerful declaration, the organization sets the tone for future dialogues that aim to unite, educate, and uplift the South Asian community across the United States.

Community Comes Together for Food Drive Benefiting Long Island Cares

A collaborative effort involving the American Red Cross, Arya Samaj of Long Island, and the Indian American Forum led to a significant donation to the Bethpage Food Pantry, part of Long Island Cares. The initiative saw the Hindu community rallying together to collect food, toiletries, and other non-perishable goods for those in need.

Initially, the plan was to send relief items to California in response to the devastating wildfires. Participants in the effort included Arya Samaj of Long Island, students from Stony Brook University, the Indian American Forum, and Brahashita Gupta. However, the volume of donations received far exceeded expectations.

Faced with an abundance of goods, Dr. Azad Anand, a member of the Red Cross Board, retired Stony Brook University professor, and former board member of Long Island Cares, suggested a new course of action. He proposed that the collected supplies be redirected to support Long Island Cares instead. “The goal was to get it into the hands of food-insecure people no matter where they live,” he emphasized.

The donation event took place at Arya Samaj of Long Island on May 6, 2025, marking a moment of unity and compassion. Representatives and key members from various organizations came together to support the cause.

In attendance was Paule Pachter, CEO of Long Island Cares, who was joined by members of his team, including Peter Crescenti, Colleen Guirand, John McKeown, Robert LaBarbara, John Sears, and Jessica Rosati. The American Red Cross was represented by Lenia Kiki, Community Disaster Program Specialist for Long Island. Also present were Drs. Azad and Nutan Anand; Indu Jaiswal, Chairperson of the Indian American Forum; Veer Mukhi; Drs. Urmilesh and Yashpal Arya; and Sudesh Mukhi, trustees of Arya Samaj of Long Island. Numerous volunteers also participated in the event.

Both Paule Pachter and Lenia Kiki expressed their appreciation for the work and commitment shown by the volunteers and organizations. “Thank you for your efforts and collections for donations,” they said in a shared sentiment of gratitude.

Long Island Cares, a nonprofit founded by singer-songwriter Harry Chapin, plays a vital role in addressing hunger and food insecurity on Long Island. It uses donations to purchase nutritious food and distributes it across various outlets, including food pantries, soup kitchens, shelters, programs for senior veterans, and initiatives supporting school children.

In addition to supplying food, Long Island Cares combats food insecurity through restocking efforts, mobile outreach services, and emergency assistance. The organization ensures that donated goods reach those who need them the most and supports communities through strategic partnerships and consistent outreach.

The recent food drive highlighted the power of collective action and the importance of addressing food insecurity locally. While the original intent was to help those affected by wildfires in California, the community quickly adapted their plan to meet immediate needs closer to home. The decision not only ensured that the abundant donations were put to good use but also strengthened local support systems already in place.

The overwhelming response from donors was a testament to the community’s commitment to service and their readiness to support those in crisis. Volunteers and organizers worked tirelessly to gather, sort, and prepare the items for delivery, driven by a common goal to help those facing food insecurity.

Arya Samaj of Long Island served as the central hub for the collection effort. Its trustees and members have long been involved in various charitable activities, and their facility provided the perfect venue for hosting the donation event. The collaboration with students from Stony Brook University and other partner organizations reflected a broad-based effort that brought together multiple generations and cultural backgrounds.

The leadership provided by Dr. Azad Anand was pivotal in redirecting the project’s mission to benefit Long Island Cares. His ties to both the Red Cross and Long Island Cares enabled a seamless transition in planning. “We had a huge volume of food coming in, and the question became, where could we make the most immediate impact?” he said.

Support from organizations like the Indian American Forum further strengthened the campaign. Under the leadership of Chairperson Indu Jaiswal, the Forum has consistently advocated for humanitarian initiatives and played an instrumental role in mobilizing support for the food drive.

Long Island Cares, headquartered in Hauppauge, New York, was well-equipped to receive and distribute the donations effectively. Its infrastructure includes several satellite locations and a mobile outreach unit that serves remote or underserved areas. By partnering with over 300 community-based agencies, the organization ensures wide-reaching impact throughout the region.

One of the organization’s key strengths lies in its ability to convert monetary and material donations into nutritious meals. In addition to food distribution, Long Island Cares provides job training, educational workshops, and health and wellness programs aimed at addressing the root causes of hunger.

At the May 6 event, the sense of unity and purpose was evident. Volunteers packed boxes, greeted guests, and listened to brief speeches from those leading the effort. The mood was one of reflection and appreciation, as many acknowledged the privilege of being able to help others.

“Giving back is a responsibility we take seriously,” said Veer Mukhi, one of the participating trustees. “Our goal is to continue serving the community and to inspire others to do the same.”

For many attendees, the food drive served as a reminder of how quickly plans can change, and how flexibility and compassion can make a significant difference. By staying focused on the underlying mission—helping those in need—the organizers were able to achieve a powerful outcome despite the change in destination.

The event concluded with a symbolic handover of the donations to the team from Long Island Cares. Volunteers, trustees, and organizational leaders stood together in solidarity, confident that their contributions would help bring relief to countless individuals and families struggling with food insecurity.

As Long Island Cares continues its mission to feed and support the most vulnerable, partnerships like these play a vital role in ensuring that no one is left behind. The joint initiative between the American Red Cross, Arya Samaj of Long Island, and the Indian American Forum exemplifies what can be accomplished when communities come together for a shared cause.

By channeling the spirit of generosity into concrete action, the event on May 6 offered hope and sustenance to many—and reinforced the enduring power of collaboration in times of need.

Judge Blocks Trump Administration from Ending Legal Status of Foreign Students

A federal judge has issued a nationwide injunction stopping the Trump administration from revoking the legal status of foreign students studying in the United States. The ruling, delivered on Thursday by US District Judge Jeffrey White of the federal court in San Francisco, marks a significant setback for the administration’s efforts to clamp down on international students as part of President Donald Trump’s broader immigration enforcement agenda.

The legal dispute centers around the administration’s sweeping attempt to interfere with the SEVIS (Student and Exchange Visitor Information System) records of non-citizens present in the U.S. on education visas. These modifications to the SEVIS database threatened the students’ ability to remain in the country legally, thereby putting them at risk of deportation.

The SEVIS system, managed by the Department of Homeland Security, serves as a database that tracks the immigration status of international students and is essential for universities to monitor their enrollment and legal standing. In a controversial move that began in April, the Trump administration initiated the cancellation of SEVIS records for thousands of these students, potentially rendering them undocumented.

Although the administration retreated from this effort last month in response to mounting legal opposition, Judge White determined in his decision that the threat of future arbitrary cancellations remains. In his ruling, he stated, “He does not find it speculative to conclude that, in the absence of an injunction, the administration would abruptly re-terminate SEVIS records without notice.”

White, who was appointed by President George W. Bush, emphasized that the actions undertaken by the administration had far-reaching and disruptive consequences. “The administration’s actions,” he wrote, “uniformly wreaked havoc not only on the lives of Plaintiffs here but on similarly situated F-1 nonimmigrants across the United States and continues to do so.”

The lawsuit was initiated by a group of international students who had experienced sudden and unexplained changes to their SEVIS records. These changes led to their legal status being jeopardized, with the students asserting that the administration had acted without following proper legal procedures.

Judge White agreed with their claims, indicating that the students were likely to succeed in their argument that the administration’s actions breached federal rule-making protocols. He characterized the actions as “arbitrary and capricious,” terms that carry significant legal weight in administrative law.

He also dismissed any suggestion by the government that these students posed a danger to the public or to national security. “Defendants do not suggest that these individuals pose an immediate safety threat or that they pose a threat to national security,” he wrote. “In contrast, Plaintiffs have shown that Defendants likely exceeded their authority and acted arbitrarily and capriciously in those enforcement efforts, and the ‘public interest is served by compliance with the Administrative Procedure Act.’”

The Administrative Procedure Act (APA) is a foundational statute in U.S. administrative law that governs how federal agencies develop and enforce regulations. The judge’s reference to the APA underscores the administration’s failure to follow due process when attempting to alter or terminate the SEVIS records of foreign students.

The preliminary injunction issued by Judge White means that the federal government must cease any further attempts to change or cancel international students’ legal status via the SEVIS system without first following the appropriate procedural steps. His decision provides temporary relief to international students across the country who faced the risk of deportation due to abrupt and unexplained changes to their legal status.

This development is just the latest in a series of legal battles over the Trump administration’s handling of immigration matters, particularly as they pertain to education and student visas. During his time in office, Trump frequently advocated for stricter immigration policies, often targeting international students as part of a broader narrative emphasizing national security and economic protectionism.

The injunction also brings attention to the significant role that international students play within the U.S. higher education system. Universities rely heavily on SEVIS to manage the legal and academic status of their foreign enrollees, and any abrupt change to the system can create significant confusion and fear.

In this instance, many universities were left scrambling to understand and respond to the cancellations, which were often issued without explanation. The affected students found themselves in precarious situations, sometimes with little warning or opportunity to appeal the decision.

According to White, the government’s failure to justify these cancellations or to provide a meaningful process for students to respond only compounded the harm. “In contrast, Plaintiffs have shown that Defendants likely exceeded their authority and acted arbitrarily and capriciously,” he wrote, reinforcing the argument that the administration sidestepped established legal norms.

While the decision is currently limited to a preliminary injunction—meaning the final outcome of the case remains to be decided—it sets an important legal precedent for how student visa records should be handled. The ruling sends a strong signal that executive agencies must operate within the confines of the law, especially when taking actions that could severely disrupt the lives of thousands of people.

Legal experts suggest the ruling could have lasting implications for how future administrations approach visa enforcement, particularly when dealing with non-citizens enrolled in academic institutions. The judge’s insistence on following rule-making protocols under the APA highlights the judiciary’s role in checking executive power and ensuring that government agencies cannot act with unchecked discretion.

The ruling also highlights how legal action can serve as an effective countermeasure against sudden and potentially unlawful government policies. For the international students who brought the case forward, the decision offers not only temporary relief but also a measure of validation for their claim that they were treated unfairly by the system.

In conclusion, Judge Jeffrey White’s ruling represents a meaningful check on the Trump administration’s immigration policy by affirming that federal procedures and the rights of individuals cannot be cast aside arbitrarily. His order to block the cancellation of SEVIS records serves to protect international students who came to the U.S. to study and underscores the importance of legal consistency and due process in administrative actions.

House GOP Pushes Medicaid Overhaul with Work Requirements and Immigration Restrictions

In a sweeping move to reshape Medicaid, House Republicans have advanced legislation that includes several controversial measures aimed at cutting costs and tightening eligibility. The bill, which has managed to unite the often-fractured GOP caucus, employs a mix of strategies such as imposing work requirements on certain adults, limiting provider taxes, increasing eligibility verifications, and slashing federal Medicaid funding to states that offer coverage to undocumented immigrants.

At the heart of the proposal is a requirement for “able-bodied adults” without dependents, up to the age of 64, to meet specific work obligations in order tomaintain their Medicaid coverage. This component of the bill has gained traction across the Republican spectrum, even among those lawmakers who generally oppose broader cuts to Medicaid. It marks a notable shift in the party’s approach, focusing on personal responsibility as a condition for receiving public health assistance.

Although the bill was rushed through the House with little time for additional analysis, it now faces a challenging path in the Senate. The upper chamber is divided, with some senators pushing for even deeper cuts, while others are wary of undermining Medicaid entirely. However, the idea of work requirements has received little resistance even from those concerned about broader funding reductions. This suggests a bipartisan understanding—at least in part—on enforcing stricter eligibility conditions for government-supported health care.

In a late-stage amendment designed to satisfy conservative demands, lawmakers moved up the timeline for these work requirements. Originally slated to begin on January 1, 2029, the new schedule would see implementation start as soon as December 31, 2026. Additionally, the change restricts future presidential administrations from expanding exemptions to these work requirements. This preemptive move limits future executive discretion and locks in the policy’s rigid framework, preventing any future loosening of the rule for vulnerable populations.

States that fail tocomply with the new mandates could face financial penalties in the form of lost Medicaid funding. If a state continues to offer coverage to individuals who cannot demonstrate eligibility under the new rules, it risks forfeiting substantial federal support. This provision is designed to ensure strict adherence, effectively coercing states into compliance through financial pressure.

Despite the significance of the bill, lawmakers moved quickly to approve the amended version, bypassing an updated cost analysis from the Congressional Budget Office (CBO). As a result, the precise fiscal impact of the revised legislation remains uncertain. However, under the original version of the bill, the introduction of work requirements was projected to save the federal government $280 billion over a six-year span. This figure representsnearly three times the amount the CBO had estimated would be saved under an earlier Republican plan.

These substantial projected savings, however, are not the result of increased efficiency or lower administrative costs. Rather, they would largely be achieved by reducing the number of people enrolled in Medicaid. Millions are expected to lose their coverage due to the new barriers introduced by the work requirements and other eligibility restrictions.

The real-world impact of such policies is already somewhat evident. Two states that previously experimented with similar work requirements encounterednumerous problems, most notably administrative red tape. In these cases, many eligible individuals lost coverage simply because of data entry mistakes or failures in processing paperwork. These errors, often bureaucratic rather than intentional, left thousands without access to vital health services.

Experts are now warning that giving states less than two years to implement these new and complex verification systems is likely to result in widespread problems. “Experts predict giving states less than two years to set up complicated verification systems is inviting disaster and will result in many people getting wrongly kicked off Medicaid,” the article notes. Critics argue that the shortened timeline combined with the technical challenges involved will inevitably cause eligible recipients to be mistakenly removed from the rolls.

Supporters of the bill maintain that work requirements will encourage employment and reduce dependency on government programs. But opponents point to the experiences of Arkansas and New Hampshire—two states that piloted work requirement programs—as cautionary tales. In Arkansas, more than 18,000 people lost Medicaid coverage within months due to non-compliance, many because they didn’t understand or weren’t properly notified about the new rules. In New Hampshire, the policy was suspended before it could take full effect amid concerns about its implementation and fairness.

The bill also includes a freeze on provider taxes, a source of revenue that some states use to fund their share of Medicaid costs. By freezing these taxes, the federal government aims to prevent states from using them to draw down more federal dollars than intended. This measure, while technical, is part of the broader effort to rein in federal spending on the program.

Additionally, the bill targets states that offer Medicaid benefits to undocumented immigrants, proposing to cut federal funding for those jurisdictions. This aligns with broader Republican efforts to tighten immigration policies and ensure that federal resources are directed solely toward legal residents and citizens.

While the House vote represents a major step forward for Republican priorities on health care reform, the bill’s future remains uncertain. Senate negotiations are expected to be contentious, especially as moderate Republicans and Democrats push back against the more drastic provisions. Still, the inclusion of work requirements has emerged as a relatively unifying concept, one that may serve as a starting point for any eventual compromise.

In summary, the legislation passed by the House represents a bold effort by Republicans to reshape Medicaid by imposing stricter eligibility standards and reducing federal expenditures. Although pitched as a cost-saving initiative, the plan’s success hinges on excluding millions from coverage. The rush to legislate before a full CBO analysis and the shortened implementation timeline raise concerns among experts and advocates alike about the feasibility and fairness of the proposed changes.

As the debate moves to the Senate, the central question will be whether these changes can gain enough support without significantly undermining the basic function of Medicaid—to provide health coverage for those most in need.

Trump Administration Revokes Harvard’s Certification to Enroll International Students Amid Compliance Dispute

Harvard University has been stripped of its Student and Exchange Visitor Program (SEVP) certification, a decision that now prevents the institution from enrolling new international students and forces current international students to transfer or risk losing their legal immigration status in the United States. This immediate action by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) was confirmed in a letter from Homeland Security Secretary Kristi Noem to Harvard, as first reported by The New York Times.

The DHS announcement marks a significant escalation in tensions between Harvard and the federal government, particularly under the Trump administration. According to the press release from the department, Harvard’s certification has been revoked “effective immediately,” which means the prestigious university no longer has the legal authority to host international students.

This punitive measure stems from Harvard’s refusal to comply with a recent government request for detailed information about its international student body. Specifically, the Trump administration sought records tied to “criminality and misconduct of foreign students on its campus.” Harvard declined to provide the requested data, leading to the current crackdown.

Jason Newton, Harvard’s director of media relations and communications, responded strongly to the move in a statement to Forbes. “The government’s action was unlawful,” he asserted. Newton emphasized that the university is “fully committed to maintaining Harvard’s ability to host our international students and scholars,” and warned that the “retaliatory action threatens serious harm to the Harvard community and our country, and undermines Harvard’s academic and research mission.”

The Trump administration, however, has signaled that it may reconsider the revocation if Harvard complies with its conditions within 72 hours. According to the letter from Noem, the university must provide extensive documentation including audio and video recordings of “any illegal, dangerous or violent activity,” along with evidence of “threats to other students or university personnel” committed by international students over the past five years. The DHS has also demanded access to disciplinary records and video footage of any protest activity involving international students on Harvard’s campus within the same timeframe.

The backdrop to this conflict involves a broader federal investigation. Harvard is among roughly 60 universities under scrutiny for alleged antisemitism. On April 11, the administration accused the school of failing to meet both “intellectual and civil rights conditions that justify federal investment.” In response to earlier demands, the Trump administration called for “meaningful governance” reforms at Harvard and requested ongoing federal oversight of the institution. Harvard pushed back, stating through its legal counsel that it could not “allow itself to be taken over by the federal government” and refused to “accept the government’s terms as an agreement in principle.”

Following this refusal, the administration froze an estimated $2.2 billion in federal grants to Harvard. The university responded by suing the federal government, arguing that the freeze was “unlawful and beyond the government’s authority.”

Harvard’s international student population is substantial and diverse. According to official university figures, 6,793 international students are enrolled at Harvard during the 2024-25 academic year. This accounts for nearly 27% of the student body. The revocation decision, therefore, has far-reaching implications not just for the university but for thousands of students from around the globe.

Abdullah Shahid Sial, an international student from Pakistan and co-president of Harvard’s undergraduate student body, described the atmosphere on campus to the Boston Globe. “People are more scared than ever…This is a story which is way bigger than an individual. It’s not just about internationals at Harvard,it’s about internationals everywhere…we want to make sure that people put up an opposition.”

In defending the federal government’s action, Noem stated in the DHS release, “Harvard had plenty of opportunity to do the right thing. It refused. Let this serve as a warning to all universities and academic institutions across the country.”

The backlash has been swift and vocal. Lawrence Summers, a former U.S. Treasury Secretary who served as Harvard’s president from 2001 to 2006, criticized the administration’s decision in an interview with Bloomberg. “This is vicious, it is illegal, it is unwise, and it is very damaging,” he said. Summers added, “Why does it make any sense at all to stop 6000 enormously talented young people who want to come to the United States to study from having that opportunity? Why is punishing them the right thing to do?”

The revocation of Harvard’s SEVP certification, if not reversed, could also trigger broader academic and diplomatic consequences. The university’s international students, many of whom contribute to research, innovation, and the global reputation of American higher education, now face uncertainty about their futures. For Harvard, the move is not just a legal or financial issue, but a fundamental challenge to its identity as a global educational institution.

The administration’s action also sends a chilling message to other academic institutions that might find themselves at odds with federal policies or demands. With the warning issued by Noem, it is clear that the Trump administration is willing to use immigration and funding mechanisms as leverage in disputes with universities.

Harvard now faces a complex and urgent dilemma: whether to comply with the federal demands and potentially compromise its principles of academic independence and student privacy, or to continue its legal battle with the risk of permanent damage to its international programs and funding.

The next 72 hours will be crucial. If the university fails to meet the DHS requirements within that period, the fate of thousands of international students will remain in jeopardy. Meanwhile, Harvard’s lawsuit over the $2.2 billion in frozen grants continues to unfold, adding legal complexity to an already explosive political and academic confrontation.

This conflict between Harvard and the Trump administration underscores a larger national debate over academic freedom, government oversight, and the rights of international students. As this story develops, the outcome may well set a precedent for how the U.S. government interacts with institutions of higher education and how those institutions defend their autonomy in a politically charged environment.

House Republicans Revise Tax and Spending Bill to Secure Passage

In a last-ditch effort to unify their ranks, House Republican leaders have made substantial revisions to a broad tax and spending bill. These changes, aimed at appeasing both conservative and moderate factions within the GOP, target key issues such as the state and local tax (SALT) deduction cap, Medicaid reforms, energy tax credits, gender-affirming care, and federal retirement benefits. The updates are part of a manager’s amendment designed to secure enough votes to bring the legislation to the House floor for a vote.

One of the most notable updates involves the timeline for Medicaid work requirements. Originally, the House version of what Republicans dubbed Trump’s “big, beautiful bill” had scheduled these requirements to begin in early 2029. However, under pressure from fiscal conservatives eager to cut spending, the implementation date has been significantly accelerated. Now, the new provisions stipulate that the work requirements must be in place no later than the end of 2025. This push aligns with conservative efforts to discourage Medicaid expansion and tighten eligibility criteria.

Another major change is in the SALT deduction cap, a contentious issue for GOP moderates representing high-tax states. Initially, the legislation proposed raising the cap from $10,000 to $30,000 for households earning up to $400,000. The revised version expands that relief further, increasing the cap to $40,000 for individuals earning up to $500,000. This move came in response to intense pressure from moderate Republicans, who warned that they might oppose the bill unless it provided greater tax relief to their constituents. The SALT deduction, which allows residents to subtract certain state and local taxes from their federal tax obligations, is especially valuable in Democratic-leaning states with higher tax rates.

Energy policy also saw significant adjustments. The updated bill accelerates the phase-out of green energy tax credits, a demand from conservative hardliners who felt the previous timeline was too lenient. The original version allowed projects to begin receiving partial credits through 2032, provided they began producing electricity after 2028. The new versioneliminates these partial credits altogether. Now, any project that starts generating electricity after 2028 will be ineligible for the credits. Moreover, to qualify, projects must commence construction within 60 days of the bill becoming law.

Despite the tougher rules, the revised legislation includes a carve-out for nuclear power. Under this exception, nuclear projects only need to start construction — not electricity production — by the end of 2028 in order to qualify for the credit. This distinction reflects growing Republican interest in promoting nuclear energy as a reliable and non-carbon source of power.

On the issue of gender-affirming care, the changes reflect a broader ideological shift. The original bill sought to block Medicaid funding for gender transition procedures for minors. The updated version takes that a step further by extending the ban to adults as well. This amendment underscores the increasing GOP efforts to limit government support for gender-affirming healthcare across all age groups.

Another symbolic but politically charged change is the renaming of “MAGA accounts” — an acronym for “Money Accounts for Growth and Advancement.” These savings accounts, proposed as a tool to promote education, will now be officially called “Trump accounts.” The proposal includes a provision for the federal government to deposit $1,000 into these accounts for each child born between January 1, 2025, and December 31, 2028. The rebranding aligns the bill more closely with the president’s identity and could help rally support from his base.

Environmental and public lands provisions were also revised. In response to backlash, Republicans removed a controversial amendment that would have allowed certain public lands in Utah and Nevada to be sold. In addition, the updated text deletes requirements for expanded oil drilling in Alaska’s National Petroleum Reserve and eliminates the mandate for a mining road in the state. These changes came after concerns were raised about environmental impacts and the rushed nature of those original additions.

In another key revision, the bill drops a proposal targeting retirement benefits for federal workers — a move that had drawn criticism from both sides of the aisle. Initially, the legislation suggested calculating federal pensions based on a worker’s highest five years of earnings, rather than the top three, which is the current law. This would have effectively reduced retirement payouts for many government employees.

Rep. Mike Turner, a Republican from Ohio, vocally opposed this part of the bill. “Making changes to pensions and retirement benefits in the middle of someone’s employment is wrong,” Turner said in a quote obtained by GovExec. “Changing the rules, especially when someone has already been vested in their benefits, is wrong. Employee benefits are not a gift, they’re earned.”

He continued, “I understand the need for reform, and we can certainly have changes occur for the benefits of new hires, but for current employees, to change the rules for people in the middle of the game is just wrong.”

This criticism helped galvanize support for removing the provision. Turner’s comments reflect a broader concern among federal employees and lawmakers who feared the change would undermine the government’s credibility as an employer.

Taken together, the amendments reveal a concerted effort by House GOP leadership to balance competing interests within their caucus. By addressing concerns from both moderates and conservatives, they aim to prevent defections and ensure the bill’s survival. The revised legislation now reflects a more aggressive timeline for cost savings, additional tax relief for higher earners in blue states, sharper restrictions on gender-affirming care, a stronger alignment with Trump branding, and more cautious environmental provisions.

These last-minute updates underscore the high stakes of the legislative battle, as Republican leaders seek to deliver a policy victory that aligns with both their fiscal priorities and their political base. With these changes in place, they hope to move the bill swiftly through the House — though its fate in the Senate remains uncertain.

Pope Leo XIV Appoints Sr. Tiziana Merletti as Secretary of Key Vatican Dicastery

In his first major leadership appointment within the Roman Curia, Pope Leo XIV has selected Sr. Tiziana Merletti, a canon lawyer and member of the Franciscan Sisters of the Poor, to serve as secretary of the Dicastery for Institutes of Consecrated Life and Societies of Apostolic Life. This appointment marks a significant step in the new Pope’s efforts to shape the Vatican’s administrative structure early in his papacy.

Sr. Merletti will be taking over the position from Consolata Missionary Sr. Simona Brambilla. Earlier this year, in January, Pope Francis had named Brambilla as the prefect of the dicastery, making her the first woman ever to lead a Vatican dicastery. With Merletti now stepping into the role of secretary, another woman is taking a top-level role within the same department, reflecting a growing presence of women in leadership positions within the Vatican.

The announcement of Merletti’s appointment was made public by the Vatican on May 22. Following the news, the International Union of Superiors General (UISG) expressed its appreciation for Pope Leo XIV’s decision and extended warm congratulations to Merletti. The UISG, which represents superiors general of women’s religious orders around the world, highlighted her significant contributions to the Church through her expertise in canon law and her work in safeguarding.

“As a member of the union’s canon law council and a member of the Commission for Safeguarding operated jointly by the men’s and women’s unions of superiors, her contributions are a gift to our global network, promoting justice, care and integrity in consecrated life,” the UISG said in a statement. “We congratulate Sr. Tiziana on this important mission and assure her of our prayers as she takes on this new responsibility in service to consecrated life around the world.”

The Dicastery for Institutes of Consecrated Life and Societies of Apostolic Life plays a vital role in the governance and guidance of religious life within the Catholic Church. According to the apostolic constitution that outlines the structure and responsibilities of the Roman Curia, this dicastery is “called to promote, encourage and regulate the practice of the evangelical counsels, how they are lived out in the approved forms of consecrated life and all matters concerning the life and activity of Societies of Apostolic Life throughout the Latin Church.”

This means the dicastery oversees matters related to the spiritual and organizational well-being of religious communities, including women and men who have dedicated their lives to the Church through vows of poverty, chastity, and obedience. Its jurisdiction includes religious sisters, brothers, and priests who live in community, as well as those who serve in apostolic ministries across the globe.

The scale of religious life in the Catholic Church is substantial. Based on the latest Vatican statistics, there are nearly 600,000 women who have professed religious vows. In addition, there are about 128,500 priests belonging to religious orders and roughly 50,000 religious brothers. These individuals form the foundation of numerous ministries in education, healthcare, social services, and evangelization efforts around the world.

Sr. Tiziana Merletti brings with her decades of experience in both leadership and scholarship. She was born in the town of Pineto, Italy, and is currently 65 years old. Before entering religious life, she completed a degree in civil law, demonstrating early on her aptitude for rigorous academic study and legal reasoning.

She took her first vows as a member of the Franciscan Sisters of the Poor in 1986. This religious congregation is known for its dedication to serving the most vulnerable members of society, inspired by the values of St. Francis of Assisi. Following her profession of vows, Merletti pursued further academic study, and in 1992 she earned a doctorate in canon law from the Pontifical Lateran University in Rome.

From 2004 to 2013, she served as the superior general of the Franciscan Sisters of the Poor, a role that gave her deep insight into the challenges and hopes of religious life in the modern world. During her tenure, she provided guidance to members of the congregation across various countries and contexts, further deepening her understanding of global religious communities.

At the time of her recent appointment, Merletti was based in Rome where she had been teaching canon law at the Pontifical Antonianum University. In addition to her academic responsibilities, she served as a canon law expert with the UISG, lending her expertise to discussions and decisions affecting religious orders around the world. Her dual role as a teacher and advisor positioned her as a respected figure within the international community of religious women.

Her appointment by Pope Leo XIV reflects the continuation of a broader trend initiated under Pope Francis: the increasing inclusion of women in positions of leadership within the Catholic Church. Although the Church continues to reserve ordained ministry to men, it has expanded opportunities for women to take up important roles in governance and administration.

The choice of Merletti, with her extensive background in both law and leadership, suggests a papacy that intends to maintain and build upon the foundations laid by its predecessor. Pope Leo XIV appears committed to fostering a Curia that is reflective of the broader Church, valuing competence and service over hierarchy alone.

As Sr. Merletti assumes her new position, she will be tasked with supporting the prefect in overseeing the vitality and regulation of consecrated life worldwide. Her legal expertise will be particularly important in evaluating new religious communities, addressing internal governance issues, and helping religious orders navigate the complex intersection of Church law and modern social realities.

The UISG’s statement of support underscores the confidence the global community of religious women has in Merletti’s ability to lead. “We congratulate Sr. Tiziana on this important mission and assure her of our prayers,” they said, expressing not only encouragement but also the hope that she will bring a spirit of compassion, justice, and fidelity to her new role.

Sr. Tiziana Merletti’s journey—from a law student in Italy to a top Vatican official—exemplifies the possibilities of religious service in today’s Church. Her blend of academic discipline, spiritual commitment, and global awareness uniquely equips her to guide the dicastery in fulfilling its mission to support and nurture consecrated life across the Catholic world.

Geologists Uncover Zealandia: Earth’s Hidden Continent Beneath the South Pacific

Deep within the South Pacific Ocean lies a massive stretch of land that has largely remained concealed beneath the waves. Known as Zealandia, this vast underwater expanse covers nearly two million square miles, or about five million square kilometers, and is now being considered by many geologists as Earth’s newest continent. Only a small portion of it—roughly five percent—rises above sea level in places like New Zealand. Scientists believe Zealandia broke off from ancient supercontinents millions of years ago, making it a significant geological discovery.

Zealandia’s Ancient Origins

Geologist Nick Mortimer of GNS Science has led efforts to unravel Zealandia’s past. He and fellow researchers traced its history back more than 100 million years, to the era when a supercontinent called Gondwana dominated the southern hemisphere. Gondwana once included what are now South America, Africa, Antarctica, Australia, and parts of Asia.

Over time, Gondwana began to break apart, with different land masses drifting in various directions. One of these drifting sections eventually formed Zealandia. The landmass, once above sea level, began to submerge due to changes in tectonic pressures.

Around 85 million years ago, Zealandia started to separate from West Antarctica. It later detached from Australia, becoming an isolated landmass. As time passed, the continental crust in the region became thinner and cooler, eventually sinking beneath the ocean. Today, Zealandia remains mostly submerged, yet it carries tremendous scientific importance.

Clues from Geological Exploration

Although geologists had long speculated that this submerged region had continental characteristics, it wasn’t widely acknowledged as a separate continent. For years, underwater ridges and plateaus were thought to be disjointed fragments rather than parts of a unified landmass.

However, recent scientific advances have shifted that view. Researchers utilized geochronology, a technique that determines the age of rocks by analyzing the decay of radioactive elements, to build a timeline of Zealandia’s formation.

“By dating these rocks and studying the magnetic anomalies they presented, we were able to map the major geological units across North Zealandia,” the researchers explained. This helped demonstrate that the submerged terrain shares core traits with other continents.

Rock samples gathered from Zealandia’s northern areas revealed a diverse collection of sandstone, volcanic stones, and basaltic lava, dating from the Early Cretaceous to the Eocene epoch. These findings confirmed the region’s geological consistency and ancient origins.

Magnetic Evidence Strengthens the Case

Magnetic analysis also provided compelling support for Zealandia’s classification as a continent. By examining magnetic anomalies—variations in the Earth’s magnetic field caused by geological features—researchers identified clear patterns related to past volcanic events. These anomalies matched the ages of the rocks obtained from undersea dredging, aligning with known volcanic pulses from the Cretaceous and Eocene periods.

The researchers discovered intraplate basalt formations, which typically form within a tectonic plate rather than along its edges. These consistent magnetic and geological signals suggested that Zealandia was not merely random pieces of ocean crust but a structured and cohesive landmass.

Tectonic Forces Behind the Submersion

The sinking of Zealandia was largely driven by tectonic plate movements. These massive plates constantly shift over geological time. In some places, they collide, causing one plate to be forced under another—a process called subduction.

As Zealandia’s crust stretched and thinned, seawater eventually covered most of the land. Only a few islands remain above sea level today. These changes were caused by the gradual stretching and shifting of tectonic plates beneath the Pacific region.

Why Zealandia Matters

Understanding Zealandia helps scientists better comprehend how continents evolve under different tectonic forces. The sunken landmass holds valuable clues about Earth’s distant past, including its climate history and plate tectonic dynamics.

“Zealandia’s underwater status in no way diminishes its geological significance,” said a researcher from GNS Science. Despite being submerged, the continent retains features that offer insights into how land masses change shape and move over millions of years.

Sedimentary rocks found across Zealandia indicate that some regions remained above water even after its separation from other continents. Meanwhile, basalt samples point to newer volcanic activity triggered by shifting plate boundaries.

Combining rock dating techniques, magnetic readings, and tectonic models allowed scientists to accurately map Zealandia’s boundaries and internal zones. This growing body of evidence supports its recognition as a true continent.

Unexplored Regions Await Discovery

Large parts of Zealandia still remain unexplored. Advanced technologies such as deep-sea drilling and seismic imaging are expected to uncover more about the region’s geological structure and history.

Researchers hope to use this data to understand how drifting continents impact sea levels, climate systems, and biodiversity over time. Each new discovery has the potential to reshape our understanding of how Earth’s surface evolves.

While other submerged land fragments, called microcontinents, exist around the world, Zealandia stands out because of its sheer size and completeness. It represents not only a vast archive of Earth’s geological history but also a reminder that much of our planet remains hidden from view.

Future international research efforts will likely refine the current knowledge of Zealandia’s role in global tectonics. New studies may also contribute to broader discussions on what qualifies as a continent in modern geological terms.

In short, Zealandia’s discovery adds a new chapter to Earth science, illustrating the dynamic nature of our planet’s crust. It challenges existing definitions and highlights the need for continued exploration beneath the oceans. As research continues, this submerged giant may take its place alongside the seven recognized continents, forever changing the way we see the world.

Coca-Cola Faces Global Boycott Over Plastic Pollution Concerns

One of the world’s leading beverage giants, Coca-Cola, is facing a wave of consumer backlash due to its environmental practices, particularly its role in plastic pollution, according to a recent report by Screenshot Media.

Coca-Cola has earned the notorious distinction of being the worst plastic polluter on the planet for six years in a row. The company reportedly distributes over 100 billion single-use plastic bottles every year, many of which are discarded in landfills or end up polluting the world’s oceans.

In a stark projection, the conservation group Oceana warned that by the year 2030, Coca-Cola products alone could be responsible for introducing around 602 million kilograms—or roughly 1.32 billion pounds—of plastic waste annually into the world’s oceans and waterways.

Environmental organizations, including Greenpeace, have been vocal critics of Coca-Cola’s ongoing dependence on single-use plastics and its entanglement with fossil fuel-based materials. Activists have turned to social media to spotlight the company’s environmental footprint and are encouraging people to participate in boycotts.

The broader concern of plastic pollution is pressing due to its significant impact on human health and the natural world. When single-use plastic bottles degrade, they break down into microplastics. These tiny plastic fragments eventually infiltrate ecosystems and enter the human food chain. Alarming studies have discovered microplastics in human lungs, bloodstream, and even in placental tissue.

Plastic pollution is equally devastating for wildlife. Marine creatures often mistake plastic waste for food, leading to fatal consequences such as starvation or internal injuries. Additionally, some bird species have been observed incorporating plastic debris into their nests, inadvertently exposing their chicks to toxic substances.

Beyond its physical dangers, plastic production contributes massively to climate change. The process of manufacturing and distributing plastic bottles releases vast amounts of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases. Every phase—from production to transportation—adds to the environmental cost of each beverage bought in a plastic bottle.

To its credit, Coca-Cola has acknowledged the issue and pledged to take action. The company has initiated several programs aimed at curbing its plastic footprint. These include investments in recycling infrastructure and a public commitment to collect and recycle the equivalent of every plastic bottle it sells by the year 2030. In an attempt to curb cap litter, Coca-Cola has also started using attached bottle caps in certain markets. Despite these efforts, critics argue that the pace of change remains insufficient.

Meanwhile, environmental advocacy groups continue to ramp up pressure on major corporations to take full responsibility for the pollution caused by their products. Consumer-led boycotts have emerged as an effective way to push companies toward adopting more sustainable alternatives and packaging options.

Consumers are being encouraged to make conscious choices when it comes to beverage purchases. Opting for drinks in aluminum cans or glass bottles is recommended, as these materials are more likely to be recycled effectively. Individuals can also reduce their environmental impact by using refillable water bottles rather than purchasing single-use beverages.

Legislative change plays an essential role in addressing plastic waste on a larger scale. Supporting local, state, and national policies that restrict the use of single-use plastics can lead to meaningful improvements. Across the United States, many communities have enacted bans on plastic bags and plastic straws, demonstrating how even modest regulatory shifts can result in significant environmental benefits.

Recycling remains one of the most accessible actions consumers can take. Ensuring that plastic bottles and other containers are properly sorted and recycled helps prevent them from ending up in natural habitats and waterways, where they pose the greatest risk.

The question of whether the U.S. has a plastic waste problem is increasingly on people’s minds. Public sentiment varies, with some believing the problem is widespread, others seeing it as localized, and a few uncertain about the extent of the issue. Nonetheless, environmental groups stress that every action, from conscious purchasing to proper disposal, contributes to a larger solution.

Plastic pollution is not only a pressing ecological concern but also a public health issue. The long-term consequences of microplastics in the body are still being researched, but the presence of these particles in vital organs is an alarming sign. In the words of Greenpeace and other activists, the continued use of single-use plastics by corporations like Coca-Cola shows a disregard for the long-term wellbeing of both people and the planet.

The conversation surrounding plastic pollution has evolved from an environmental issue to one of social responsibility and corporate ethics. With growing awareness, consumers are using their voices—and their purchasing power—to demand real change. Social media has played a pivotal role in spreading information and organizing collective action, amplifying calls for sustainability and accountability.

As the Oceana report starkly illustrates, Coca-Cola’s environmental impact is not merely a hypothetical concern for future generations but a current and ongoing contributor to oceanic and global plastic waste. “By 2030, Coca-Cola products will contribute approximately 602 million kilograms of plastic waste to the world’s oceans and waterways yearly,” the report warned, emphasizing the urgency of the situation.

Although Coca-Cola has introduced measures to combat the crisis, such as collecting and recycling the equivalent of every bottle it sells by 2030 and attaching bottle caps to reduce litter, many environmentalists feel these actions fall short of what is necessary. “Greenpeace has criticized the corporation’s continued reliance on single-use plastics and its connections to fossil fuels,” underscoring persistent doubts about the company’s commitment to genuine environmental reform.

While Coca-Cola remains one of the most recognizable brands globally, this recognition now comes with increasing scrutiny. Environmental organizations and everyday consumers alike are questioning whether the convenience of a plastic bottle is worth the long-term damage it causes.

By making thoughtful choices—choosing glass or aluminum containers, reusing water bottles, backing local legislation, and recycling properly—consumers can be part of the solution. These small changes, multiplied across millions of people, have the potential to push even the largest corporations to reconsider their role in plastic pollution.

Ultimately, the responsibility does not lie with consumers alone. True progress requires companies like Coca-Cola to not only pledge change but to demonstrate measurable, transparent efforts toward sustainable packaging and reduced environmental harm.

As the global call for environmental responsibility grows louder, Coca-Cola now faces a defining challenge: will it rise to meet the moment, or continue to be seen as a symbol of the plastic pollution crisis?

India Launches New User-Friendly Portal to Simplify OCI Card Application Process

On May 19, 2025, the Indian government introduced a redesigned online portal aimed at simplifying the process for applying for Overseas Citizen of India (OCI) cards. The new system features an upgraded user interface that promises to make the registration procedure easier and more efficient for applicants worldwide. With over 5 million current OCI cardholders, the revamped portal now supports more than 180 Indian diplomatic missions abroad and 12 Foreigners Regional Registration Offices (FRROs), making it a significant step toward streamlining global access to OCI services.

Understanding the OCI Designation

The OCI designation is meant for individuals with Indian ancestry or heritage who previously held Indian citizenship but have since acquired citizenship in another country. These individuals are registered under Section 7A of the Citizenship Act, 1955. OCI status provides a lifelong visa to India and other benefits, although it does not equate to full citizenship.

Distinction Between OCI and NRI

There is often confusion between Non-Resident Indians (NRIs) and Overseas Citizens of India (OCIs). An NRI is someone who is still an Indian citizen holding an Indian passport but resides abroad for reasons such as work, education, or business. Unlike OCIs, NRIs retain full political rights in India, including the right to vote. OCI cardholders, by contrast, are foreign nationals who once held Indian citizenship or have Indian roots. They do not hold Indian passports but are permitted to live in India indefinitely without requiring a visa.

Key Features of the New OCI Portal

According to a press release by the Press Information Bureau (PIB), the newly launched portal incorporates several modern features designed to enhance user experience. These include a more intuitive user sign-up process and a segmented registration menu to help applicants navigate more easily. One notable improvement is the automatic filling of user profile information in the registration forms, reducing manual data entry.

Applicants will now be able to view both completed and in-progress applications through a personalized dashboard. For those filing their applications through FRROs, an integrated online payment gateway is now available. Additional enhancements include detailed Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) and smoother navigation across different stages of the application.

Another improvement is the classification of required documents based on the application type, making it easier for users to upload the correct documents. Applicants will also be able to make edits to their forms at any point prior to final submission. The portal sends reminders to verify the provided information before submitting the application, thereby reducing errors.

To assist applicants in meeting format requirements, the portal features a built-in tool to crop images of their photographs and signatures. This addition is especially helpful for those who previously faced issues with image specifications.

Additionally, the portal will clearly display eligibility criteria and required documentation based on the type of application selected, thereby improving transparency and reducing confusion.

Who Is Eligible to Apply for an OCI Card?

As outlined on the official OCI portal, any individual of full legal age and capacity who meets one of the following criteria can apply for an OCI card:

(i) A person who currently holds citizenship of another country but was an Indian citizen at the time of or at any point after the Constitution of India came into effect on January 26, 1950.

(ii) A foreign national who was eligible to become an Indian citizen when the Constitution commenced on January 26, 1950.

(iii) Someone who is a citizen of another country but whose place of origin became part of India after August 15, 1947.

(iv) A child, grandchild, or great-grandchild of any such individual.

In all these cases, the applicant must provide documentary evidence proving their lineage or earlier Indian citizenship.

Required Documents for OCI Card Application

To apply for an OCI card, applicants must submit a variety of documents. Although the list is not exhaustive, the essential items include:

  1. Proof of Present Citizenship: This can be a copy of the applicant’s current valid foreign passport or a certificate of registration or naturalisation in the new country of citizenship. If the applicant once held an Indian passport, they must also submit a copy of the cancelled or surrendered Indian passport along with the official Surrender Certificate.
  2. Proof of Address at the Place of Application: Acceptable documents include a utility bill, such as an electricity or telephone bill. These can be in the name of the applicant or their parent, grandparent, or spouse.
  3. Proof of Indian Ancestry: This includes documentation that demonstrates the applicant, or their parents, grandparents, or great-grandparents were Indian citizens at any time after the Constitution came into effect on January 26, 1950. Alternatively, they can provide evidence showing eligibility for Indian citizenship at that time.
  4. Proof of Relationship: If the applicant is claiming Indian origin through a parent, grandparent, or great-grandparent, they must also provide documents that establish that familial connection.
  5. Proof of Spousal Relationship: In cases where the applicant is married to a citizen of India or to an OCI cardholder, documents confirming the spousal relationship must be provided. These may include marriage certificates and the spouse’s OCI or Indian citizenship documents.

These requirements help ensure that only eligible individuals can obtain OCI cards while preserving the integrity of the application process.

Conclusion

The overhaul of the OCI portal marks a crucial step in enhancing digital accessibility for millions of individuals with Indian heritage across the globe. The government’s initiative simplifies the registration process by introducing user-centric features and robust tools to guide applicants. As more than five million OCI cardholders benefit from the updated system, the portal’s integration with over 180 Indian missions and 12 FRROs ensures broad and efficient access to vital consular services.

With the introduction of features such as automatic data population, built-in image cropping, categorized document uploads, and an application tracking dashboard, the revamped portal is poised to reduce errors, streamline approvals, and deliver a smoother experience for overseas Indians seeking to maintain a connection with their ancestral homeland.

As the PIB release states, “The new portal offers new features like user sign-up and segregation of the registration menu, along with auto-fill of user profile details in registration forms.” This underscores the government’s commitment to leveraging technology for more transparent and citizen-friendly governance.

BBC’s Bold Digital Leap Marks the End of Traditional TV Era

There was a time when the television set was the focal point of every household, a glowing screen around which families would gather to connect, be entertained, and stay informed. Whether it was soap operas or urgent news reports, television played a central role in shaping how generations engaged with content. However, that golden period now seems like a distant memory in a world dominated by rapid digital progress. The dominance of traditional TV is waning, giving way to streaming and digital platforms that better align with today’s fast-paced, on-demand lifestyle.

In a major announcement that reverberated through media industries around the globe, the British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC), long viewed as a paragon of trustworthy journalism and historic broadcasting, has unveiled a radical new strategy. Tim Davie, the BBC’s Director General, has announced that the broadcaster plans to discontinue all of its conventional television channels by the 2030s, transitioning completely to digital and online platforms.

“It’s a seismic shift,” said media analysts, highlighting the historic nature of this development. The BBC itself sees this as an unavoidable transformation. The reality is stark: fewer than one in four viewers from its previous audience base now rely on traditional television broadcasting. Even for a media giant like the BBC, which has stood for integrity and masterful storytelling since the early 1900s, the linear TV model has become increasingly unsustainable.

This shift isn’t happening in isolation. It is emblematic of a broader worldwide trend, and its effects are being felt keenly in countries like India. Television was once a cultural glue in India, with millions tuning in simultaneously to watch iconic serials or nightly news broadcasts. Today, while television sets still occupy physical space in many Indian homes, they are often left untouched. The proliferation of smartphones has drastically changed how people consume media. Now, news updates, entertainment programs, and even live sports events are being watched on mobile devices.

The familiar tradition of families sitting down together in the evening to watch the news has largely disappeared, replaced by instant news alerts, social media feeds, and video clips shared online. With younger viewers abandoning conventional TV, Indian broadcasters are facing growing financial strain. Advertising revenues are plummeting, and maintaining traditional channels has become increasingly difficult. To stay afloat and relevant, many local and regional TV networks are now making substantial investments in digital-first strategies.

The shift currently underway recalls past transitions in the media landscape — like the shift from radio to television. Older generations still recall the wonder of early radio broadcasts, often heard during the early morning hours, or the painstaking process of adjusting rooftop antennas to get a clear television picture. But today’s younger viewers, raised on mobile phones and Wi-Fi, are unlikely to even recognize an antenna, let alone experience the anticipation of waiting for a weekly episode to air at a specific time.

Now, over-the-top (OTT) platforms, YouTube channels, podcasts, and short-form videos dominate the media environment. Today’s audiences crave immediate access to content that is interactive, tailored, and available on demand. In contrast, traditional television, with its fixed schedules and passive viewing model, has become increasingly obsolete in the eyes of digital-native consumers.

Still, this does not mark the end of storytelling or content creation. Rather, it signals a profound evolution in how stories are told and shared. While the television set may no longer be the centerpiece of the household, storytelling remains as powerful as ever — just adapted to newer, smaller, and more portable screens. As the medium evolves, the essence of narrative continues to thrive, offering fresh ways to inform, inspire, and bring people together.

The BBC’s move toward a fully digital future can be seen as both a warning and a tribute. On the one hand, it underscores the rapid and inevitable decline of traditional television; on the other, it honors the legacy of TV’s transformative impact over the decades. By recognizing this shift and adapting accordingly, the BBC is not abandoning its mission but reshaping it for the realities of a connected, mobile-first generation.

“The platform may change, but the message endures: storytelling, in any form, still has the power to shape the world,” a poignant reminder that while technology may shift, the core human desire for narrative remains undiminished.

In the years ahead, as other global broadcasters observe and perhaps follow suit, this shift may redefine how entire populations engage with news and entertainment. But one thing is clear: television, once a powerful unifier of societies, is moving into its next chapter — not vanishing, but transforming. The audience is still there; it’s just watching from a different screen.

Memorial Day Gas Prices Hit 20-Year Low, Encouraging More Road Trips

If you’re gearing up for a Memorial Day road trip, there’s good news on the horizon: when adjusted for inflation, gas prices this year could be the lowest for the holiday weekend since 2003. According to the gas price tracking service GasBuddy, the national average price of gasoline is expected to hover around $3.08 per gallon, a notable drop from last year’s $3.58 per gallon during the same period.

“This year’s relatively lower prices are influenced by lower crude oil costs amid an increase in oil production from OPEC+, the potential for a nuclear deal with Iran, and some economic uncertainty,” GasBuddy stated in a press release. The company also noted that as summer advances and seasonal refinery maintenance comes to a close, the average national gas price might dip below $3 per gallon at certain points.

While the national average stands at $3.08, some locations are seeing even more favorable prices. Quartz identified rates as low as $2.33 per gallon in Horn Lake, Mississippi, and $2.41 in Spartanburg, South Carolina. On the other end of the spectrum, gas prices reached $3.73 per gallon at a Sam’s Club in Pearl City, Hawaii.

AAA’s current fuel price index shows a slightly higher national average of $3.17 per gallon. The highest statewide average belongs to California at $4.89 per gallon, followed closely by Hawaii at $4.48. The most affordable prices are predominantly in the southern states, with Mississippi leading the pack at an average of $2.66 per gallon.

Travelers across the U.S. are taking notice of these lower fuel costs. According to data from GasBuddy.com, 69% of Americans are planning road trips over the coming months. The company’s survey also revealed that most people aren’t limiting themselves to just one excursion—32% plan to take at least two trips this season. Additionally, many of these travelers are going the distance, with 40% anticipating drives of more than five hours to reach their destinations.

Memorial Day stands out as the most preferred summer holiday for road trips, followed by the Fourth of July and Labor Day weekend, according to GasBuddy’s findings.

Mercedes Zach, a travel expert affiliated with ASAP Tickets, believes that the decline in fuel costs is giving road travel a significant advantage over air travel this summer. “As fuel prices remain quite favorable, many see this as an additional motivation to travel by car; that’s especially valid for larger traveler groups, such as larger families, where flying gets expensive fast,” Zach said.

Zach further explained that trip durations may vary based on regional fuel prices. “While on the East Coast, where the fuel is cheaper, people are probably more likely to plan longer road trips and vacations as they can afford more,” she said. Conversely, she expects that West Coast residents may opt for shorter excursions, given the comparatively high gasoline prices in that region.

The combination of lower gas prices and the desire to travel is expected to create busy highways this summer, especially during major holiday weekends. While airfare costs remain elevated for many destinations, the affordability of driving is encouraging more Americans to hit the open road.

In summary, the combination of global oil market factors, seasonal trends, and economic variables is resulting in a rare break for consumers at the pump. Memorial Day travelers in particular will be the first to benefit from what could be one of the most cost-effective driving seasons in years.

With travel habits shifting in response to these economic factors, it’sevident that Americans are eager to take advantage of every opportunity to travel more for less. And this Memorial Day, the road is calling louder than it has in decades.

British Ex-Soldiers Set Everest Record With Controversial Xenon-Aided Ascent

Four former British special forces soldiers have made headlines by scaling Mount Everest in less than five days, bypassing the traditional acclimatisation period. Their record-setting climb was made possible through a high-speed expedition that used xenon gas to help them prepare for the extreme altitudes. This innovative, yet controversial method has stirred debate within the mountaineering community.

Among the climbers was Alastair Carns, a UK government minister and veterans minister. The team successfully reached the summit of the world’s tallest mountain early on Wednesday, marking a notable achievement in mountaineering. They employed a method that allowed them to pre-acclimatise to the thin air at high altitudes using xenon, a gas not typically associated with mountaineering.

Normally, climbers spend six to eight weeks on Everest to adjust to the altitude. However, the organisers of this expedition claim xenon allowed the team to ascend rapidly without experiencing the usual symptoms of altitude sickness. Despite the record, it was clarified that this was not the fastest ascent overall—Lhakpa Gelu Sherpa still holds that title, having ascended from base camp to the summit in 10 hours and 56 minutes back in 2003, but only after acclimatising on the mountain.

The British team, supported by five Sherpa guides and a cameraman, reached the Everest summit at 8,849 metres (29,032 feet) and began descending shortly afterward. Lukas Furtenbach, the expedition organiser, said, “They started on the afternoon of 16th May and summited on the morning of the 21st, taking four days and approximately 18 hours.”

Traditionally, climbers spend several weeks at Everest, moving between base camp and progressively higher camps to allow their bodies to adjust to lower oxygen levels. This slow process is crucial because, above 8,000 metres—known as the “death zone”—oxygen availability drops to one-third of that at sea level, posing significant risks.

Instead of undergoing the usual acclimatisation on the mountain, the four men completed a three-month pre-acclimatisation program using special hypoxic tents. These tents simulate high-altitude conditions by removing oxygen from the air with the help of a generator, mimicking the oxygen levels found on Everest. The team slept in these tents for six weeks before departing for Nepal.

Once in Nepal, they flew from Kathmandu to Everest base camp and began their climb immediately. Like other climbers, they used supplemental oxygen during the ascent. But the key difference was the pre-expedition use of xenon gas, inhaled at a German clinic two weeks before the trip. “It helps to protect the body from altitude sickness,” said MrFurtenbach.

The theory behind xenon use is that it boosts the production of erythropoietin, a protein that increases red blood cell count, thereby improving the body’s ability to carry oxygen. This mechanism could help the body combat hypoxia—a condition triggered by low oxygen levels. However, the scientific consensus on the effectiveness of xenon remains unsettled, and experts are calling for more research.

The use of xenon in mountaineering has drawn criticism from some in the industry. The International Climbing and Mountaineering Federation issued a warning earlier this year, stating, “According to current literature, there is no evidence that breathing in xenon improves performance in the mountains, and inappropriate use can be dangerous.”

They added, “Acclimatisation to altitude is a complex process that affects the various organs/systems such as the brain, lungs, heart, kidneys and blood to different degrees, and is not fully understood. From a physiological point of view, a single, one-off drug cannot be the key to improved acclimatisation or increased performance.”

Adrian Ballinger, a seasoned expedition leader whose team ascends Everest from the Chinese side, supports pre-acclimatisation through hypoxic tents but opposes the use of xenon gas. “If you’re promoting xenon as a performance enhancer, but you’re not also willing to examine what that means for fairness and integrity in the mountains, it’s a problem,” he told the BBC. “People are grasping at shortcuts instead of doing the real work of acclimatisation and training.”

The success of the British team has sparked concerns that others may try to replicate this method. Some worry this could fundamentally change the mountaineering experience and impact the tourism economy in Nepal, which relies heavily on long-duration expeditions.

“If that happens then it will certainly have a direct, negative impact on the tourism industry as the length of time mountaineers stay will come down significantly,” warned Damber Parajuli, president of the Expedition Operators Association of Nepal. He also questioned whether such climbers should even be awarded official summit certificates. “Acclimatising on the mountains is the basic rule of mountaineering. If that is not done then authorities should not be giving them certificates certifying that they climbed the mountain.”

Nepal’s tourism officials said they had not been informed that the team would attempt the summit without standard acclimatisation. “Now that we know about it, we will be discussing the issue and decide on our future course of action,” said Narayan Regmi, director general at Nepal’s department of tourism.

The motivation behind such a rapid ascent was not just about speed and setting records. According to Furtenbach, a shorter expedition also comes with environmental and health benefits. “A shorter expedition has a lower carbon footprint and less ecological impact,” he said. “And it is safer for climbers because they can climb the mountain in good health and they are exposed to high altitude risks and mountain hazards for shorter time compared to when they are acclimatising on the mountain.”

Whether the British team’s method will become the new norm in mountaineering or be deemed unsafe and unethical remains to be seen. For now, their record-setting ascent stands as a bold challenge to traditional climbing norms—and a focal point for an evolving debate on the future of high-altitude expeditions.

TSA PreCheck Etiquette: How to Move Faster and Avoid Slowing Down the Line

TSA PreCheck, the expedited security program designed to help travelers get through airport checkpoints more efficiently, is busier than ever. With more than 20 million travelers now enrolled, it’snot uncommon to find long lines in what’s supposed to be the fast lane.

Travel expert Gilbert Ott, a seasoned flyer who logs over 200,000 miles annually, says that while TSA PreCheck is meant to speed things up, many users—especially first-timers—are unintentionally slowing the line down. “Those of us who’ve had TSA PreCheck for a while have seen the express airport security line moving slower than it should,” Ott explained. “We’ve had our patience tested by first-time users fumbling for passports at the counter, removing their coats when it’s their turn to be scanned, and waltzing on through with a belt on.”

The Transportation Security Administration reported in August 2024 that enrollment in the PreCheck program had reached a record 20 million. So far in 2025, between two and three million passengers a day are utilizing the expedited service. Given these numbers, it’s no surprise that seasoned travelers are increasingly running into newcomers in the fast lane.

TSA PreCheck is specifically designed for pre-screened travelers, allowing them to pass through security checkpoints without removing shoes, electronics, or liquids from their carry-on bags. The convenience comes at a cost of around $80 for five years. However, that fee is often reimbursed through popular credit cards like Capital One Venture, Capital One Venture X, Chase Sapphire Reserve, Delta SkyMiles, and American Express, effectively making the service free for many cardholders.

Despite the promise of a quicker screening process, the growing popularity of TSA PreCheck means the express line is no longer always as quick as it once was. As Ott points out, inexperience with the system often causes delays. “So the quicker I can get through and just be on a plane, the better,” he said. “I spend too much time in airports. As much as I may love them, sometimes the less time I spend in them, the happier I am.”

Ott runs a travel blog called God Save the Points, where he shares airline reviews, travel hacks, and advice on maximizing rewards points. His frequent flying has made him a pro at navigating airport security, and he’s developed a routine that helps him move through TSA PreCheck with minimal disruption.

One of Ott’s top tips is what he calls “pre-stripping”—a habit of preparing well before arriving at the checkpoint. This involves removing anything that might need to come off, such as jackets or items in your pockets, before even entering the line. “When I go to the airport, I take my belt off before I get there. I have it in my backpack, knowing I’ll put it on as soon as I get through PreCheck,” he said. “So keep the jewels and the watch in your bag. Then, when you get to the other side of security where you’re not holding people up, you can do the glamour.”

Ott believes that this small bit of preparation can help everyone move more efficiently. “My routine is somewhere along the lines of comfy jeans, a T-shirt or hoodie, and then a bomber jacket,” he said. “Essentials like my phone and passport go in my bomber jacket pockets while I wait in the queue so that when I step up to the scanners, my jacket is off, pockets are empty, my bags go on the trays, and off we go.”

Another common mistake Ott has noticed involves footwear. While PreCheck passengers don’t have to remove their shoes, those who wear shoes with metal components often trigger alarms and require additional screening. “The main thing is metal, either as part of the shoe or in the boot or heel of the shoe,” Ott explained. “Ceramic and rubber are usually fine. Basically, sneakers tend to always work.”

Shoes with metallic buckles, studs, or built-in steel parts are a frequent source of delays. Ott recommends sticking to sneakers or other shoes made of non-metal materials to avoid unnecessary hold-ups.

Perhaps the most important tip Ott offers is to be prepared before you get to the front of the line. That means having your identification and boarding pass out and ready. “If you think of the 20 seconds it takes somebody to do this very basic thing, and you’d multiply that by 50,000 people going through an airport’s screens a day, you could pretty much just walk through an airport without stopping,” he said. “We can all have a better time.”

With so many new users joining TSA PreCheck, Ott acknowledges that some growing pains are inevitable. But he believes a few common-sense practices can go a long way in keeping the express line moving quickly for everyone. His advice is aimed at fostering a smoother experience, not just for frequent travelers but also for newcomers who might be unfamiliar with the unspoken rules of the fast lane.

“The quicker I can get through and just be on a plane, the better,” Ott reiterated, emphasizing the value of time and efficiency. “As much as I may love [airports], sometimes the less time I spend in them, the happier I am.”

As more travelers continue to enroll in TSA PreCheck, understanding and following basic etiquette can help preserve the program’s original purpose. It’s not just about individual convenience—it’s about respecting the time of everyone in line. Following Ott’s advice can make a measurable difference in how smoothly security lines move.

From pre-stripping before you even leave for the airport, to wearing scanner-friendly shoes, to simply having your ID ready, these small acts of preparedness add up. As Ott puts it, “We can all have a better time.” And in today’s fast-paced travel environment, a better time at the airport is something everyone can appreciate.

Anand Kumar to Lead BJANA’s 50th Anniversary Celebrations in New Jersey

Renowned educationist and Padma Shri awardee Anand Kumar is set to headline the golden jubilee celebrations of the Bihar Jharkhand Association of North America (BJANA), scheduled for May 24 and 25. The two-day event will be held at the Hyatt Regency in New Brunswick, New Jersey, marking fifty years since the founding of BJANA. It promises to be a major global gathering of the diaspora from Bihar and Jharkhand living in the United States and other countries.

The event will not only celebrate the five-decade journey of BJANA but also serve as a platform to bring together individuals with roots in Bihar and Jharkhand. It will highlight the organization’s efforts in preserving cultural heritage and promoting community-based social initiatives. The presence of Anand Kumar adds prestige and meaning to the occasion, as his life’s work closely aligns with BJANA’s mission and values.

Sanjeev Singh, president of BJANA, conveyed his excitement about Kumar’s involvement, emphasizing how Kumar’s Super 30 initiative reflects BJANA’s core principles. “His work through the Super 30 program exemplifies the values of perseverance, intellect, and social commitment that BJANA upholds,” Singh stated. He noted that Kumar’s journey is a source of inspiration for the diaspora and especially for the younger generation striving for academic and personal excellence.

Anand Kumar’s Super 30 program, which began in Bihar, is widely recognized for transforming the lives of underprivileged students. Each year, Kumar selects 30 talented but economically disadvantaged students and prepares them for the highly competitive entrance examinations for the Indian Institutes of Technology (IITs). His unique educational model has led to exceptionally high success rates, and his dedication remains steadfast despite financial constraints. Kumar has consistently refused financial support from external sources to maintain the integrity and independence of his initiative.

Kumar’s work has earned him both national and international acclaim. In 2023, he was honored with the Padma Shri, one of India’s highest civilian awards, in recognition of his contribution to education. His efforts were earlier acknowledged in 2010 when Time magazine included him in its “Best of Asia” list, underscoring the far-reaching impact of his work.

In addition to print accolades, Kumar’s story has been featured in prominent global media. His journey and the achievements of Super 30 were captured in documentaries by the Discovery Channel and the BBC. Furthermore, Newsweek recognized Super 30 as one of the four most innovative schools worldwide, cementing its reputation as a groundbreaking model in education.

The story of Anand Kumar also reached the big screen. His inspiring life served as the foundation for the Bollywood biopic Super 30, with actor Hrithik Roshan portraying him in the lead role. The film drew widespread attention to Kumar’s work and brought his message to an even larger audience, helping people understand the challenges and triumphs of his mission.

Kumar’s international recognition goes beyond awards and features. In 2024, he was appointed as Korea’s honorary tourism ambassador, a role in which he worked to foster educational and cultural connections between the two nations. His contributions have also been acknowledged by Germany and Canada, where he was lauded for his innovative educational model. Remarkably, his work was even praised in the Canadian Parliament, a testament to the global influence of his initiative.

Speaking about the upcoming BJANA celebration, Kumar expressed his pleasure in being part of a milestone event that brings together a vibrant and accomplished diaspora. Reflecting on his previous lectures at leading U.S. universities, he remarked on the significance of connecting with a community that has continued to achieve and contribute meaningfully while living abroad. “It is a delight to join a community that continues to make significant contributions abroad,” Kumar said.

The golden jubilee event is expected to be one of the largest overseas gatherings for the Bihar and Jharkhand community. Organizers anticipate thousands of attendees from across the U.S. and other parts of the world. With a diverse program planned, the celebration will feature cultural performances, forums for professional networking, and exhibitions showcasing the rich heritage of the two Indian states. These elements are aimed at strengthening the bonds of shared identity among community members while honoring five decades of unity and progress.

BJANA, which began as a small community initiative, has grown over the years into a robust organization that plays an integral role in the lives of its members. From supporting educational projects to organizing relief efforts and promoting regional art and culture, the association has maintained a consistent focus on upliftment and unity.

The presence of Anand Kumar at the golden jubilee event is seen as symbolic of the values that the association cherishes: empowerment through education, cultural pride, and service to society. His life story serves not only as motivation for students and educators but also as a reminder of the power of community support and individual dedication.

The celebration of BJANA’s 50th anniversary thus promises to be both festive and reflective. It will shine a spotlight on the organization’s achievements, honor individuals like Kumar who have brought global recognition to the region, and inspire the next generation to continue building on this proud legacy. As the diaspora gathers in New Jersey, it will be a moment to look back with pride and ahead with purpose.

AIA Revives Medical Council Awards Gala to Celebrate Second-Generation Indian American Physicians

After a break of 15 years, the Association of Indians in America (AIA) brought back its Medical Council Awards Gala on May 3, marking a significant return with an event that aimed to honor the professional and academic accomplishments of second-generation Indian American physicians and surgeons.

The gala was held at a historic New York City venue known for its Italian Renaissance-inspired architecture. It drew a diverse audience of both seasoned professionals and rising medical talents, with younger attendees making up about half of the participants. This balanced turnout signaled a bridging of generations and an intentional move to welcome the new wave of Indian American medical professionals into the AIA community.

Established in 1967, the AIA is the oldest national nonprofit representing Indian Americans in the United States. Initially focused on assisting early Indian immigrants with their transition to American society, the organization has since adapted its mission to address the needs and aspirations of a growing, more diverse second-generation community.

AIA national president Gobind Munjal emphasized that reviving the gala was a deliberate decision aimed at encouraging the participation of younger professionals while acknowledging their achievements. “The purpose of organizing this Medical Council Awards Gala,” Munjal stated, “is to recognize and honor the second generation of Physicians and Surgeons of Indian descent, who have excelled in their career, academics and profession, as the first generation has already made a mark and earned their recognition.”

Munjal described the event as a milestone for the organization, pointing to the increased involvement of younger AIA members not just as attendees but as active contributors to the event’s planning and execution. “This AIA Medical Council Awards Gala is of major historical importance, as younger members of AIA are taking leadership roles and organizing this event, while we, the senior members, are supporting them,” he said. “You will be glad to know that 50% of the people attending this Gala were from the younger generation.”

Due to the enthusiastic response, Munjal also announced that the gala would become a biennial event. “This Medical Council Gala’s tremendous success has excited a lot of next generation people and they have expressed interest in getting involved and becoming members. We will be having these Galas every 2 years or so,” he noted. In an effort to stay relevant and accessible, he added that the AIA is currently working to modernize its website to better serve and engage younger members.

The organizing committee for the gala featured a blend of experienced and newer professionals. Dr. Dolly Manvar served as chair of the medical council, while the vice chairs included representatives from the younger generation: Dr. Atul Kukar, Dr. Pallavi Manvar Singh, Dr. Aprajita Mattoo, and Dr. Pratichi Goenka. Munjal offered his appreciation for their efforts, saying he was grateful for their “commitment and hard work in making this Medical Council Awards Gala a huge success.”

Dr. Samin Sharma, chair of the AIA board of trustees, echoed these sentiments and praised the turnout. He called the gala the most successful event he had attended in his 15-year involvement with AIA. “For the first time we have seen in any organization so many people from the younger generation attending the Gala, which is remarkable,” he said. Dr. Sharma also proposed that the AIA create a charitable program to help communities in India, pledging a personal contribution of $100,000 toward such an initiative.

The evening included the presentation of awards to several distinguished honorees recognized for their exceptional contributions in various sectors of medicine and public service. Among them was Dr. Deepak Bhatt, honored for his work in research. Dr. Latha Chandran received an award for her achievements in medical education. Dr. Chethan Sathya was acknowledged for his public health advocacy, particularly his efforts in gun violence prevention. Dr. Shuvendu Sen, a published author, was also celebrated for his literary and academic contributions.

The highlight of the evening was the presentation of the Lifetime Achievement Award to Dr. Nirmal Mattoo, a respected figure in both the Indian American community and broader academic circles. Dr. Mattoo is a past national president of the AIA and currently serves as chairman of the Indo-American Arts Council. He also leads the Mattoo Center of India Studies at the State University of New York. The award recognized his longstanding commitment to promoting Indian culture and supporting Indian American professionals across multiple disciplines.

The return of the gala after a long absence not only revitalized a key tradition within the AIA but also helped redefine its future direction. By turning the spotlight toward second-generation Indian Americans in medicine, the event underscored the growing influence and maturity of this group within the broader healthcare community. At the same time, it reaffirmed the AIA’s commitment to evolving in step with the changing demographics of its members.

In bringing together a mix of emerging professionals and established leaders, the gala succeeded in fostering cross-generational connections and opened the door for more active engagement from young Indian Americans. It also laid the groundwork for future collaboration, mentorship, and shared initiatives that will help strengthen the role of Indian Americans in medicine and public life.

With plans to make the gala a biennial fixture and with a renewed focus on inclusivity and technological engagement, the AIA appears poised to build on this momentum. The organization’s leadership clearly sees the event as a platform not just for recognition but for community building and sustained involvement.

Ultimately, the 2024 Medical Council Awards Gala served as both a tribute to past achievements and a beacon for future progress, showcasing the excellence of Indian American physicians and the evolving legacy of one of the oldest Indian organizations in the United States.

Trump’s Approval Rating Drops to Second-Term Low in New Reuters/Ipsos Poll

President Donald Trump’s approval rating has dropped to one of its lowest points in his second term, according to a new Reuters and Ipsos poll released on Tuesday. This marks a significant shift in public sentiment, as Trump has frequently pointed to strong poll numbers during his presidency to bolster his political standing.

Since his inauguration in January, the polling group has consistently tracked Trump’s approval ratings. These numbers serve as a barometer of public perception and are often cited by the president at campaign rallies and press events. Trump has routinely highlighted favorable polling data throughout his political career to showcase his popularity and leadership.

The importance of these numbers goes beyond mere perception. Falling approval ratings can impact a president’s influence, especially in a deeply divided political climate. Trump, who returned to the White House in January with relatively strong approval, has seen those numbers erode amid controversial policy decisions. One significant factor was his announcement of sweeping tariffs, which drew criticism and may have contributed to the decline in support. Though Trump later announced a 90-day delay on the majority of the tariffs, the initial backlash appears to have left a mark on public opinion.

A continued dip in approval could potentially weaken Trump’s political leverage and reduce the Republican Party’s prospects in the 2026 midterm elections. In a political landscape already marked by division and intense scrutiny, approval ratings remain a crucial indicator of electoral momentum.

The Reuters and Ipsos poll, conducted between May 16 and May 18 among 1,024 U.S. adults, found that Trump’s approval rating now stands at 42 percent. This is the same level he reached in earlier polls from April 21 and April 27. Just one week ago, the same polling group had him at 44 percent. The margin of error for this latest survey is plus or minus 3 percent.

When it comes to specific issues, the numbers tell a more nuanced story. The president’s approval rating on the economy sits at 39 percent, while 53 percent of respondents expressed disapproval. On employment and jobs, Trump received a 41 percent approval rating compared to a 49 percent disapproval rate. These figures suggest that concerns about the economy and job market may be driving some of the negative sentiment among voters.

However, not all polls show the same trend. A separate survey conducted by InsiderAdvantage between May 17 and May 19 among 1,000 likely voters painted a more optimistic picture for Trump. That poll found that 55 percent approved of the job he is doing, while 44 percent disapproved. With a similar margin of error of 3 percent, the InsiderAdvantage poll indicates a net approval rating of 11 points. This marks a significant improvement from early May, when the same polling organization found Trump’s net approval rating at just 2 points, with 46 percent approval and 44 percent disapproval.

The uptick in the InsiderAdvantage numbers may be tied to Trump’s recent trip to the Middle East, which appeared to boost his standing among voters. Such trips often allow presidents to demonstrate leadership on the global stage, which can translate into short-term approval boosts.

Political analyst Craig Agranoff commented on the fluctuating numbers in a text message to Newsweek on Tuesday. He said, “His approval rating dipping to 42% in the latest Reuters/Ipsos poll signals a troubling trend for his administration, particularly as it aligns with growing public unease over economic policies like tariffs and concerns about governance amid understaffed agencies.”

Agranoff continued, “Given the consistent downward trajectory we’ve seen in recent polls, with disapproval climbing to around 51%, this negative trend could persist unless there’s a significant policy win or shift in public perception. A president typically becomes concerned with low approval ratings when they fall below 40% for a sustained period, as this erodes political capital, weakens legislative leverage, and risks alienating key voter groups; especially independents and moderates, who have shown notable disapproval in recent data.”

He concluded by saying, “For Trump, the challenge will be addressing these economic and credibility concerns swiftly to reverse the slide.”

On social media, the response to the poll numbers has also been swift and pointed. The account Republicans Against Trump posted on X, formerly known as Twitter, “NEW: Donald Trump’s approval rating drops to 42%, per Reuters/Ipsos poll, down two points since early May. Still way too high.”

Despite the varying results between different polls, the trajectory of Trump’s approval ratings remains a focal point for both political allies and critics. These numbers are reported regularly across a range of media outlets and pollsters, giving the public and political analysts alike a window into the president’s current standing.

Ultimately, polling data serves as both a reflection of and influence on the political landscape. While approval ratings can shift quickly in response to national or global events, sustained downward trends are often more telling. For President Trump, managing these numbers may prove essential not only to his current influence but also to his party’s fortunes in the next major election cycle. Whether the decline in the Reuters/Ipsos poll signals a lasting issue or a temporary dip remains to be seen. But the stakes, both political and legislative, are high.

As new polling continues to emerge, Trump’s team will likely watch the results closely and consider strategic adjustments. Whether through policy changes, messaging shifts, or public appearances aimed at boosting confidence, the pressure is on to regain ground before the midterm campaigns ramp up. Until then, the conversation surrounding Trump’s approval rating is unlikely to fade from the national spotlight.

H-1B Visa Program Criticized by Expert as Lacking Merit and Enabling Worker Exploitation

Howard University professor Ron Hira, a long-standing critic of the H-1B visa program, has once again raised concerns about how the system functions, arguing that it lacks any real basis in merit and does not reflect a genuine shortage of American workers for high-skilled jobs. According to Hira, U.S. companies are increasingly misusing the H-1B visa to hire cheaper foreign labor rather than offering those positions to qualified American graduates.

Hira, whose parents immigrated to the United States from India using similar work visas, has consistently advocated for reforms in the visa program. His criticism is deeply personal. In 2016, during a Senate testimony on immigration, Hira disclosed his familial ties to the visa system, stating that both his parents came from India and that his wife was also born in India. And hence to testify against this visa program was very meaningful to him personally.

The H-1B visa program, designed to allow U.S. companies to hire skilled foreign workers in specialized fields such as IT and engineering, has recently come under renewed scrutiny following the release of new data from the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS). The agency reported that 120,141 H-1B visa applications had been selected for the fiscal year 2026. Although this number is the lowest since 2021, it has still sparked controversy, especially among American tech workers who argue that it is excessive given the widespread layoffs occurring across the industry.

Hira pointed out that the selection of H-1B applicants is done through a random lottery system, not based on qualifications or skills. “H-1B workers get selected by a random lottery and not the best and brightest,” he said. This method of selection, he argues, undermines the original intent of the program, which was to attract top global talent to fill labor shortages in America.

Every year, the USCIS uses a lottery to choose visa recipients whenever the number of applications surpasses the annual cap. The H-1B visa cap is currently set at 65,000 per year, with an additional 20,000 visas available for applicants who have earned advanced degrees from U.S. universities.

The relatively high number of visas selected for 2026 has also confused many observers aligned with the Make America Great Again (MAGA) movement, who had anticipated stricter controls on the program under President Donald Trump’s administration. This reaction comes in the wake of a wider public debate surrounding the H-1B visa program, a debate that has included high-profile figures such as Elon Musk and Vivek Ramaswamy, who have expressed support for the program despite Trump’s tough stance on illegal immigration.

Even Trump himself has commented on the matter. While known for his hardline approach to immigration, he has at times expressed support for legal immigration and the H-1B program specifically. During a past controversy over the visa system, Trump remarked that he was “in favor of H-1B,” signaling a more nuanced position than some of his critics and supporters expected.

Republican leader Virgil Bierschwale has also voiced concerns over the 2026 visa approvals. He questioned whether these visa numbers reflect a premeditated plan by employers to replace existing U.S. workers with foreign hires, despite there being no evidence of new job creation. Bierschwale wrote, “This 2026 visa approval gets me. Over a year ahead of the current date, they already have approved visas. And they must have a job to have a visa. Which means the employer has already picked out the employee they plan on firing since they are not creating new jobs. How is this not fraud at every level?”

Critics like Bierschwale are alarmed by what they perceive as corporate abuse of the visa process, suggesting that it allows employers to sidestep American labor in favor of foreign hires who may accept lower wages and less favorable conditions. This critique is echoed by other organizations, including US Tech Workers, which focuses on defending the interests of American technology professionals.

In a strongly worded post on X (formerly Twitter), US Tech Workers stated, “A huge chunk of H-1B petitions are for jobs that don’t even exist. Indian IT body shops are notorious for hoarding H-1B workers, hoping to lease them out later. If there’s no client, they get ‘benched’—which is illegal. But exploiting desperate migrants is a business model too profitable to quit.”

This comment refers to a practice in which visa holders are recruited by consulting firms and then kept on standby—or “benched”—until a client project is found. This is not only illegal under U.S. labor law but also raises serious ethical concerns about how foreign workers are treated and how companies manipulate the system to their advantage.

The ongoing debate around the H-1B program has highlighted a deeper rift in how Americans view immigration and employment. On one side, business leaders and tech entrepreneurs argue that H-1B visas are essential for maintaining global competitiveness and accessing specialized talent. On the other, critics say the program has deviated far from its original purpose and is now being used to undercut American workers.

What is clear from the recent developments is that the H-1B program continues to be a contentious issue, with no easy consensus on how to balance the needs of American businesses, the rights of American workers, and the aspirations of foreign professionals seeking opportunities in the United States.

Ron Hira remains a central voice in this debate. With his deep personal connection to the immigration system and his academic expertise, he brings a unique perspective to the issue. His continued advocacy for reform reflects a broader concern that the visa system, if left unchecked, could erode the integrity of the U.S. labor market and damage the career prospects of homegrown talent.

As the 2026 visa selections move forward, scrutiny is likely to intensify, especially given the broader political climate and the growing unease about job security in the tech sector. Whether or not reforms are introduced in response to these concerns remains to be seen, but the pressure on lawmakers and federal agencies to reevaluate the H-1B program is only increasing.

Heart Lamp by Banu Mushtaq Becomes First Short Story Collection to Win International Booker Prize

At a prestigious live ceremony held at the Tate Modern in London on May 20, 2025, the International Booker Prize was awarded to Heart Lamp, a collection of short stories by Indian author Banu Mushtaq. This win marked a historic moment as Heart Lamp became the first short story collection ever to receive the renowned literary award, which honors works of fiction translated into English. The £50,000 prize will be equally split between Mushtaq and her translator Deepa Bhasthi, ensuring both receive equal acclaim for their contribution.

This momentous win also places Mushtaq in an exclusive category of Indian writers who have achieved the International Booker Prize. She follows Gitanjali Shree, who won the award in 2022 for her Hindi novel Ret Samadhi, translated into English as Tomb of Sand. However, Mushtaq has set a new benchmark by becoming the first Indian author to win the award with a work originally written in Kannada, a language spoken by approximately 65 million people. The Booker Prize Foundation noted the significance of this milestone. Moreover, Deepa Bhasthi has made her own history by becoming the first Indian translator to win the International Booker Prize.

Chair of the 2025 judging panel, Max Porter, announced the award and praised the book and its translation, saying, “Heart Lamp is something genuinely new for English readers. A radical translation which ruffles language, to create new textures in a plurality of Englishes. It challenges and expands our understanding of translation.”

Porter elaborated on what makes Heart Lamp stand out, noting, “These beautiful, busy, life-affirming stories rise from Kannada, interspersed with the extraordinary socio-political richness of other languages and dialects. It speaks of women’s lives, reproductive rights, faith, caste, power and oppression.”

Describing the judging process, Porter added that the collection quickly became a favorite. “This was the book the judges really loved, right from our first reading. It’s been a joy to listen to the evolving appreciation of these stories from the different perspectives of the jury. We are thrilled to share this timely and exciting winner of the International Booker Prize 2025 with readers around the world.”

Banu Mushtaq, a passionate advocate for women’s rights, explained the inspiration behind her stories. “My stories are about women – how religion, society, and politics demand unquestioning obedience from them, and in doing so, inflict inhumane cruelty upon them, turning them into mere subordinates. The daily incidents reported in the media and the personal experiences I have endured have been my inspiration. The pain, suffering, and helpless lives of these women create a deep emotional response within me. I do not engage in extensive research; my heart itself is my field of study,” she said.

Heart Lamp comprises 12 short stories that delve into the everyday struggles and experiences of women and girls living in patriarchal communities in southern India. The Booker Prize Foundation described Mushtaq not only as a writer but also as a lawyer and activist who has fought against caste and religious discrimination. Her stories, which span over three decades, were written in Kannada and published between 1990 and 2023. Despite having begun her literary journey in the 1970s, Heart Lamp is the first full-length English translation of her work.

The foundation praised her writing style, saying, “Mushtaq’s writing is at once witty, vivid, moving and excoriating, building disconcerting emotional heights out of a rich spoken style.” It further highlighted her remarkable character development, stating, “It’s in her characters – the sparky children, the audacious grandmothers, the buffoonish maulvis and thug brothers, the oft-hapless husbands, and the mothers above all, surviving their feelings at great cost – that she emerges as an astonishing writer and observer of human nature.”

Mushtaq was actively involved in the Bandaya Sahitya movement, a literary initiative that gave voice to marginalized Dalit and Muslim writers. Over the years, she has authored six collections of short stories, a novel, a poetry collection, and a volume of essays. Still, Heart Lamp remains the first full-length work of hers to be translated into English.

The translator of Heart Lamp, Deepa Bhasthi, is a prominent literary translator and writer based in Kodagu, located in southern India. Her work has been featured both in India and internationally through essays, columns, and cultural critiques. She previously translated a novel by Kota Shivarama Karanth and a collection of short stories by Kodagina Gouramma, both originally written in Kannada.

Bhasthi’s work on Heart Lamp received the English PEN’s ‘PEN Translates’ award, a recognition of excellence in literary translation. She described her method of working on Mushtaq’s stories as “translating with an accent.” Speaking about her unique process, Bhasthi said, “For me, translation is an instinctive practice, and each book demands a completely different process. With Banu’s stories, I first read all the fiction she had published before I narrowed it down to the ones that are in Heart Lamp. I was lucky to have a free hand in choosing what stories I wanted to work with, and Banu did not interfere with the organised chaotic way I went about it.”

Her intimate engagement with the author’s broader body of work allowed her to handpick stories that would resonate both culturally and emotionally with a global audience. Bhasthi’s collaborative yet autonomous process highlights the artistic freedom that contributed to the collection’s impact.

Indian authors have a proud history of recognition in Booker awards over the decades. Previous recipients include literary giants such as V.S. Naipaul, Salman Rushdie, Arundhati Roy, Aravind Adiga, and Kiran Desai. Banu Mushtaq and Deepa Bhasthi now join this illustrious lineage, with their victory signaling not just a personal triumph but a broader celebration of linguistic diversity, cultural representation, and the power of translation in bringing local stories to the world stage.

In celebrating the first short story collection to win the International Booker Prize and the first from the Kannada language, Heart Lamp is not just a milestone for Indian literature, but a turning point for global storytelling. It underscores the value of narratives rooted in regional realities and told in native tongues, made universally accessible through the skillful art of translation.

India Launches Revamped OCI Services Portal to Simplify Access for Overseas Citizens

Indian Home Minister and Minister of Cooperation Amit Shah officially unveiled a redesigned version of the Overseas Citizen of India (OCI) services portal on May 19 in New Delhi. Shah emphasized that the enhanced platform is expected to significantly improve the experience for over five million OCI cardholders across the globe and will help make the registration process for overseas citizens more seamless.

The inauguration event took place in the National Capital and was attended by senior officials, including the Union Home Secretary and the Director of the Intelligence Bureau. The updated portal, which maintains the existing URL at https://ociservices.gov.in, introduces a modernized interface and added features that are aimed at simplifying the registration and application procedures for OCI cardholders.

Speaking at the launch, Shah stated, “Under the leadership of Prime Minister Narendra Modi, India is continuously striving to provide world-class immigration facilities to its OCI cardholder citizens.” He further noted, “A revamped OCI portal with an updated user interface has been launched to simplify the registration process for Overseas Citizens.”

Reiterating the government’s dedication to supporting the Indian diaspora, Shah highlighted that people of Indian origin living abroad should not encounter any difficulty when they travel to or stay in India. “Many Indian-origin citizens reside in various countries worldwide, and we must ensure they face no inconvenience when visiting or staying in India,” he said.

The OCI scheme, which was introduced via a 2005 amendment to the Citizenship Act of 1955, provides an opportunity for individuals of Indian origin to register as Overseas Citizens of India. This eligibility extends to those who were citizens of India on or after January 26, 1950, or were eligible to become citizens on that date. However, those with ancestry linked to Pakistan or Bangladesh are excluded from the program.

The original OCI services portal, which was launched in 2013, currently handles around 2,000 applications per day. It is active in more than 180 Indian diplomatic missions worldwide and 12 Foreigners Regional Registration Offices (FRROs) within India. According to officials, the need for the updated portal stemmed from both advancements in digital technology over the last ten years and the feedback collected from users seeking improvements.

The redesigned platform brings a host of new features that are intended to enhance usability and overall efficiency. These improvements include a more streamlined sign-up and registration process, automatic population of user details in forms, a personalized dashboard for tracking application progress, and an integrated online payment option for those submitting through FRROs.

Additionally, the portal allows users to edit their application forms anytime before the final submission. Applicants also benefit from automatic reminders prompting them to verify their information. Furthermore, the portal features in-built frequently asked questions (FAQs) and document submission guidelines specific to each application category. To assist with document submissions, there’s a built-in tool that enables users to crop and upload photographs and signatures directly on the platform.

Prime Minister Narendra Modi acknowledged the development as a substantial improvement in India’s digital public service delivery. Sharing his views on social media platform X (formerly Twitter), he said the overhaul of the portal represents meaningful progress in enhancing digital governance for citizens. “With enhanced features and improved functionality, the new OCI Portal marks a major step forward in boosting citizen friendly digital governance,” Modi posted.

The government’s initiative to revamp the portal is in line with its broader push for digital transformation in public services, especially those serving the global Indian community. By addressing long-standing user concerns and streamlining the end-to-end experience, the new system reflects India’s commitment to remain connected with its diaspora and offer them world-class digital infrastructure.

Officials stressed that the changes are not merely cosmetic but reflect substantive improvements in service delivery. The portal has been redesigned with a focus on convenience, speed, and transparency, all while maintaining high standards of security and data integrity.

With these updates now in place, both new applicants and existing OCI cardholders can look forward to an easier, more accessible, and user-friendly digital platform. It is expected that these upgrades will result in faster application turnaround times, better communication with users, and increased satisfaction across the board.

Overall, the revamped OCI services portal stands as a testament to India’s ongoing efforts to simplify and modernize government processes for its global citizens. The launch marks a significant milestone in India’s digital public service journey, especially for those of Indian origin seeking to maintain strong ties with their heritage and homeland.

US Visa Delays Cause Major Disruptions for Indian B1/B2 Applicants

The wait time for U.S. B1/B2 visa appointments in India has reached a critical stage, severely affecting travelers in key metropolitan cities such as Hyderabad, Delhi, Mumbai, and Chennai. Applicants now face delays ranging from 7.5 months to as long as 13.5 months—over a year in some locations.

These delays have had a profound impact on Indian travelers, throwing a wrench into plans for family reunions, weddings, business conferences, and emergencies. Even those facing urgent circumstances find little relief, as priority visa slots are extremely limited.

Across India, B1/B2 visa applicants are encountering significant challenges in securing timely appointments. While the United States government has reinstated full visa operations, the demand for business and tourist visas continues to far exceed the supply of appointment slots. This has caused a massive backlog in visa processing at U.S. consulates throughout the country.

Chennai currently holds the record for the longest delay, with appointment wait times stretching to 13.5 months. This has prevented many applicants from attending major life events. For instance, a homemaker trying to travel to New York (JFK) for a family wedding shared that the earliest appointment she could get is in March of the following year, which is long after the wedding date.

This pattern isn’t limited to Chennai. Applicants in Delhi and Mumbai are experiencing similar frustrations, with both cities showing wait times of more than nine months. Such prolonged delays have been especially hard on business travelers. An entrepreneur from Mumbai (BOM) revealed that he had to cancel attendance at multiple international conferences due to the uncertainty surrounding his visa appointment. “It’s just impossible to plan,” he said.

Applicants are left in limbo due to the lack of a predictable or transparent scheduling system. Many are left checking the visa portal frequently in the hope that a slot might open up, often without any luck. The system, plagued by a shortage of available slots, offers little recourse even for those in time-sensitive situations.

Although some categories, such as emergency visas and student visa applicants, are given limited priority, these slots remain scarce. Faheem Sheikh, Chairman of the Travel Agents Federation of India (AP and Telangana), pointed out that the majority of the summer’s priority slots are being allotted to F1 student visa applicants preparing to begin their studies in the U.S. He explained, “F1 students are being prioritized for appointments, which leaves little room for other urgent cases.”

Still, even dire family emergencies often fall through the cracks. A 65-year-old woman from Hyderabad, who had planned to be in Chicago for her daughter’s childbirth, was unable to secure a visa appointment in time. Her appointment was only available after the baby’s expected due date. This situation highlights the emotional strain such delays are causing on families.

Many travelers have voiced their dissatisfaction with what they see as a lack of transparency and effective resolution strategies from the consular services. The absence of clear communication adds to the emotional toll, as applicants are left uncertain about how to proceed or when they might be able to travel.

In response, travel agencies are advising clients to submit their applications as early as possible and to keep a constant watch on the appointment portal for any sudden availability. However, this strategy offers little comfort to those with fixed deadlines or urgent travel needs.

Beyond the immediate impact on individual travelers, the delays may have broader economic and diplomatic consequences. For one, the prolonged wait times could deter Indian tourists from visiting the United States, thereby affecting inbound tourism revenue. “Indian travelers are a vital part of the U.S. travel economy,” noted one travel industry insider. If current trends continue, more Indians may start favoring destinations with quicker and more efficient visa procedures.

Academic institutions and international business relationships could also feel the pinch. With student visas being given priority, general applicants are being pushed further back, affecting those who may want to attend conferences, sign contracts, or pursue other professional opportunities in the U.S.

Moreover, the problem isn’t just limited to India. The situation reflects a larger issue within the U.S. visa infrastructure worldwide. Diplomatic missions across the globe continue to face challenges related to staffing shortages and overwhelming demand. Without meaningful changes—either in the form of increased personnel or digital reforms—the problem is likely to persist.

Experts argue that structural improvements are needed within the visa appointment system. Until those happen, travelers will continue to face long wait times and uncertainty. The current situation makes it evident that U.S. visa services must adapt quickly if they hope to meet the needs of a globalized, mobile population.

The long-term implications are significant. If these delays become the norm rather than the exception, the U.S. may find itself losing not only tourists but also students and business leaders to other nations with more responsive immigration systems.

In the meantime, affected applicants are left to navigate a frustrating and opaque process, hoping their travel plans won’t be permanently derailed by bureaucratic delays. For many, the American dream remains on hold—not because of denial, but because of delay.

Mohanlal Wraps ‘Hridayapoorvam’ Shoot as ‘Thudarum’ Continues to Shatter Kerala Box Office Records

The filming of the much-awaited Mohanlal-Sathyan Anthikad project, Hridayapoorvam, has officially concluded. The superstar himself shared the update through his Instagram handle, confirming the completion of the shoot and offering fans a glimpse into the final moments on set. Alongside the announcement, Mohanlal posted two significant photographs marking the end of production. One picture showed the entire team of cast and crew gathered with the words “Pack Up” visibly displayed in the background, while the other was a close-up of the film’s clapboard with the title Hridayapoorvam and the same concluding message.

In his Instagram post, Mohanlal wrote, “That’s a wrap! See you on the big screen. Hridayapoorvam,” stirring excitement among his fans. Directed by veteran filmmaker Sathyan Anthikad, Hridayapoorvam is touted to be a family-centric drama. The film draws its narrative from a story penned by Anthikad’s son, Akhil Sathyan, adding a generational collaboration to the creative mix.

The ensemble cast for Hridayapoorvam boasts an impressive lineup including Mohanlal himself, alongside Malavika Mohanan, Sangita Madhavan Nair, Sangeeth Prathap, Siddique, Sabitha Anand, Baburaj, Nishan, Lalu Alex, Janardhanan, and S. P. Charan. This film marks the latest reunion of Mohanlal and Sathyan Anthikad, their previous collaboration being the 2015 film Ennum Eppozhum, which was widely appreciated for its heartfelt storytelling and strong performances.

Principal photography for Hridayapoorvam began in February 2025, with the filming carried out across picturesque locations in Kochi and Pune. The team worked steadily through the schedule, wrapping up the shoot without significant delays. The film is now slated for a theatrical release on 28 August 2025, promising to deliver another compelling narrative that resonates with family audiences.

Meanwhile, Mohanlal continues to bask in the phenomenal success of his most recent release, Thudarum, which has taken the Kerala box office by storm. The film has emerged as a historic blockbuster, grossing an astonishing Rs 100 crore within Kerala alone—an unprecedented milestone in the regional film industry. The achievement was proudly announced by the actor on social media, accompanied by a celebratory poster that read: “A new chapter in Kerala box office history. A 100 crore Kerala gross.”

Expressing his heartfelt gratitude, Mohanlal captioned the post with, “Thudarum storms into the record books with its first 100 crore mark exclusively at the Kerala box office! A milestone that we created together! Thank you, Kerala.” The statement underlined the collective effort behind the success and highlighted the actor’s deep appreciation for his audience.

Following the record-breaking feat, Mohanlal took to his X (formerly Twitter) timeline to share a more personal message about what the film’s reception has meant to him. “I’m deeply moved and truly humbled by the love and heartfelt response for #Thudarum. Each message and every word of appreciation has touched me in ways I can’t fully express,” he wrote, offering fans a glimpse into his emotional state as the film’s popularity continues to soar.

Mohanlal elaborated further, saying, “Thank you for opening your hearts to this story, for seeing its soul, and for embracing it with such grace. This gratitude is not mine alone. It belongs to every single person who walked this journey with me, giving their love, effort, and spirit to every frame.” The actor was clear in emphasizing that the triumph of Thudarum was a shared experience, belonging as much to the team behind the scenes as to the fans who embraced it.

In particular, Mohanlal made it a point to acknowledge several key contributors to the film’s success. “To Renjith M, Tharun Moorthy, KR Sunil, Shobhana, Binu Pappu, Prakash Varma, Shaji Kumar, Jakes Bejoy, and our extraordinary team — your artistry and passion made Thudarum what it is,” he noted, naming the individuals who played integral roles in shaping the film’s artistic and technical excellence.

He concluded his message on a poignant note, stating, “To see it resonate so deeply is more than a reward. It is a true blessing. With all my heart, thank you. With love and gratitude always.” The words struck a chord with audiences, highlighting the humility and emotional connection Mohanlal shares with his work and those who support it.

The twin developments—Hridayapoorvam wrapping its shoot and Thudarum hitting the 100-crore mark—underscore the prolific phase Mohanlal is currently experiencing in his career. While fans await the theatrical release of Hridayapoorvam with anticipation, the ongoing success of Thudarum continues to affirm Mohanlal’s enduring appeal and stature in the Malayalam film industry.

With a career spanning over four decades and a portfolio of diverse roles, Mohanlal remains one of India’s most beloved and bankable stars. The emotional weight he brings to his performances, combined with his unwavering dedication to storytelling, keeps drawing viewers to theatres. As Hridayapoorvam nears its release date, expectations are naturally high for another emotionally resonant film, especially given the legacy of Mohanlal-Anthikad collaborations.

For Sathyan Anthikad, Hridayapoorvam marks yet another chapter in his long-standing relationship with Mohanlal, one that has given Malayalam cinema several memorable films. The director’s ability to craft narratives that reflect everyday life and emotions has always resonated with family audiences, and with Akhil Sathyan contributing the story, this film may offer a refreshing blend of traditional sensibilities with contemporary storytelling.

As the curtain comes down on the production of Hridayapoorvam, and the curtains rise higher on Thudarum’s theatrical triumph, Mohanlal seems firmly poised at the intersection of artistic achievement and mass appeal. Whether it is through heartfelt family dramas or powerful box office juggernauts, he continues to leave an indelible mark on Indian cinema.

Global Audiences Flock to Netflix’s Top 10 Most-Watched Shows of All Time

With a subscriber base exceeding 300 million across more than 190 countries, Netflix stands as the world’s leading streaming platform, offering a vast catalog of content. Despite this extensive library, only a select few shows and films capture worldwide attention and secure a place in Netflix’s elite list of most-watched programs.

The following rankings showcase the top 10 most-viewed shows ever released on Netflix, determined by global viewership numbers within the first 91 days of a show’s debut. According to Netflix’s official methodology, views are calculated by dividing the total number of hours watched by a show’s runtime, offering a standardized measure of popularity.

Topping the list is the South Korean sensation Squid Game (Season 1), which amassed an astounding 265.2 million views in its first 91 days. This achievement illustrates the increasing global appeal of non-English programming. “Squid Game” originally premiered in September 2021 during a time when pandemic-induced lockdowns boosted digital content consumption dramatically. Its gripping storyline and cultural relevance propelled it to unprecedented heights, and its sequel also found massive success, earning 192.1 million views during the same initial window.

In fact, three of the top 10 shows are non-English productions, highlighting the internationalization of streaming entertainment. These include Squid Game (both seasons) and Money Heist (Season 4), which pulled in 106 million views. The Spanish-language crime drama continues to hold its ground among global viewers, proving that language barriers are increasingly irrelevant in the age of subtitles and dubbing.

While international content is gaining prominence, English-language shows still dominate the rankings. Wednesday (Season 1) follows closely behind Squid Game, with 252.1 million views. The show’s appeal lies in its charismatic lead, Wednesday Addams, described as both mysterious and sarcastic. With a quirky storyline set against a gothic backdrop, it managed to captivate a broad audience and is Netflix’s second most-watched show.

Sci-fi horror series Stranger Things (Season 4) occupies the fourth spot with 140.7 million views. The show’s nostalgic 1980s Indiana setting and its gripping mix of supernatural and suspenseful plotlines have made it a cultural phenomenon over the years. Each season builds on the previous with more intrigue and intensity, and its latest installment was no different in drawing massive attention.

The fifth spot goes to Adolescence, the newest addition to Netflix’s top 10. Debuting in March 2025, the show quickly garnered 134 million views in just two months. This limited series has been widely praised for its cinematic style, particularly the bold decision to film each episode in a continuous single shot without any cuts. This innovative approach has set it apart from traditional television formats. “Adolescence” is noted for being a standout in storytelling and direction, adding artistic depth to mainstream streaming content.

Coming in sixth is DAHMER, a chilling true-crime series chronicling the life and crimes of Jeffrey Dahmer. It received 115.6 million views, underlining the continued popularity of real-life horror stories and the general fascination with criminal psychology. This show sparked significant conversations around the ethics of dramatizing real tragedies but still managed to pull viewers in with its intense narrative and stellar performances.

Bridgerton (Season 1) follows next with 113.3 million views. The period drama, centered on Regency-era romance and high society intrigue, has resonated strongly with viewers around the world. Its third season also made the list with 106 million views, making Bridgerton the only show with multiple seasons featured in the top 10, aside from Squid Game. With a diverse cast, elegant costumes, and a romantic storyline, it offers a refreshing alternative to the thrillers and mysteries that dominate the list.

The Queen’s Gambit, another English-language limited series, ranks eighth with 112.8 million views. Based on a young chess prodigy’s journey to the top of the competitive chess world, the show captivated audiences not only with its plot but also with its stylish execution and emotional depth. It’s the only other single-season show besides Adolescence to make the cut, demonstrating the potential for limited series to leave a lasting impact.

Completing the list is Money Heist (Season 4), which like Squid Game, is a testament to the power of foreign-language programming on a global platform. Originally a Spanish-language series, Money Heist has become a global cultural symbol for rebellion and resistance, attracting audiences far beyond its domestic market. The fourth season’s viewership of 106 million confirms its sustained popularity.

Here’s the complete ranking of Netflix’s most-watched shows based on the number of views in the first 91 days of their release:

  1. Squid Game (Season 1) – 265.2M views – Korean
  2. Wednesday (Season 1) – 252.1M views – English
  3. Squid Game (Season 2) – 192.1M views – Korean
  4. Stranger Things (Season 4) – 140.7M views – English
  5. Adolescence – 134.0M views – English
  6. DAHMER – 115.6M views – English
  7. Bridgerton (Season 1) – 113.3M views – English
  8. The Queen’s Gambit – 112.8M views – English
  9. Bridgerton (Season 3) – 106.0M views – English
  10. Money Heist (Season 4) – 106.0M views – Spanish

Although non-English shows have clearly proven their global appeal, the top 10 list still sees English-language content claiming seven of the ten spots. This suggests that while Netflix viewers are increasingly open to international storytelling, English shows retain a strong hold on the platform’s viewership base.

From thrillers and horrors to period romances and single-season masterpieces, Netflix’s most-watched list reveals that high-quality storytelling—regardless of language or format—can capture the imagination of a worldwide audience. Whether it’s the high-stakes games of Squid Game, the eerie charm of Wednesday, or the artistic risk-taking of Adolescence, each of these shows has found a way to resonate with millions.

“Squid Game’s first season premiered in September 2021, supported by ballooning media consumption during COVID lockdowns,” Netflix notes, highlighting the timing of its breakout success.

Ultimately, the top 10 most-viewed shows underscore the diversity in viewer preferences, genre tastes, and geographic reach. As global audiences continue to evolve, so too does the definition of what makes a show a hit in the digital age.

Netflix Docuseries ‘American Manhunt: Osama bin Laden’ Becomes a Global Sensation with Perfect Score

Netflix’s docuseries genre focusing on significant episodes in American history has seen continued success, and its latest installment, American Manhunt: Osama bin Laden, has emerged as a major global hit. Despite being delayed for two months, the series has managed to capture the attention of audiences worldwide, achieving a rare 100% critics score on Rotten Tomatoes. This milestone marks another achievement in Netflix’s longstanding tradition of producing impactful documentaries that delve into crucial historical events.

Netflix has steadily developed a reputation for creating high-quality docuseries that explore various pivotal moments in the history of the United States. Past productions such as Waco: American Apocalypse, which chronicles the 1993 Waco massacre, and Spy Ops, examining different federal government operations, have garnered widespread viewership and acclaim. These series often shine a spotlight on intense and often tragic events, offering viewers a deeper understanding of the complexities involved.

The American Manhunt label on Netflix refers to a set of documentary series focused on notorious individuals who have been pursued by the American government in contemporary times. The series began with 2023’s American Manhunt: The Boston Marathon Bombing, which centered on the devastating 2013 terrorist attack and the subsequent manhunt for the Tsarnaev brothers. This was followed by American Manhunt: O.J. Simpson in 2025, which revisited the infamous trial of the former football star. Both series examined major criminal investigations, combining expert commentary and eyewitness accounts to paint a vivid picture of how these cases unfolded.

The latest installment, American Manhunt: Osama bin Laden, has achieved tremendous success on the platform. The three-part series details the intense and complex search for bin Laden, primarily from the perspective of insiders at the CIA. It delves into the history and strategy behind one of the most significant manhunts in modern history, exploring the nuances of the intelligence operations that led to his eventual capture. Despite facing a delay in its release, the series has earned widespread praise. “The series holds a 100% critics score on Rotten Tomatoes as of writing,” highlighting its critical acclaim and signaling its significance within the larger context of American docuseries.

Netflix officially announced that American Manhunt: Osama bin Laden had become the Number 1 English-language TV show on the platform for the week of May 12 to May 18, 2025. According to the platform, it amassed 38.7 million hours of viewership across a total of 12.6 million viewers. The documentary is currently in the Top 10 in 88 countries and has reached the Number 1 position in 19 of those nations. These countries include Canada, Colombia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, Guatemala, Panama, Paraguay, the United States, Cyprus, Estonia, Malta, Portugal, Egypt, Morocco, Bahrain, Kuwait, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates.

The immense popularity of this docuseries is no surprise when considering the subject matter. Osama bin Laden’s role in global terrorism and his eventual capture is one of the most consequential narratives of the 21st century. The documentary’s deep dive into the events, strategies, and intelligence work that surrounded his capture appeals to a broad global audience. “Given the pervasiveness of America’s war on terror has been for recent world history, it’s not surprising American Manhunt: Osama bin Laden is popular globally.”

The success of the series can also be attributed to its tight, concise structure. With only three episodes, the series manages to deliver all the essential information without overwhelming the viewer. This makes it easily accessible to a global audience interested in understanding the history and tactics of federal investigative operations.This is especially the case because of the experts involved in the series, making the information that shows up in the series feel like an important glimpse into the world of federal investigations.

Another factor that enhances the series’ impact is its reliance on informed voices. Interviews with CIA insiders and intelligence experts provide authenticity and credibility, turning the series into more than just a retelling of events. These perspectives give viewers an intimate look into the decision-making processes and behind-the-scenes operations that aren’t typically available to the public. It is this inside look that distinguishes the series from other historical documentaries.

Additionally, the series comes at a time when audiences are increasingly drawn to real-life crime and investigation narratives. As streaming platforms compete for attention, productions that offer depth, relevance, and a strong storytelling foundation tend to rise to the top. American Manhunt: Osama bin Laden fits this mold perfectly, bringing together history, suspense, and emotional resonance. Its position at the top of Netflix’s charts underscores the global interest in stories that examine the consequences of terrorism and the efforts made to confront it.

Netflix’s ability to market and distribute such a series effectively has also played a role in its success. With strategic release timing and global availability, the platform ensured the docuseries would receive maximum exposure. The widespread international interest demonstrates that stories rooted in American history can have universal appeal when told with clarity and authority.

The high Rotten Tomatoes rating is a testament to the series’ quality. It suggests that critics not only appreciated the storytelling and production but also recognized the importance of documenting such a significant event in global history. “Despite a delay in release, the series holds a 100% critics score on Rotten Tomatoes as of writing,” as noted, indicating that the delay did not negatively affect the reception of the show.

All episodes of American Manhunt: Osama bin Laden are currently available for streaming on Netflix. As viewers around the world continue to engage with the series, its impact is likely to resonate beyond the screen, sparking renewed discussion on the legacy of bin Laden, the war on terror, and the evolving role of intelligence in national security. In a media landscape often dominated by fiction, Netflix’s success with this non-fiction narrative further highlights the growing appetite for real stories that shaped the world.

The success of American Manhunt: Osama bin Laden not only reinforces the popularity of historical docuseries but also signals Netflix’s continued strength in producing globally relevant, critically acclaimed content. As the platform expands its library, the American Manhunt series stands as a compelling example of how true stories, when told well, can resonate powerfully across borders and cultures.

Gauranga Das Highlights Harmony Between Work and Life Purpose at New York Event

On May 16, 2025, a special event was held in New York City, jointly organized by the Indian Consulate and the Bhakti Center. The forum featured a talk by Gauranga Das, a well-known monk, leadership coach, and director within the International Society for Krishna Consciousness (ISKCON). The topic of the discussion was “Reconciling Purpose of Life with Pursuit of Work,” a theme that resonated deeply with a packed audience of around 150 attendees.

Gauranga Das, known for his extensive work in sustainability, social reform, and spiritual education, captivated listeners with insights that merged ancient Vedic principles with the challenges of the modern workplace. According to a post by the Indian Consulate on its official X account, “In a world where success is often measured by titles and bank balances, Shri Gauranga Das invited us to pause – and reflect. Drawing from ancient Vedic wisdom and decades of personal practice, he shared that true prosperity lies in alignment: when our work becomes an expression of our higher purpose.”

The audience comprised a mix of professionals, spiritual seekers, and community leaders, all eager to absorb the message. The Bhakti Center, in a press release, noted that Gauranga Das’s talk not only explored how spiritual principles could bring meaning and balance to contemporary professional lives but also sparked a lively question-and-answer session. The discussion made a strong impact, encouraging introspection and practical consideration of how personal purpose can align with one’s daily professional endeavors.

Das’s diverse background includes leading the Govardhan Eco Village in Maharashtra’s Palghar District, serving on the ISKCON Governing Body Commission, and even transforming the organization’s kitchens through his innovative approach to food and sustainability. He holds multiple prestigious roles, including Visiting Faculty at the Indian Institute of Management in Nagpur, Board of Advisors member at the Chanakya IAS Academy, and a Counsellor for the United Nations Environment Program (UNEP). In addition, he is an accomplished author and has received numerous awards for his multifaceted contributions to society.

His official website, gaurangadas.com, describes him as someone whose influence spans both the corporate world and the domain of personal development. “His ability to inspire and transform lives has earned him a well-deserved reputation as a true champion in both the business world and the realm of personal growth,” the website states.

The event was further elevated by the presence of several dignitaries. The Consul General of India in New York, Binaya Srikanta Pradhan, addressed the gathering and voiced his support for activities that nurture spiritual growth and inner peace. He emphasized the importance of fostering dialogue around well-being in the professional realm. In attendance were also Padma Shri awardee and Chairman of Parikh Worldwide Media and ITV Gold, Dr. Sudhir Parikh, alongside Dr. Sudha Parikh. The event saw participation from other notable figures such as Dilip Chauhan, NYC’s Deputy Commissioner for Trade and International Affairs, and Hemant Patel from the Bhakti Center.

Gauranga Das’s leadership of the Govardhan Eco Village has earned the community global recognition. The village is accredited by several United Nations bodies, including the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), the United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification (UNCCD), the United Nations Economic and Social Council (UN ECOSOC), and the United Nations Convention on Biological Diversity (UN CBD). It also holds the distinction of being recognized by the United Nations World Tourism Organization (UNWTO) as an ecovillage community.

His commitment to sustainability extends to the global stage. According to his Wikipedia profile, in 2023, he was a co-facilitator for the Food Systems, Hunger, and Poverty Working Group as part of the C20 Brazil summit, representing India. During this international event, he also led the Food and LiFE Sub Working Group and spearheaded an initiative to designate the years 2023 to 2033 as the decade focused on conscious food production and consumption. These efforts underline his holistic approach to solving large-scale global issues through a spiritual and sustainable lens.

The Bhakti Center, which co-hosted the event, is located in the East Village of New York City. It is known for being a spiritual and cultural hub that introduces visitors and locals to Bhakti-yoga, a path rooted in devotion and self-realization. According to the center’s website, it is “devoted to sharing the experience of self-transformation through the timeless culture and practices of Bhakti-yoga.”

Through his talk, Gauranga Das underscored the relevance of ancient teachings in modern life. His message focused on the idea that material success and spiritual purpose do not need to exist in conflict but can be harmonized when approached thoughtfully. He urged individuals to consider work not merely as a means to earn a living but as a platform to express their deeper calling and values.

The enthusiastic response from the audience and the strong turnout at the event reflected a growing interest in spiritual leadership that addresses real-world challenges. As the Bhakti Center noted, his talk did more than just share philosophical concepts; it opened the door to tangible change in how people perceive their personal and professional lives.

By integrating mindfulness, ethical living, and sustainability into his message, Gauranga Das has managed to create a framework that speaks to both heart and intellect. His contributions stretch across diverse areas—spiritual guidance, education, environmental conservation, and global policymaking—all rooted in a foundation of compassion and conscious living.

The New York event offered a rare opportunity for individuals to engage directly with a thought leader who has not only studied and lived these teachings but also applied them in organizational, environmental, and academic contexts. His multifaceted approach highlights the importance of intentional living in an increasingly fast-paced world.

As attendees left the venue, they carried with them more than just notes—they took away a renewed sense of clarity on how they could better integrate their values with their careers. Through the collaborative efforts of the Indian Consulate and the Bhakti Center, this event served as a powerful reminder that conversations about purpose, well-being, and work are not only possible but essential in today’s world.

Buddha’s Teachings Offer Timeless Wisdom for Modern-Day Global Peace, Say Leaders at UN Vesak Celebration

At a special event held on May 15, 2025, at the United Nations Headquarters to mark the International Day of Vesak, India’s Permanent Representative to the UN, P. Harish, emphasized the enduring relevance of the Buddha’s teachings. “The principle of moderation, or the middle path, remains more relevant today than ever before. The Buddha’s teachings, simple yet profound, encourage us to transcend our differences and embrace a universal bond of loving kindness,” he said.

Harish was addressing a panel discussion themed “Teachings of Gautama Buddha – a Path to Internal and Global Peace.” He noted that in a time of global uncertainty and unrest, the teachings of Buddha could serve as a valuable guide. “The teachings of Lord Buddha can be a guide in today’s times of uncertainty,” he stated.

Harish pointed out India’s historical and spiritual connection to Buddhism, calling it the birthplace of the religion. “Vesak is an occasion for us to celebrate the shared heritage of Buddhism, an occasion to reaffirm and strengthen the cultural and civilizational ties that bind nations of our region,” he said.

He also highlighted recent diplomatic efforts that underscore India’s reverence for Buddhism, particularly Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s visits to prominent Buddhist sites in Thailand and Sri Lanka. During his trip, Modi visited Bangkok’s Wat Pho temple, where he paid homage to the Reclining Buddha and offered ‘Sanghadana’ to senior monks. Additionally, the Prime Minister visited the Jaya Sri Maha Bodhi temple in Anuradhapura, Sri Lanka, demonstrating the Indian government’s continued engagement with the Buddhist world.

The event began with a short film showcasing the life and teachings of Gautama Buddha. This was followed by a series of speeches from distinguished guests, including Professor Abhay Kumar Singh, Vice Chancellor of Nalanda University in India, and Santosh Kumar Raut, a visiting professor from Harvard Divinity School. Diplomats and permanent representatives from several Buddhist-majority nations, including Vietnam, Bhutan, Thailand, Cambodia, Nepal, Sri Lanka, Mongolia, Lao PDR, and the Russian Federation, also shared their insights.

Harish elaborated on how Buddha’s core messages of compassion, non-violence, and wisdom remain highly relevant in a world plagued by conflict and suffering. “Lord Buddha’s message of compassion, non-violence and his wisdom offer a path to inner and global peace in a world writ with crisis and suffering,” he said.

He stressed the importance of cultivating both inner and outer peace for a balanced life. These forms of peace, he explained, could be nurtured through mindfulness, wisdom, compassion, and joy. Buddhism encourages creating a positive physical and material environment that fosters pleasant and respectful relations with others. “Maintaining this peace continuum is necessary in today’s world,” he emphasized.

Harish also spoke about Vipassana, the meditative technique in Buddhism that trains individuals to respond mindfully and wisely to external stimuli. He said the practice remains relevant today and can be pursued throughout one’s life. “Developing the correct attitude, comprehension and reaction to outside stimuli through Vipassana is important in Buddhism and will be of use even today and can be pursued throughout life,” he stated.

Discussing how Buddhist thought could be integrated into the modern world, Harish called for equitable resource distribution, a universal legal framework, and constructive conflict resolution. “Buddhist principles could be extended to the modern world through fair distribution of resources, maintaining a universal code of conduct or legal system and through building consensus by constructively dealing with differences,” he said.

Furthermore, he emphasized that peace and compassion should be cultivated at all levels—personal, communal, national, and international. “Buddhism further speaks of cultivating peace and compassion through maintaining international peace, between groups, between nations at an international level or a regional level,” he added.

However, Harish also acknowledged the limitations of applying Buddhist principles in a world marked by state-level aggression. He said that although individual adherence to Buddhist values could be successful, it might fall short when nations act out of self-defense or are forced to prevent large-scale suffering. “Following Buddhist practice, although successful at individual level, can fail on an interstate level in today’s world of aggression and pursuit of violence. At such times, harm can be minimized by keeping in focus the greater good, the motive of national defense, protecting citizens and preventing suffering,” he observed.

Harish concluded his remarks with a powerful endorsement of Buddhism’s transformative potential. “This transformative power of Buddhism is not limited to individuals, but it can change societies. It can change nations and indeed the whole world,” he said.

Echoing Harish’s sentiments, Professor Abhay Kumar Singh emphasized the need to embrace Buddha’s teachings in today’s complex world. “Lord Buddha’s message of compassion, non-violence and his wisdom offer a path to inner and global peace, in a world beset with crisis and suffering,” Singh said. He urged the global community to draw from these ancient teachings to create a more peaceful and harmonious world.

Adding to the discussion, Santosh Kumar Raut offered a scholarly perspective on how Buddhist philosophy could equip humanity to face the complex challenges of the 21st century. He discussed the relevance of mindfulness, ethical living, and inner peace in countering today’s widespread anxiety, divisiveness, and environmental degradation.

Other speakers at the event further elaborated on how Buddhist teachings could offer solutions to many modern-day challenges. They agreed that the principles of moderation, ethical living, mindfulness, and compassion offer practical guidance for a more sustainable and harmonious future. These teachings, they noted, have the potential to address a wide range of global issues—from conflict and inequality to environmental crises.

As the event concluded, the recurring message from all the speakers was clear: the world needs to revisit the teachings of Gautama Buddha now more than ever. By applying these ancient yet timeless principles, both individuals and societies can navigate today’s turbulence and find a path to lasting peace.

The International Day of Vesak celebration at the United Nations served not only as a tribute to the Buddha’s life and legacy but also as a call to action for world leaders, scholars, and citizens to embrace his teachings. In doing so, the speakers hoped, humanity could move toward a more peaceful, compassionate, and united world.

American Hindu Jewish Congress Backs Broader Abraham Accords for Regional Stability and Religious Tolerance

The American Hindu Jewish Congress (AHJC), an interfaith advocacy organization based in the United States, has voiced strong support for the continued growth of the Abraham Accords, emphasizing its commitment to religious harmony and lasting peace in the Middle East and surrounding regions.

Originally signed on September 15, 2020, during President Donald Trump’s first term in office, the Abraham Accords marked a significant diplomatic breakthrough by normalizing relations between Israel and three Arab nations: the United Arab Emirates, Bahrain, and Morocco. These agreements were hailed as historic steps toward improving regional diplomacy and fostering economic cooperation between adversaries.

Looking forward, reports suggest that Trump’s foreign policy strategy in a potential second term is centered on broadening the scope of the Abraham Accords. The countries being considered for inclusion reportedly include Saudi Arabia, Syria, Azerbaijan, and Kazakhstan. If realized, this expansion would deepen the regional framework established by the initial agreements, drawing in nations with diverse geopolitical interests and relationships with Israel.

This week, Arthur Kapoor, the chairman of the AHJC, participated in a high-level meeting of the Abraham Accords Prosperity Group held in Washington, D.C. The event brought together an influential group of diplomats, lawmakers, and business leaders to discuss the future direction of the accords following Trump’s recent diplomatic trip to the region. Discussions focused on how to enhance the effectiveness and longevity of the agreements through strengthened political and economic collaboration.

Kapoor expressed optimism after witnessing strong bipartisan backing from key U.S. lawmakers for the ongoing expansion and success of the Accords. “I was impressed by Senator Joni Ernst and Senator Kristen Gillibrand’s commitment to ensuring the success of the Accords,” Kapoor stated, recognizing the rare display of unity across party lines when it comes to promoting peace and stability in the Middle East.

In his remarks, Kapoor also underlined the importance of matching diplomatic goodwill with tangible outcomes that promote growth and prosperity. “The Ambassadors of Morocco and Bahrain shared their hopeful vision as among the Accords’ early partners. But business success will require commensurate economic and infrastructure development. We are looking forward to exploring opportunities and assisting in the regional progress,” he noted.

The meeting attracted a notable list of participants who play central roles in shaping regional diplomacy. Among the attendees were Moroccan Ambassador Youseff Amrani, Bahraini Ambassador Shaikh Abdulla Al Khalifa, UK envoy Sir Liam Fox, and U.S. Senators Joni Ernst of Iowa and Kirsten Gillibrand of New York. Their involvement underscored the wide international interest in maintaining momentum behind the Abraham Accords and in ensuring that they continue to deliver long-term benefits.

The public support voiced by the AHJC comes during a period of intensified diplomatic outreach and negotiations. Recently, Trump held a meeting in Riyadh with Syrian President Ahmed al-Sharaa to deliberate on Syria’s potential involvement in the Abraham Accords. In a major policy shift, Trump also declared the removal of U.S. sanctions on Syria—a move designed to ease the country’s reintegration into the international economic system and increase its openness to broader regional cooperation.

In addition to Syria, the potential inclusion of Azerbaijan and Kazakhstan is currently under discussion. Both nations already maintain diplomatic and trade relations with Israel, and their participation in the Abraham Accords could provide a broader base for collaboration throughout Central Asia. Their involvement would also mark a further extension of the original framework, which initially focused on Arab-Israeli rapprochement.

Supporters of the expansion believe that welcoming countries such as Syria, Azerbaijan, and Kazakhstan into the Accords could boost regional cohesion and allow for greater collaboration on trade, infrastructure, energy, and cultural exchange. By linking Middle Eastern and Central Asian countries through a shared commitment to coexistence and mutual growth, the Abraham Accords could evolve from a diplomatic milestone into a lasting alliance for peace and development.

The AHJC’s endorsement is especially significant given its mission to promote interfaith dialogue and shared values between diverse religious communities. The organization views the Abraham Accords as not merely a geopolitical agreement but as a platform for advancing ideals of religious tolerance and unity among peoples of different backgrounds. In this context, Kapoor and his colleagues believe that continued investment—both economic and diplomatic—is crucial to ensuring the long-term viability of the initiative.

In his remarks at the meeting, Kapoor emphasized that while political agreements are essential, sustained progress depends on delivering results that improve people’s lives across the region. As more countries show interest in joining the Accords, the focus will need to shift increasingly toward infrastructure development, investment in technology, and educational exchanges that can cement bonds of trust and partnership.

The Abraham Accords Prosperity Group, which hosted the meeting, plays a key role in translating the diplomatic agreements into actionable business and investment opportunities. By bringing together stakeholders from government and the private sector, the group seeks to identify practical ways to boost cross-border collaboration and support economic modernization in participating countries.

While critics remain skeptical about the prospects of some nations joining the Accords, especially given long-standing rivalries and political complexities, supporters argue that expanding the framework could bring a new era of regional diplomacy. They believe that these efforts can help shift the focus away from decades of hostility and toward mutual benefit and economic integration.

The AHJC’s vocal support for this next phase of the Abraham Accords reflects a growing recognition among global interfaith leaders that peace and religious coexistence are not just possible, but achievable through consistent diplomatic engagement and shared economic goals.

As diplomatic efforts continue and new countries consider joining the fold, organizations like the AHJC are expected to play an increasingly prominent role in promoting the values of tolerance and unity. Their involvement may also help bridge divides between religious communities that have historically been at odds, setting an example for broader international cooperation rooted in mutual respect.

With the Abraham Accords entering a new phase of potential expansion, the commitment of both political leaders and civil society groups will be crucial. As Arthur Kapoor and the AHJC made clear, real success will require not just symbolic gestures but the creation of lasting economic and social partnerships that benefit people across the region. Their message is clear: progress must be sustained by both policy and action.

House Republicans Clear Key Hurdle for Trump’s Legislative Agenda Amid Internal Tensions

Republican leaders scored a significant procedural victory late Sunday night when the House Budget Committee narrowly voted to advance President Donald Trump’s sweeping legislative package, dubbed the One Big Beautiful Bill Act. This bill, which extends Trump-era tax cuts, boosts border funding, and reforms safety-net programs like Medicaid and food assistance, managed to clear the committee in a 17-16 vote — a crucial step toward broader passage.

The unusual timing of the vote, which began after 10 p.m. EDT, reflected the high-stakes negotiations among Republicans and the pressure to reach an agreement. The breakthrough came after four GOP lawmakers — Reps. Ralph Norman of South Carolina, Chip Roy of Texas, Andrew Clyde of Georgia, and Josh Brecheen of Oklahoma — who had previously blocked the bill on Friday, agreed to vote “present,” allowing the legislation to advance.

Their shift was attributed to progress made on two key conservative demands: moving up the implementation date for new Medicaid work requirements and accelerating the phase-out of green energy incentives. Roy confirmed this development, stating that changes were underway to address some of the group’s concerns.

In a reflection of the vote’s importance, high-ranking officials including Speaker Mike Johnson and White House Legislative Affairs Director James Braid were spotted near the hearing room during the late-night session. Johnson celebrated the moment, calling it “a big win tonight.”

“There’s a lot more work to do; we’ve always acknowledged that towards the end there will be more details to iron out. We have several more to take care of,” Johnson said. “But I’m looking forward to very thoughtful discussions, very productive discussions over the next few days, and I am absolutely convinced we’re going to get this in final form and pass it in accordance with our original deadline, and that was to do it before Memorial Day.”

The Speaker added, “So this will be a victory out of committee tonight. Everybody will make a vote that allows us to proceed, and that was my big request tonight.”

With the bill now out of the Budget Committee, it heads to the House Rules Committee. That panel will consider final tweaks to the package to reflect additional compromises between conservative deficit hawks and moderates from high-tax states, many of whom are focused on raising the state and local tax (SALT) deduction cap.

Although leadership was celebrating the advancement, conservative members emphasized that the bill is still a work in progress. Roy noted that his vote was more of a strategic move than an endorsement.

He stated, “Out of respect for the Republican Conference and the President,” he had voted present, but cautioned that the bill “does not yet meet the moment.” According to Roy, the modified measure does “move Medicaid work requirements forward and reduces the availability of future subsidies under the green new scam.” Still, he remained critical of elements in the legislation, particularly provisions related to green energy tax credits and Medicaid.

In a statement on social platform X, Roy wrote, “This all ultimately increases the likelihood of continuing deficits and non-Obamacare-expansion states like Texas expanding in the future. We can and must do better before we pass the final product.” His remarks suggested he wants more aggressive reforms, such as reining in the provider tax mechanism that states use to obtain increased federal Medicaid funding.

Norman echoed similar sentiments, suggesting that although some progress had been made, more revisions are needed. “We had some great changes, got a lot more work to do. We’re excited about what we did. We wanted to move the bill forward, and it went like I thought,” Norman said.

He also emphasized the broader fiscal concerns that are motivating conservative Republicans. “We’ve been downgraded three times, we have problems with the money in this country, the debt, the FMAPs gotta be dealt with,” Norman said, referencing the Federal Medical Assistance Percentages (FMAP), the federal share of Medicaid costs.

Despite the committee advancement, Roy — who is also a member of the Rules Committee — would not commit to supporting the bill in the next round of voting. When asked whether Trump had reached out to him following the president’s Friday call for Republicans to “STOP TALKING, AND GET IT DONE!” Roy declined to respond.

The initial rejection of the bill by these four conservatives stemmed from the belief that its cost-saving measures were insufficient. Their objections focused on delays in implementing new Medicaid work requirements for able-bodied adults and the slow elimination of green energy incentives. They feared that because the projected savings are back-loaded over a ten-year period, the full financial benefits may never materialize.

On the other side of the Republican spectrum, moderates representing districts in high-tax states are pushing for a much larger increase in the SALT deduction cap. The current version of the bill proposes a $30,000 cap — triple the current limit — but moderates insist that it still falls short of what’s needed to secure their support. Accommodating these demands will necessitate additional adjustments elsewhere in the bill to keep it fiscally viable.

For now, the changes already made were enough to satisfy the holdouts temporarily, at least to allow the legislative process to continue. Norman acknowledged this by stating, “In an effort to move this bill forward, and I’m excited about the changes we’ve made, I vote present.”

Democrats on the committee expressed frustration and skepticism about these last-minute compromises and the lack of transparency. As the vote proceeded, some could be heard asking, “What changes?” Ranking member Brendan Boyle of Pennsylvania raised concerns about the undisclosed “side deals” being negotiated behind closed doors. He argued that lawmakers and the public alike deserve to know what changes are being considered and who is making them.

Boyle’s remarks highlighted the Democratic view that the legislative process is becoming increasingly opaque, especially when major overhauls to social safety-net programs are being crafted without public scrutiny or committee debate.

Even as the bill advances, the path ahead is uncertain. The Republican Party remains divided between conservatives who want more drastic reforms and moderates seeking protections for their constituents. The coming days will involve intricate negotiations and political maneuvering to reconcile these opposing demands and deliver a final product that satisfies enough lawmakers to pass the full House.

With Memorial Day looming as the target deadline, Republican leaders must navigate internal divisions, broker further deals, and maintain momentum to push the bill through Congress — a challenging task, even with Trump’s vocal support.

In sum, while the advancement of the One Big Beautiful Bill Act represents a procedural success for GOP leadership, it also exposes deep rifts within the Republican ranks that will need to be bridged in the coming weeks.

Patients Raise Alarms Over Ozempic’s Potential Link to Irreversible Vision Loss

Weight loss medications like Ozempic have surged in popularity in recent years, prescribed for managing both diabetes and weight loss. However, a rising number of patients now claim the drug may come with an alarming and potentially permanent side effect—vision loss that cannot be reversed.

One such patient is Edward Fanelli, a former contractor from Freehold, New Jersey. Fanelli was prescribed Ozempic to help manage his diabetes. But within months of starting the medication, he says his vision began to deteriorate rapidly, ultimately ending his ability to work in his chosen field. “Not even six to eight months later, I, out of nowhere, I could not see out of my right eye,” Fanelli recalls. “I couldn’t take a chance do the contracting work, worried about cutting my fingers off.”

Fanelli was later diagnosed with a condition called non-arteritic anterior ischemic optic neuropathy (NAION), which strikes suddenly and has no available cure. He is now the first patient in New Jersey to initiate legal proceedings in state court against the makers of Ozempic, alleging that he was never informed of the potential risk of permanent vision loss associated with the drug. “If they would have told me a chance I could lose my vision, I would not have taken it. Don’t care – weight loss would have done on my own,” he states.

Fanelli is far from alone in raising these concerns. Attorney Jason Goldstein, based in Long Island and affiliated with the firm Parker Waichman LLP, represents more than a dozen clients, including Fanelli, who are filing lawsuits related to semaglutide. Semaglutide is the primary active compound found in Ozempic and other similar medications, and recent medical literature has drawn connections between this compound and the onset of NAION.

Goldstein contends that drug manufacturers failed in their responsibility to adequately warn consumers about the risks. “That’s the crux of this case, people are not warned about this. What did the doctor know? What did the patient know? No one knew,” he explains.

He intends to push not only for financial compensation for the affected patients but also for updated warning labels on drugs that contain semaglutide. Goldstein emphasizes that his aim is to ensure future patients do not unknowingly suffer consequences from drugs that were meant to improve their health.

In response to the growing concerns and lawsuits, Novo Nordisk, the pharmaceutical company behind Ozempic, issued a formal statement addressing the allegations and defending the safety profile of their product. “NAION is a very rare eye disease, and it is not an adverse drug reaction for the marketed formulations of semaglutide (Ozempic®, Rybelsus® and Wegovy®) as per the approved labels,” a spokesperson from Novo Nordisk said.

The company insists that after thoroughly examining both external studies, such as those from the University of Southern Denmark, and its own internal safety reviews, there remains no indication that semaglutide is responsible for causing NAION. “Novo Nordisk is of the opinion that the benefit-risk profile of semaglutide remains unchanged,” the spokesperson said.

Furthermore, Novo Nordisk reported that it has conducted its own analysis across several randomized controlled clinical trials involving GLP-1 receptor agonists—a class of drugs that includes semaglutide. These analyses incorporated evaluations by independent, blinded ophthalmologists who confirmed NAION diagnoses. The company asserts that the findings did not suggest a causal link between the use of GLP-1 receptor agonists and the development of NAION.

Despite the growing number of legal claims, Novo Nordisk has reiterated its commitment to patient safety. “Patient safety is a top priority for Novo Nordisk, and we take all reports about adverse events from use of our medicines very seriously. This also relates to eye conditions, which are well-known comorbidities for people living with diabetes,” the spokesperson said.

The company also emphasized that treatment decisions involving prescription-only drugs should always be made in partnership with a medical professional. “Any decision to start treatment with prescription-only medicines should be made in consultation with a healthcare professional who should do a benefit-risk evaluation for the patient in question, weighing up the benefits of treatment with the potential risks,” the company stated.

The legal complaints surrounding Ozempic and its active ingredient are surfacing at a time when the drug is being prescribed more widely than ever. Initially developed and approved to help manage blood sugar levels in people with type 2 diabetes, semaglutide’s effectiveness in promoting weight loss has made it one of the most sought-after medications on the market. Ozempic, along with other semaglutide-based medications like Wegovy and Rybelsus, has been credited with helping many patients achieve significant weight loss and better overall health.

However, the emerging concerns around irreversible vision damage threaten to cast a shadow over the drug’s widespread success. Attorneys like Goldstein argue that transparency and proper warnings are critical, especially when the potential consequences are as severe as losing one’s sight.

As the legal process unfolds, cases like Fanelli’s are likely to receive increased attention from both the medical and legal communities. His experience underscores the need for rigorous safety communication between pharmaceutical companies, healthcare providers, and patients. Whether or not the courts determine that the drug is directly responsible for NAION, the growing scrutiny may eventually lead to revised labeling and greater awareness of rare but serious risks.

While Novo Nordisk maintains that no definitive causal relationship has been found between semaglutide and NAION, the issue highlights the complex balance of risk and benefit in modern medicine. For patients like Fanelli, the potential benefits were outweighed by a life-altering outcome they say they never saw coming.

Justice Department’s New Whistleblower Policy Signals Aggressive Crackdown on Employers of Immigrants

The U.S. Department of Justice has introduced a new whistleblower policy that places immigration-related offenses at the forefront of its enforcement agenda, significantly broadening its efforts to prosecute employers of immigrants and holders of H-1B visas. The policy shift allows the DOJ to prioritize tips from whistleblowers regarding violations of federal immigration law and reflects the Trump administration’s continued emphasis on immigration enforcement.

In February 2025, the Department of Justice issued a memo directing federal prosecutors to give top priority to immigration-related criminal cases. This new whistleblower initiative is in line with that directive and confirms that immigration remains the administration’s leading issue.

Matthew R. Galeotti, who heads the DOJ’s criminal division, unveiled the expansion of the whistleblower program to include immigration and other categories during his address at the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association’s Anti-Money Laundering and Financial Crimes Conference on May 12, 2025. “We have made changes to our corporate whistleblower program to reflect our focus on the worst actors and most egregious crimes,” Galeotti announced. He further explained that he had tasked both the Money Laundering and Asset Recovery Section (MLARS) and the Fraud Section to reassess the existing whistleblower awards pilot program and identify additional enforcement areas in line with the administration’s objectives.

Galeotti revealed the updated focus areas for whistleblower tips, stating, “Today, we have added the following priority areas for tips: procurement and federal program fraud; trade, tariff, and customs fraud; violations of federal immigration law; and violations involving sanctions, material support of foreign terrorist organizations, or those that facilitate cartels and Transnational Criminal Organizations, including money laundering, narcotics, and Controlled Substances Act violations.” He emphasized that “as with every other area in our program, these tips must result in forfeiture to be eligible for an award.”

Attorney General Pam Bondi reinforced this stance on February 5, 2025, through a memo to DOJ personnel stating that “immigration enforcement” now stands at the top of the department’s list of criminal prosecution priorities. Bondi wrote, “The Department of Justice shall use all available criminal statutes to combat the flood of illegal immigration that took place over the last four years, and to continue to support the Department of Homeland Security’s immigration and removal initiatives.” She singled out violations of the Alien Registration Act and charges of “bringing in and harboring aliens” as areas requiring increased focus—offenses that have historically seen limited use against employers.

The memo issued by Bondi also outlined strict reporting requirements for DOJ attorneys. “Any declinations of immigration-related offenses shall be disclosed as Urgent Reports,” it stated. Furthermore, each U.S. Attorney’s Office must provide quarterly reports to the Executive Office for United States Attorneys summarizing their immigration-related caseloads.

Federal prosecutors appear to be following through on the directive. A press release issued in Texas on April 11, 2025, bore the headline: “U.S. Attorney’s Office Adds 295 New Immigration Cases in One Week.” The announcement quoted Acting United States Attorney Margaret Leachman for the Western District of Texas, who stated, “Federal prosecutors in the district filed 295 immigration and immigration-related criminal cases from April 4 through April 10.” The press release explained that these cases fall under Operation Take Back America, which aims to marshal DOJ resources “to repel the invasion of illegal immigration.”

This pivot in priorities is affecting more than just prosecutors. According to a report by NBC News, “FBI field offices around the country have been ordered to assign significantly more agents to immigration enforcement, a dramatic shift in federal law enforcement priorities that will likely siphon resources away from counterterrorism, counterintelligence and fraud investigations.”

However, many employers of immigrants and foreign visa holders may not yet recognize the serious implications of these policy changes. Chris Thomas, a partner at the law firm Holland & Hart, warned, “Employers do not appear to grasp the depth and breadth of options DOJ and DHS may have to bring enforcement actions.” He cautioned that while these agencies had previously shown restraint in criminal prosecutions, employers should not assume the past is an accurate predictor of future enforcement trends.

Thomas also highlighted the potential damage to businesses, stating that a federal raid or indictment can cripple a company’s operations and inflict severe reputational harm. Employers face the risk of criminal charges that could result in up to 10 years in prison per count, fines of $500,000 per violation, and asset forfeiture.

Prior to its expansion, the DOJ’s Corporate Whistleblower Awards Pilot Program offered compensation to individuals providing “original and truthful information about corporate misconduct that results in a successful forfeiture.” Until now, eligible misconduct included crimes involving financial institutions such as banks and cryptocurrency firms, foreign and domestic corporate corruption, and health care fraud involving private insurers.

The newly revised whistleblower policy can now be applied against employers of highly skilled foreign professionals, including those holding H-1B visas. “It can be and will be used against H-1B employers, along with potentially companies employing L-1, O-1 and TN visa holders,” Thomas explained. He added, “If anybody blew the whistle for an employer knowingly offering false information, charges could be brought. We have even seen DOJ prosecute employers that provide misleading invitation letters for business visitors, such as B-1 or ESTA, claiming that they are coming for meetings, when they are coming to engage in work.”

In recent weeks, U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services has issued Requests for Evidence for several H-1B and employment-based immigrant petitions. These inquiries suggest the agency may possess “adverse information” on particular individuals, although the focus thus far appears to be on employees rather than the companies that sponsor them.

Over the last four months, the Trump administration has been laying the foundation for these new criminal priorities. As the policy translates into actual enforcement through raids and indictments, Thomas warns that employers may be forced into compliance at a late stage. “As the rhetoric translates into significant raids and criminal charges, employers will be forced to take compliance much more seriously,” he said. “At that point, however, it may be too late.”

In summary, the Department of Justice’s expanded whistleblower program marks a sharp escalation in immigration-related enforcement, particularly targeting U.S. employers who hire foreign nationals. This reflects a broader realignment of federal priorities under the Trump administration, with serious implications for businesses, especially those dependent on skilled foreign workers.

Pope Leo XIV Begins Papacy with Call for Unity, Humility, and Missionary Spirit

Pope Leo XIV delivered his first homily as pontiff on Sunday, marking the start of a new era in the Catholic Church. In his address, he acknowledged the gravity of the moment, expressing humility as he assumed his new role. “With fear and trembling,” he said, he would take on the immense responsibility before him, striving to serve with “faith and joy.”

The homily came during the Holy Mass for the Beginning of the Pontificate, held in St. Peter’s Basilica at the Vatican. Earlier that morning, Pope Leo was driven in an open-top popemobile through St. Peter’s Square, where approximately 100,000 people had gathered to see him, according to the Vatican’s press office.

In his homily, Pope Leo spoke candidly about the pressing challenges facing the world. He highlighted the divisions and suffering seen globally, stating, “Too much discord, too many wounds caused by hatred, violence, prejudice, the fear of difference, and the economic paradigm that exploits the Earth’s resources and marginalizes the poorest.”

Addressing the Catholic faithful worldwide, now numbering around 1.4 billion, the pope called on them to embrace a broader vision. He urged believers not to isolate themselves in exclusive circles but to instead foster outreach and compassion. “We are called to offer God’s love to everyone, in order to achieve that unity which does not cancel out differences but values the personal history of each person and the social and religious culture of every people,” he declared.

He also warned against attitudes of superiority, encouraging a humble and inclusive missionary spirit. “Let us not shut ourselves in our small groups,” he said. Instead, the Church should aim to connect with all humanity, leaving behind any sense of being “superior to the world.”

The inaugural mass brought together not only high-ranking Church officials but also a notable array of international dignitaries and political leaders. Among those in attendance were U.S. Vice President JD Vance and Secretary of State Marco Rubio. Canadian Prime Minister Mark Carney and Australian Prime Minister Anthony Albanese also participated in the historic ceremony.

In a show of global religious unity, representatives from various faiths attended the event. The Vatican’s Holy See press office reported the presence of delegates from the Ecumenical, Jewish, Muslim, Hindu, Buddhist, Sikh, Zoroastrian, and Jain communities.

Before the mass began, Vance and Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy exchanged greetings and shook hands. Later in the day, Pope Leo held a private audience with Zelenskyy and his wife, according to the Vatican. Additionally, the pope met with Peruvian President Dina Boluarte prior to the mass.

Pope Leo, previously known as Cardinal Robert Prevost, is 69 years old and hails from Chicago, Illinois. His election on May 8 marked a historic moment, as he became the first American ever chosen to lead the Catholic Church.

During the ceremony, Filipino Cardinal Luis Antonio Tagle presented Leo with the Ring of the Fisherman. This symbolic ring commemorates Saint Peter, the Church’s first pope, and will be worn by Pope Leo throughout his time in office.

The newly installed pope also paid tribute to his predecessor, Pope Francis, who died on April 21 following a prolonged hospital stay. Reflecting on his passing, Leo stated, “His death filled our hearts with sadness.”

Pope Leo also offered a glimpse into the papal conclave that culminated in his selection earlier this month. As he described the momentous gathering in the Sistine Chapel, he remarked, “We could feel the working of the Holy Spirit.” He likened the spiritual harmony among the 133 cardinals to a musical composition, saying the Holy Spirit “was able to bring us into harmony, like musical instruments, so that our heartstrings could vibrate in a single melody.”

Expressing a deep sense of humility, Leo said, “I was chosen, without any merit of my own, and now, with fear and trembling, I come to you as a brother, who desires to be the servant of your faith and your joy, walking with you on the path of God’s love, for he wants us all to be united in one family.”

As the mass neared its end and the Regina Caeli Prayer was about to be read, the Vatican reported that the crowd had grown significantly, with an estimated 200,000 people filling the square and surrounding streets.

In his final remarks before the prayer, Pope Leo warmly greeted the multitude, thanking those who had journeyed from distant places to witness the occasion. He acknowledged the emotional weight of the moment, stating that he had “strongly felt the spiritual presence of Pope Francis accompanying us from heaven.”

Turning attention to global suffering, Leo reminded the faithful of their duty to care for those in pain and crisis. “In the joy of faith and communion, we cannot forget our brothers and sisters who are suffering because of war,” he said.

He spoke of several ongoing global conflicts, highlighting the devastation in Gaza. “In Gaza, the surviving children, families and elderly are reduced to starvation,” he said. He also drew attention to the renewed violence in Myanmar, lamenting that “new hostilities have cut short innocent young lives.”

On the situation in Ukraine, Pope Leo expressed a longing for peace, noting, “Finally, war-torn Ukraine awaits negotiations for a just and lasting peace.”

As his first day as pope came to a close, Leo XIV had already begun to establish a clear tone for his papacy—one of humility, inclusiveness, and concern for the marginalized and suffering. His message was both a personal pledge and a call to action for the global Church: to walk together in faith, never forgetting those in need, and to offer love that transcends divisions.

GOP Budget Bill Raises Alarms with Provision Undermining Court Contempt Powers

Buried within the vast pages of a multi-trillion-dollar budget proposal currently advancing through the Republican-led U.S. House of Representatives lies a brief but powerful clause that could significantly limit the judiciary’s ability to compel government compliance through contempt rulings. This paragraph would weaken one of the courts’ key enforcement tools—contempt findings—against the federal government.

Although the fate of the bill remains uncertain—it recently failed a committee vote and may face opposition in both the full House and the Senate—the inclusion of this provision reveals growing anxiety among lawmakers over judicial authority as conflicts between courts and the Trump administration intensify.

Tensions reached a new high on Friday when Republican President Donald Trump lashed out at the U.S. Supreme Court after it blocked his administration from resuming swift deportations under an old wartime statute. Posting on Truth Social, Trump declared, “THE SUPREME COURT WON’T ALLOW US TO GET CRIMINALS OUT OF OUR COUNTRY!”

Escalating Conflict with Lower Courts

The most contentious legal battles have emerged in the lower federal courts. One judge found that Trump administration officials may be subject to contempt after defying an order to halt deportation flights authorized under the Alien Enemies Act of 1798. In another case, the administration ignored a ruling—upheld by the Supreme Court—to “facilitate” the return of a man wrongly deported to El Salvador.

There have been other incidents where the government proceeded with deportations despite judicial orders or failed to comply with judicial instructions. Dan Bongino, now serving as Trump’s deputy director of the FBI, fueled the defiance on his radio show in February when he encouraged Trump to ignore court directives. “Who’s going to arrest him? The marshals?” he asked rhetorically, before adding, “You guys know who the U.S. Marshals work for? Department of Justice.”

Administration Testing Boundaries

Despite heated rhetoric, the Trump administration has largely complied with most court rulings—especially those tied to his executive orders. Trump himself has often insisted he will follow court decisions, even as he publicly criticizes judges who oppose his policies.

Still, legal scholars note the unusually aggressive tone of the administration’s pushback. “It seems to me they are walking as close to the line as they can, and even stepping over it, in an effort to see how much they can get away with,” said Steve Vladeck, a Georgetown University law professor. “It’s what you would expect from a very clever and mischievous child.”

Mike Davis, leader of the Article III Project advocating pro-Trump judicial appointments, believes the courts’ resistance will ultimately strengthen Trump’s hand. “The more they do this, the more it’s going to anger the American people, and the chief justice is going to follow the politics on this like he always does,” Davis said.

Supreme Court Showdown and Judicial Skepticism

These tensions were on full display during an unusual Supreme Court session the day before the deportation ruling. Trump’s legal team sought to limit lower courts’ power to issue sweeping nationwide injunctions, a tactic not unique to his presidency but one that has increasingly drawn criticism. Several justices have previously questioned the frequency and scope of such injunctions.

During the session, Justice Amy Coney Barrett challenged Solicitor General D. John Sauer on whether the administration would obey an unfavorable ruling from an appeals court. “Really?” Barrett asked, highlighting the court’s concern. Sauer replied that it was standard policy at the Department of Justice to respect such rulings and assured the justices that the administration would comply.

Mounting Judicial Concerns

Some members of the judiciary have grown more vocal about the administration’s attitude toward the courts. Justices Sonia Sotomayor and Ketanji Brown-Jackson have cautioned against ignoring court orders or threatening judges. Meanwhile, Chief Justice John Roberts publicly criticized Trump’s attempt to impeach Judge James E. Boasberg, who found probable cause of contempt after the administration defied a deportation-related ruling.

Even after the Supreme Court upheld a lower court’s order requiring the return of Kilmar Abrego Garcia to the U.S., the official White House account posted on X: “he’s NOT coming back.” Legal experts suggest this defiance could potentially lead to contempt charges.

U.S. District Judge Paula Xinis has accused the administration of acting in “bad faith” as she continues to demand updates on its efforts to comply with her ruling. While contempt proceedings against the government tend to unfold slowly and are often resolved before penalties are imposed, this case could test the limits of that tradition.

Understanding Contempt of Court

Contempt of court applies when a party disobeys a judicial order. Sanctions can include fines, civil penalties, or, in extreme cases, criminal prosecution and imprisonment. The budget provision put forth by House Republicans would significantly restrict contempt enforcement in cases involving injunctions or temporary restraining orders—the very tools used most frequently to curb Trump’s executive actions—unless plaintiffs have first posted a bond. This is uncommon in lawsuits against the government.

Yale law professor Nick Parrillo, in an in-depth review, found only 67 instances of contempt rulings being upheld against the federal government, out of over 650 cases where contempt was considered. Most were overturned by appellate courts. Still, higher courts have repeatedly signaled that a future case might withstand appeals.

David Noll, a professor at Rutgers Law School, noted, “The courts, for their part, don’t want to find out how far their authority goes, and the executive doesn’t really want to undermine the legal order because the economy and their ability to just get stuff done depends on the law.”

Exploring Uncharted Legal Territory

Some legal analysts are now questioning whether courts could appoint independent prosecutors to pursue contempt or if they’d be forced to rely on the Department of Justice, which may be reluctant to act. They also wonder whether U.S. marshals would actually arrest individuals found in contempt.

“If you get to the point of asking the marshals to arrest a contemnor, it’s truly uncharted territory,” Noll said.

There remains another avenue courts can use—civil contempt—which often leads to fines. According to Justin Levitt, a former Obama administration official now advising President Biden, civil contempt may be more effective because it bypasses the Justice Department and cannot be nullified by a presidential pardon.

“Should the courts want, they have the tools to make individuals who plan on defying the courts miserable,” Levitt said, adding that government lawyers and those executing illegal orders would face the most risk.

Beyond contempt, courts possess other ways to exert pressure. Judges can reduce the Justice Department’s credibility in future cases, potentially making it harder for the government to win. Friday’s Supreme Court order showed some justices were skeptical of the administration’s claims regarding deportations.

Furthermore, public opinion appears strongly opposed to defying court rulings. A recent Pew Research Center poll found that roughly 80 percent of Americans believe the federal government must comply with a court ruling declaring a Trump policy illegal.

Ultimately, the broader picture may be less dire than a few dramatic immigration cases suggest, according to Vladeck. “In the majority of these cases, the courts are successfully restraining the executive branch and the executive branch is abiding by their rulings,” he said.

Sundar Pichai Acknowledges AI Rivals, Jokes About Nadella’s Challenge on All-In Podcast

On May 16, Google CEO Sundar Pichai appeared on the All-In Podcast, where he addressed the growing competition in the field of artificial intelligence. During the conversation, he acknowledged several high-profile figures leading AI innovation and seemed to reference a past remark by Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella that had positioned Google in a competitive spotlight.

When asked to comment on the current dynamics within the AI sector, Pichai named several leading personalities who have been driving advancements in the field. Among those he mentioned were OpenAI CEO Sam Altman, Meta CEO Mark Zuckerberg, xAI founder Elon Musk, and Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella. Pichai offered commendations for each of them and recognized the impact they have had on the AI landscape.

“They are some of the best entrepreneurs,” Pichai remarked, expressing respect for their achievements and leadership in the rapidly evolving field of artificial intelligence.

However, he followed his words of praise with a light-hearted jab, making a playful reference that seemed to allude to an earlier challenge posed by Nadella. “I think maybe only one of them has invited me to a dance, not the others,” Pichai added with a smile, prompting a moment of confusion from podcast host David Friedberg, who appeared puzzled by the metaphor.

Pichai’s comment was interpreted as a reference to Satya Nadella’s well-known remark from 2023, made during the launch event for Microsoft’s AI-enhanced Bing search engine. At that time, Nadella had boldly declared Microsoft’s ambition to disrupt Google’s long-held dominance in the search engine market, positioning Bing’s AI integration as a major competitive move.

Speaking to The Verge in 2023, Nadella described Microsoft’s foray into AI-powered search as a direct attempt to challenge Google’s supremacy in one of the most crucial areas of software. He had said, “Today’s announcement is all about rethinking the largest software category there is: search.” In that same interview, he went on to say, “At the end of the day, [Google is] the 800-pound gorilla in this. I hope that, with our innovation, they will definitely want to come out and show that they can dance. And I want people to know that we made them dance.”

The phrase quickly became a symbolic line in the ongoing competition between the two tech giants, reflecting Microsoft’s desire to unsettle Google’s hold on the search market and force a visible response through innovation.

Pichai’s recent appearance on the podcast, with his “dance” comment, seemed to indicate that he not only remembered Nadella’s words but also recognized the significance of the challenge. By referring to being invited to a dance by “only one” of his competitors, Pichai subtly pointed toward Nadella and the direct provocation that Microsoft had issued in the public domain last year.

The interaction highlights how competition in the AI field has become a matter not only of technical development but also of public narratives, strategic positioning, and CEO rivalries. Microsoft’s partnership with OpenAI and the incorporation of its GPT technology into Bing has been a central aspect of its strategy to gain ground on Google. Meanwhile, Google has been steadily rolling out its own AI features, including its Gemini model and AI-driven tools integrated into Google Search and Workspace.

Though Pichai did not directly name Nadella in his “dance” comment, the context made it clear who he was referring to. The moment added a touch of levity to what is otherwise a high-stakes technological competition between two of the world’s most powerful companies.

By bringing up the metaphor in a humorous tone, Pichai appeared to downplay any sense of hostility, instead framing the rivalry as part of the spirited and dynamic environment that characterizes Silicon Valley’s innovation ecosystem. His smile suggested that he viewed the comment more as a playful acknowledgment of the competition than as a serious rebuke.

Still, the underlying competition is very real. Microsoft’s investments in AI, including its close collaboration with OpenAI, have been widely seen as a strategic attempt to capture market share in areas historically dominated by Google. This includes not just search, but also cloud computing, office productivity, and AI infrastructure.

Google, for its part, has emphasized its long-term commitment to AI development, citing years of foundational research and technological advancements. The company has stressed that its approach is rooted in careful testing, scalability, and a focus on safety. Nevertheless, the launch of AI-powered Bing last year forced Google to accelerate its own public-facing AI initiatives, leading to the rapid development and release of tools such as Bard (now Gemini), as well as integrations into core products like Gmail and Google Docs.

The reference to Nadella’s “dance” quote also served to highlight just how memorable and symbolic that statement has become in the broader tech industry. It was not just a challenge to Google, but a declaration of Microsoft’s renewed ambition in AI, and it clearly left an impression on Pichai, who chose to reference it more than a year later during a major public appearance.

By choosing to make the comment on the All-In Podcast, a show popular among tech insiders, investors, and entrepreneurs, Pichai was likely speaking to an audience that immediately recognized the context and implications. It was a subtle nod to the ongoing back-and-forth between leading figures in the AI space and a reminder that innovation in this field is often driven not just by engineering teams, but also by the bold visions and statements of CEOs.

As the race to lead in AI continues, moments like these show how the public dialogue around technology is shaped not only by product announcements and code releases but also by the personalities who drive the industry forward. Whether through praise, rivalry, or humor, tech leaders like Pichai and Nadella play a key role in shaping how their companies—and their technologies—are perceived on the global stage.

In the end, while Pichai was gracious in acknowledging the contributions of his peers in AI, his playful “dance” remark reminded listeners that competition remains fierce—and that even lighthearted comments can carry the weight of serious strategic implications.

House Budget Committee Advances Trump’s “Big Beautiful Bill” Despite Conservative Dissent

Late Sunday night, the House Budget Committee approved President Donald Trump’s “One Big Beautiful Bill Act” following a temporary delay caused by resistance from Republican hard-liners on Friday. The bill passed with a narrow margin of 17-16, strictly along party lines. Notably, four conservative Republican members — Reps. Chip Roy, Andrew Clyde, Josh Brecheen, and Ralph Norman — who had previously opposed the bill, shifted their stance and voted “present” instead of against it.

The legislative process will now move to the Rules Committee, which is expected to meet in the middle of the week. This will set the stage for a full House vote by the end of the week.

White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt spoke on Monday, emphasizing the necessity for unity within the Republican Party. She urged GOP lawmakers to support the measure, saying, “It’s absolutely essential that Republicans unite behind the ‘Big, Beautiful Bill’ and deliver on Trump’s agenda.” Her statement reflects the administration’s growing effort to rally the party around the bill.

Addressing concerns that some Republicans have raised regarding the federal deficit, Leavitt was direct in her rebuttal. “This bill will not add to the deficit,” she said. Leavitt also noted that President Trump had been in “constant communication” with Speaker of the House Mike Johnson over the weekend. She added that Trump was prepared to take further action if needed: “The president is willing to pick up the phone to encourage Republicans to fall in line on the bill.”

Despite the push from the White House, the bill initially faced a hurdle on Friday when several Budget Committee conservatives blocked its progression. Their concerns centered primarily on the timeline for implementing Medicaid work requirements. According to the current version of the bill, these requirements would not take effect until 2029. However, conservative members have been advocating for an earlier start date, ideally in 2027. This issue has remained one of the key sticking points in ongoing negotiations.

Ahead of Sunday’s vote, Speaker Johnson expressed optimism about the talks, stating that discussions had “gone great.” However, sources from Capitol Hill informed ABC News that disagreements persisted, especially around controversial topics like the State and Local Tax (SALT) deduction cap and Medicaid reform. These points of contention had not yet been resolved as lawmakers prepared to move forward.

The core aim of the “One Big Beautiful Bill Act” is to implement sweeping tax cuts, offset by spending reductions in other areas of the budget. One of the most significant proposed cuts involves slashing hundreds of billions of dollars from Medicaid. This approach has drawn criticism from some factions within the Republican Party, particularly from the House Freedom Caucus.

In a statement released after Sunday’s committee vote, the House Freedom Caucus made it clear that they are not yet on board with the current form of the legislation. “As written, the bill continues increased deficits in the near term with possible savings years down the road that may never materialize,” the group posted on X. Their message highlighted ongoing skepticism that the proposed savings would ultimately be realized, expressing concern that short-term fiscal consequences could outweigh long-term promises.

Meanwhile, attention is also turning to how the bill will fare in the Senate. Speaker Johnson said there has been close collaboration between the House and Senate, though he hopes the upper chamber will refrain from making changes that could threaten the bill’s passage. “The package that we send over there will be one that was very carefully negotiated and delicately balanced, and we hope that they [Senate] don’t make many modifications to it, because that will ensure its passage quickly,” Johnson stated.

He underscored the urgency of passing the bill by Independence Day, warning that further delays could complicate matters related to the national debt limit. “We’ve got to get this done and get it to the president’s desk by that big celebration on Independence Day. And I’m convinced that we can,” he said.

The looming mid-July deadline to address the debt ceiling is another major factor pressuring lawmakers to act swiftly. The bill’s advancement is seen not only as a pivotal moment for Trump’s policy agenda but also as a potential turning point in the broader fiscal debate within Congress. As the process moves forward, internal GOP divisions, especially among fiscal conservatives and hardliners, continue to pose a challenge to leadership.

Trump, who had already used social media to encourage support for the bill, appears determined to see it passed. His communication strategy includes direct outreach to lawmakers and strategic public messaging through his administration. Despite the initial roadblocks and ongoing negotiations, the legislation has cleared a significant hurdle in the House Budget Committee.

The upcoming vote in the Rules Committee and the eventual floor vote in the House will determine whether the measure continues to gain momentum. Supporters hope that the changes made over the weekend, including the shift in stance by four key conservative members, will help the bill garner enough support for final approval.

In the days ahead, further discussions over key policy points such as the timeline for Medicaid work requirements and the details of SALT deductions are likely to intensify. The GOP leadership is walking a fine line between maintaining fiscal responsibility and fulfilling the promises of the Trump administration. The outcome will not only impact immediate budgetary priorities but could also influence the political landscape leading into future election cycles.

As both chambers of Congress prepare for what could be a pivotal week in legislative action, all eyes remain on the outcome of the GOP’s internal negotiations and the final shape of the “One Big Beautiful Bill Act.”

Indian-American Tech Leaders Honored at 2025 Chicago ORBIE Awards for Innovation and Leadership

Two Indian-American technology leaders have been honored with prestigious accolades at the 2025 Chicago ORBIE Awards, which recognize excellence in leadership, innovation, and business impact within the tech industry. Abhi Dhar, currently the Chief Digital Officer at HealthBridge, and Milind Shah, Chief Technology Officer at Xerox IT Solutions, were among this year’s recipients for their notable contributions to the field.

Abhi Dhar was presented with the “Leadership ORBIE” award, highlighting his exceptional role in advancing technological innovation across the healthcare and financial services sectors. Meanwhile, Milind Shah received the “Corporate ORBIE,” a recognition reserved for executives leading technology organizations with annual revenues of up to $500 million. Their achievements underscore the continued influence and leadership of Indian-American professionals in shaping the digital landscape of American industries.

Dhar is widely regarded as a visionary executive with a keen strategic mindset and a transformative approach to digital leadership. At HealthBridge, he currently oversees product engineering and user experience, steering efforts to enhance the company’s technological foundation. His impact extends far beyond his current role, with a career that includes high-level leadership positions at companies such as TransUnion, Walgreens Boots Alliance, and several startup ventures.

Throughout his career, Dhar has successfully led large-scale global technology operations with budgets running into the billions. He has been responsible for the development of groundbreaking digital products, some of which have earned acclaim at The Webby Awards, an international recognition of excellence on the internet. This accomplishment reflects both his creative approach and technical expertise in crafting user-centric digital experiences.

His professional journey also includes notable board-level roles, including with CIBIL, India’s leading credit information bureau, and Hawaiian Airlines. These appointments demonstrate his wide-ranging influence across industries, as well as his deep knowledge of corporate governance, strategy, and technology. Dhar’s inclusion in this year’s ORBIE winners underscores his pivotal role in transforming businesses through digital solutions and innovative thinking.

Milind Shah, with more than two decades of experience in the technology sector, has likewise distinguished himself through a commitment to continuous improvement and innovation. As CTO of Xerox IT Solutions, Shah has been instrumental in promoting a culture that embraces new technologies and efficiency. One of his most notable achievements has been the implementation of “Tech Tuesday” sessions, where AI tools were introduced and explored with employees.

These sessions have had a far-reaching impact. More than 500 employees have been empowered to independently develop automated processes, driving productivity and streamlining operations. The result has been substantial, with over $1 million in cost savings attributed to the program, along with significant gains in operational efficiency. Shah’s leadership reflects a blend of technical know-how and a forward-thinking approach to employee engagement and innovation.

Reflecting on the purpose of the ORBIE Awards, Kevin Boyd, Chair of ChicagoCIO, emphasized the importance of connection and collaboration in driving technological transformation. “Great CIOs understand how connections drive transformation. The ORBIE Awards recognize CIOs who leverage relationships to drive innovation, solve complex challenges, and shape the future of Chicago,” Boyd stated.

The 2025 Chicago ORBIE Awards ceremony took place at the Marriott Marquis Chicago, a venue befitting the celebration of some of the region’s most accomplished technology executives. Established in 1998, the ORBIE Awards have grown to become one of the most respected honors for Chief Information Officers (CIOs) and Chief Information Security Officers (CISOs), celebrating those who have demonstrated outstanding leadership and made meaningful contributions to the field of technology.

This year’s event continues a tradition of recognizing individuals who have not only led significant digital transformations within their organizations but have also served as catalysts for broader industry change. Dhar and Shah’s inclusion among the honorees highlights the growing diversity and talent within the tech sector, and their stories serve as an inspiration to aspiring leaders across industries.

Dhar’s multifaceted career and ability to manage billion-dollar operations have placed him in a category of executives who drive both innovation and value at scale. His background in developing award-winning digital platforms and serving on influential boards illustrates a unique capacity to blend business strategy with technological advancement. His work at HealthBridge exemplifies this balance, with a focus on creating seamless digital experiences in sectors critical to public well-being.

Meanwhile, Shah’s practical approach to engaging his workforce and promoting AI-driven solutions speaks to a modern leadership style that prioritizes empowerment and agility. His ability to foster innovation from within the organization—by giving employees the tools and knowledge to solve problems independently—has yielded measurable success. The over $1 million saved through process automation is a testament to how smart leadership can result in tangible financial and operational improvements.

Both Dhar and Shah represent a broader trend of Indian-American leaders taking on key roles in shaping the future of global technology. Their recognition at the ORBIE Awards not only affirms their individual accomplishments but also signals the continuing impact of the Indian-American community in driving innovation and leadership in the United States.

As the tech industry evolves, the role of CIOs and CTOs becomes increasingly complex, requiring a blend of strategic vision, technical expertise, and people leadership. The ORBIE Awards aim to spotlight those who excel in all three dimensions, and this year’s honorees embody those qualities fully. Their work is helping to define the next chapter of digital transformation, not just in Chicago but across the broader landscape of American business.

The recognition given to these leaders is more than symbolic—it represents a growing need for excellence and innovation in an age where technology touches every part of our lives. From healthcare to enterprise services, leaders like Abhi Dhar and Milind Shah are setting benchmarks for what effective technology leadership looks like in the 21st century.

In a world increasingly dependent on digital tools and platforms, the stories of Dhar and Shah show how individual vision and team collaboration can converge to create significant impact. The ORBIE Awards, by celebrating such contributions, continue to elevate the importance of thoughtful, strategic technology leadership in shaping a better, more efficient, and connected future.

Struggling to Focus? Here’s How You Can Rebuild Your Attention Span

If you find it difficult to concentrate, feel like finishing a book is nearly impossible, or notice that you constantly scroll through social media just to keep yourself engaged, you are definitely not alone.

Decades of research have shown that people’s ability to concentrate has diminished over time. One long-term study revealed that the average attention span for focusing on a single screen has dropped to 47 seconds, a steep decline from 2.5 minutes back in 2004. The constant stream of news, global uncertainty, and prolonged screen exposure are all contributing factors, according to experts.

“When my patients talk to me about this stuff there is often a feeling of helplessness or powerlessness,” said Dr. Michael Ziffra, a psychiatrist at Northwestern Medicine. “But you can change these behaviors. You can improve your attention span.”

To begin improving your focus, you can try a simple challenge: set a timer for 2.5 minutes and attempt to read this entire article without looking at another device or switching tabs. It might be tougher than it sounds, but it’s a good way to start the process.

Why Are We Losing Focus So Easily?

The tendency to shift attention quickly is not a defect but a built-in survival mechanism. Our brains are wired to process and prioritize new information, especially if it signals a possible threat or significant change in our surroundings.

While early humans were conditioned to be alert for rustling bushes that might indicate danger from predators, today our brains react similarly to the nonstop barrage of alerts and notifications. The COVID-19 pandemic also played a major role in disrupting people’s perception of time and drastically increased their screen usage, said Stacey Nye, a clinical psychologist at the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee.

Although technology is not the only factor affecting our attention spans, the constant exposure to rapid-fire stimuli like 30-second videos and notification pings has a cumulative impact on the brain’s natural rhythm.

“Our attention span has really been trained to only focus in those little, small blips and it interrupts our natural focus cycles,” Nye explained.

Take ‘Active Breaks’ to Rebuild Focus

One effective method to retrain your attention is to engage in “active” breaks. These breaks can be as short as 30 minutes and involve anything from taking a walk and observing your surroundings to simply eating lunch in a different room.

To make it more interesting, get creative with your breaks. You could come up with a list of alternative activities or write down ideas and draw them at random from a container. Options include doing a craft project, meditating for a few minutes, preparing a quick snack, or going for a walk outdoors. Including a friend in these activities can add an extra level of engagement.

The key is to make sure the break involves some level of physical or mental activity. Passive scrolling through your phone doesn’t count as a real break. When the brain becomes understimulated, it seeks novelty and tends to lock on to the most accessible source of change — and that’s usually your phone. As Cindy Lustig, a cognitive neuroscientist at the University of Michigan, put it, the smartphone is an “ever-producing change machine” that’s incredibly tempting when your mind is looking for stimulation.

To avoid unnecessary distractions, turn off unimportant notifications and take full advantage of the “do not disturb” feature, especially during nighttime. Lustig even suggests placing your phone in an entirely different room when you’re trying to concentrate.

Avoid Multitasking and Focus on One Thing at a Time

Although multitasking may give the illusion of productivity, experts strongly advise against it if your goal is to strengthen your focus.

“Be a single tasker,” Nye said. “Work on one thing at a time, for a specified period of time and begin to work your way up.”

Lustig supports the use of the “Pomodoro technique,” which involves setting a timer for 25 or 30 minutes to work on a single task, followed by a five-minute break. She encourages herself by thinking, “I can do anything for this amount of time,” reminding herself that whatever is happening outside her focus will still be there when she’s done.

Choose Enjoyable Goals to Build Attention

Having a hobby isn’t just about passing time—it should ideally involve a clear goal and some form of deliberate practice. According to Lustig, this kind of structured engagement, whether it’s learning to play the guitar or getting better at a sport, is much more effective at developing focus than aimless activity.

Importantly, you should pick something you genuinely enjoy.

“You don’t want to start with the heavy nonfiction or like ‘War and Peace,’” Lustig said. “If you need to start with the romance novel, then start with the romance novel. You can work your way up.”

Being self-compassionate is also crucial. Everyone has days when concentration comes more easily and others when it’s more difficult. Your attention needs might also vary depending on the type of task you’re working on.

Experts stress that the most important part of this journey is being intentional. As Ziffra noted, “It is in many ways similar to a muscle in the sense that we can build it up with practice and exercises. Conversely, it can weaken if we’re not exercising it.”

So, if you’re worried that you’ve lost your ability to concentrate or read deeply, don’t panic. The brain is adaptable, and focus can be restored — but it takes mindful effort, the right techniques, and consistent practice.

Trump Says India Offers to Drop Tariffs Amid Ongoing Trade Talks

President Donald Trump has revealed that India has proposed eliminating tariffs on American goods as part of ongoing trade discussions aimed at preventing increased import taxes. This announcement came during an event with business leaders in Qatar, where Trump shared insights into the latest developments in U.S.-India trade relations.

Speaking at the event on Thursday, Trump stated, “They have offered us a deal where basically they are willing to literally charge us no tariff.” While he did not provide any additional details about India’s proposal, the Indian Ministry of Commerce and Industry has yet to respond to requests for clarification.

India’s External Affairs Minister Subrahmanyam Jaishankar later commented on the matter, emphasizing that the talks are still underway. He advised against drawing conclusions until an equitable agreement is reached, saying that “any judgment on it would be premature” until a “mutually beneficial” deal is finalized, according to local reports.

The backdrop to these developments includes Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s visit to the White House in February, which laid the groundwork for a series of trade negotiations between the two nations. India was among the earliest countries to engage in trade talks with the Trump administration following that visit. Both sides had agreed to complete the first phase of a bilateral trade agreement by the fall. To further advance these discussions, India’s trade minister is scheduled to meet with U.S. officials between May 17 and 20.

Trump’s recent comments follow escalating tensions after India threatened to impose retaliatory tariffs in response to the United States increasing duties on steel and aluminum. This suggested a firmer stance by India as it continues negotiations with Washington. Despite the friction, sources familiar with the discussions have confirmed that the trade talks are progressing on schedule.

In New Delhi, analysts interpreted Trump’s remarks in two different ways. Some saw them as a signal that a deal is nearing completion, while others considered it a negotiation tactic aimed at exerting pressure on Indian officials.

Ajay Srivastava, founder of the Global Trade Research Institute in New Delhi, commented, “An India–US trade deal may be on the cards.” He also stressed the importance of fairness in the agreement, stating, “But the deal must ensure strict reciprocity, with both sides eliminating tariffs equally.”

Following Trump’s remarks, the market response in India was relatively calm. The Indian rupee regained some of its losses, and the benchmark NSE Nifty 50 index rose by 1.7% by 2 p.m. local time.

Trump has been vocal about the trade imbalance between India and the U.S. since returning to the White House, describing it as heavily tilted in India’s favor. Last year, the trade gap stood at approximately $47 billion. Trump has repeatedly criticized India for its high tariffs, arguing that they harm American businesses. He has threatened to introduce “reciprocal” tariffs of 26% on Indian goods, although those proposed tariffs have been temporarily postponed until early July.

India, in an effort to address Trump’s concerns, has implemented a series of policy changes. These include revising its tariff structure to lower import duties on key American products such as bourbon whiskey and Harley-Davidson motorcycles. These measures aim to demonstrate India’s willingness to reach a compromise.

Furthermore, Bloomberg News recently reported that New Delhi has suggested applying zero tariffs on selected goods, including auto components and pharmaceuticals. This would apply to a limited volume of imports and would be reciprocated by the United States.

Despite the cordial relationship between Trump and Modi, which has often been highlighted in public appearances and diplomatic meetings, some tensions have emerged. Indian officials have expressed irritation at Trump’s claim that he used trade as leverage to facilitate a ceasefire between India and Pakistan following a four-day military confrontation. Indian authorities have disputed that assertion, indicating that trade and diplomacy should be treated separately.

In another development that could add complexity to the ongoing trade talks, Trump disclosed that he had spoken with Apple Inc. CEO Tim Cook. During their conversation, Trump said he urged Cook not to expand Apple’s manufacturing operations in India.

“I said I don’t want you building in India,” Trump recounted about his conversation with the Apple chief. He further added, “India can take care of themselves, they are doing very well.”

According to Trump, the outcome of this exchange was Apple’s decision to increase its production capacity within the United States. “Apple will be upping their production in the United States,” he said.

These remarks suggest that Trump remains committed to reshoring manufacturing to the U.S., even as he attempts to smooth trade relations with India. The administration appears focused on both correcting the trade deficit and strengthening domestic industry, even if it means discouraging American companies from investing abroad.

India, on the other hand, has been navigating a delicate balance. It is attempting to satisfy American demands without appearing to capitulate too easily, especially as it seeks to maintain economic independence and strategic autonomy. The negotiations now hinge on whether the two sides can reach a consensus that benefits both economies without provoking further political or economic strain.

While no formal deal has been announced yet, signs of potential compromise are emerging. India’s willingness to adjust its tariff policies and the United States’ decision to delay retaliatory measures hint that both nations are interested in resolving the trade impasse amicably. However, analysts caution that much depends on the specifics of any final agreement.

Srivastava’s call for strict reciprocity underscores a key concern for Indian negotiators: ensuring that the United States does not gain disproportionately from the deal. Equal concessions on both sides will be necessary to ensure domestic support and long-term viability of any trade pact.

With the Indian trade minister set to visit the U.S. soon, the next few weeks could prove decisive in determining whether the two countries can move beyond threats and tariff hikes to forge a stable economic partnership. Until then, both sides are expected to continue their careful maneuvering, mindful of both political optics and economic realities.

The outcome of these talks will not only affect bilateral trade but could also shape broader geopolitical alignments, especially as the U.S. and India look to counterbalance other major global players. A successful trade deal would mark a significant milestone in the evolving relationship between the world’s largest and oldest democracies.

India Emerges as Fastest-Growing Major Economy Amid Global Slowdown, Says UN Report

While the global economy faces significant headwinds and weakening growth projections, India stands out as a beacon of economic resilience. According to the World Economic Situation and Prospects (WESP) report published on May 15, 2025, by the United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs, India is expected to be the fastest-growing large economy in the world, with a projected growth rate of 6.3 percent in 2025.

This forecast follows a similar projection made in April 2025 by the International Monetary Fund, which estimated India’s economy would expand by 6.2 percent in the current year and 6.3 percent in the next. These figures position India, the world’s fifth-largest economy, far ahead of the global average, which is expected to grow by just 2.4 percent in 2025. This divergence underlines India’s robust performance at a time when most developed and developing nations face economic challenges.

The WESP report attributes India’s economic momentum to several key drivers. “Resilient private consumption and strong public investment, alongside robust services exports, will support economic growth,” it noted. Moreover, the report projects a favorable outlook for inflation and employment in India. “Inflation is projected to slow from 4.9 per cent in 2024 to 4.3 per cent in 2025, staying within the central bank’s target range,” it stated.

India’s relatively strong economic performance comes in stark contrast to the global economic landscape, where widespread deceleration is forecast across regions. The WESP report highlights a grim projection for overall global growth, which is expected to decline from 2.9 percent in 2024 to 2.4 percent in 2025. According to Shantanu Mukherjee, Director of the Economic Analysis and Policy Division, “It’s been a nervous time for the global economy. In January this year, we were expecting two years of stable, if subpar growth, and since then, prospects have diminished.”

A range of factors are cited in the report for this global slowdown. Chief among them are escalating trade tensions and policy uncertainties, which have undermined investor confidence and dampened trade. The report observes that heightened tariffs—particularly in the United States—are increasing the effective tariff rate significantly. This is expected to strain international supply chains, push up production costs, delay essential investment decisions, and stir financial market instability.

The impact of these tariffs is expected to ripple across global markets. The report states, “While looming US tariffs weigh on merchandise exports, currently exempt sectors—such as pharmaceuticals, electronics, semiconductors, energy, and copper—could limit the economic impact, though these exemptions may not be permanent.”

Developing countries, in particular, are likely to bear the brunt of these trade disruptions. Li Junhua, United Nations Under-Secretary-General for Economic and Social Affairs, warned, “The tariff shock risks hitting vulnerable developing countries hard, slowing growth, slashing export revenues, and compounding debt challenges, especially as these economies are already struggling to make the investments needed for long-term, sustainable development.”

The WESP report further cautions that the bleak global economic outlook will hinder progress toward achieving the Sustainable Development Goals. The challenges are rooted in declining global trade, persistent inflationary pressures, and deteriorating growth. In particular, international trade is expected to slow markedly, with projected growth dropping from 3.3 percent in 2024 to just 1.6 percent in 2025. Furthermore, merchandise trade is forecast to shrink in the second half of 2025. These developments could negatively affect industries like transport, tourism, and various services that depend on robust global trade flows.

Adding to the global concerns, inflation remains a critical issue in many developing nations. In 2025, over 20 developing countries have experienced double-digit inflation rates. Food inflation has been especially pronounced, with averages exceeding 6 percent in regions such as Africa, South Asia, and Western Asia.

Despite the economic turbulence, the WESP report suggests that unemployment figures have remained relatively stable globally. “Unemployment remains largely stable amid steady economic conditions,” the report states. However, it also notes that long-standing gender disparities in employment persist, signaling a need for more inclusive labor market policies.

Looking ahead, investment growth globally is projected to be muted in 2025. This outlook is attributed to ongoing trade policy uncertainty, elevated interest rates, and fiscal limitations in many economies. The report underscores that low levels of investment could restrain future growth prospects. Compounding this concern is the role of emerging technologies, particularly Artificial Intelligence, which the report says could disrupt labor markets even further.

In response to these challenges, the WESP calls for coordinated strategic action from global policymakers. It emphasizes the importance of a balanced approach that incorporates monetary policy, fiscal strategies, supply-side reforms, and medium-term industrial policies. These combined efforts are seen as crucial for managing inflation, ensuring financial stability, and promoting inclusive economic growth.

The United Nations has also placed considerable hope in an upcoming global event to address these pressing economic issues. The Fourth International Conference on Financing for Development is scheduled to take place in Sevilla, Spain, from June 30 to July 3, 2025. This event is expected to serve as a pivotal forum to discuss and implement solutions aimed at strengthening multilateral cooperation, promoting debt sustainability, and advancing concrete actions toward financing sustainable development for all.

In summary, while the world grapples with an uncertain and deteriorating economic environment, India’s projected growth sets it apart as a leading light among major economies. Supported by strong domestic demand, steady investment, and controlled inflation, India may not only weather the global downturn but could also become an engine of global economic stability. Meanwhile, global leaders and policymakers are urged to take concerted action to navigate through the economic challenges and reorient growth toward a more inclusive and sustainable path.

India Remains Outside US Visa Waiver Program Despite Growing Global Participation

The United States continues to operate its Visa Waiver Program (VWP), allowing citizens from 41 selected countries to travel to the U.S. without a visa for short stays related to tourism or business, as long as the trip does not exceed 90 days. Although the program covers a broad spectrum of countries from Europe and the Asia-Pacific region, India has not been included.

The Visa Waiver Program serves as a diplomatic bridge, enhancing relations between the U.S. and participating countries by making international travel more convenient. Instead of applying for traditional visas, eligible travelers can obtain authorization through the Electronic System for Travel Authorization, commonly known as ESTA.

The program is managed by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security in partnership with the Department of State. It simplifies entry procedures while maintaining robust security standards for temporary visitors from member nations.

Citizens of countries included in the program are exempt from undergoing the lengthy visa application process if their purpose of travel is limited to tourism or business and the duration does not exceed 90 days. The program also upholds a reciprocal arrangement, whereby U.S. citizens are offered similar privileges when visiting participating countries.

As of April 2025, 41 nations are included in the Visa Waiver Program. European countries form the majority of this list, including the United Kingdom, Austria, Belgium, Croatia, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Monaco, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, San Marino, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, and Switzerland.

The Asia-Pacific region is also well represented with seven member countries: Australia, Japan, New Zealand, the Republic of Korea, Singapore, Taiwan, and Brunei. In the Middle East, Israel and Qatar participate in the program. Other countries on the list include Chile and the microstate of Andorra.

India, however, remains outside this program, meaning its citizens must follow the traditional route for obtaining U.S. visas. This requires Indian nationals to apply for either the B1 business visa or the B2 tourist visa at U.S. consulates or embassies. Several factors may account for India’s exclusion, such as the requirement for reciprocity, immigration trends, bilateral policy evaluations, and national security assessments.

Although the program offers visa-free entry, not every citizen from a participating country automatically qualifies. To be eligible, individuals must have a passport from a VWP member nation. Their purpose of travel must be confined to tourism or business, the stay must not exceed 90 days, and they must obtain ESTA approval before boarding a flight bound for the United States.

There are also limitations in place. Even citizens from VWP countries can be rendered ineligible if they have traveled to Iran, North Korea, or Cuba on or after January 12, 2021. Dual citizenship is another disqualifying factor. Individuals who hold dual nationality with countries such as Iran, Iraq, Syria, Sudan, Cuba, or North Korea are not allowed to use the VWP and must instead apply for a B1 or B2 visa.

For travelers from non-participating countries like India, or those disqualified from the program, the B-1 and B-2 visa categories remain the standard options for entering the U.S. temporarily. The B1 visa is designed for business-related activities, including attending conferences, consulting with business associates, or engaging in contract negotiations. The B2 visa is meant for tourism, seeking medical treatment, or visiting relatives. Many applicants are issued a combined B1/B2 visa, which permits both business and leisure travel in a single trip. However, it is important to note that neither of these visas allows for employment in the United States.

Travelers planning to visit the U.S. under the Visa Waiver Program must go through the ESTA process. This system serves as a pre-screening mechanism to verify whether travelers meet the eligibility criteria before boarding a U.S.-bound flight. While ESTA is not a visa, it is mandatory for VWP travelers. Once granted, the authorization remains valid for two years or until the traveler’s passport expires. During this period, the traveler may make multiple trips to the U.S., as long as each visit does not exceed 90 days.

Applicants should ideally complete the ESTA process at least 72 hours before departure. The process involves visiting the official ESTA website, filling out forms with personal and travel-related information, responding to questions related to security and eligibility, paying the required fee, and waiting for confirmation, which is generally sent via email.

It is worth mentioning that final entry approval lies with the U.S. Customs and Border Protection officers. Even travelers with approved ESTA authorizations are subject to inspection upon arrival and may be denied entry based on the discretion of immigration authorities.

Since 2015, the Visa Waiver Program has incorporated tighter security protocols. The system cross-references traveler data with various law enforcement and security databases to detect potential risks, criminal backgrounds, or past immigration violations. This strengthens U.S. border security while allowing smoother travel for low-risk individuals.

According to U.S. officials, “The U.S. Congress and the Department of Homeland Security continuously review eligibility standards and participating countries.” Countries can be added or removed from the VWP depending on the evolving geopolitical climate and security considerations.

Despite India’s absence from the VWP, the United States and India continue to explore ways to enhance travel, business, and diplomatic relationships. However, until significant policy shifts occur, Indian nationals will have to rely on the conventional visa system for short-term visits to the U.S.

As the U.S. refines its immigration and security protocols, the list of VWP participants may expand or contract. Until then, citizens from countries not included in the program must continue navigating the formal visa process if they wish to visit the United States.

India’s Defence Minister Declares Operation Sindoor a Warning Shot, Vows Stern Response to Terrorism

India’s Defence Minister Rajnath Singh stated on Friday that Operation Sindoor was only a limited preview of the nation’s military strength, hinting that a much larger response would be unleashed if necessary. While addressing air warriors and security personnel at the Indian Air Force base in Bhuj, Gujarat, Singh emphasized that India’s military capabilities go far beyond what has been demonstrated.

“Operation Sindoor isn’t over. What the world saw was just a trailer. The Indian armed forces will show the full picture when the right time comes,” he told the personnel gathered at the base, making it clear that the mission had not concluded and that India’s full might had yet to be deployed.

His remarks also carried a stern warning directed at Pakistan, which he accused of harboring and nurturing terrorism. Singh minced no words in condemning the neighboring country, saying it has effectively become a hub of terrorist activities. “Pakistan has become a terror factory. Like habitual offenders kept under surveillance, we’ve placed them on probation. A ceasefire is not the end of action—if they repeat their misadventures, our forces will respond firmly. Again,” Singh declared, in a sharp message that underscored India’s no-tolerance approach to cross-border terrorism.

The Defence Minister’s comments came during his visit to Bhuj, where he was accompanied by Air Chief Marshal A.P. Singh. During the visit, Rajnath Singh commended the Indian Air Force for its precise and speedy execution of Operation Sindoor. The operation, which was carried out using indigenous defense systems, highlighted the country’s technological advancements in defense.

“There’s a saying in our country—‘Din mein taare dekhna’ (to see stars in broad daylight). The Made-in-India BrahMos missile lit up their night like day. Just 23 minutes were enough for the Indian Air Force to dismantle the terror infrastructure being nurtured across the border,” Singh said, drawing loud applause and cheers from the military personnel in attendance.

Singh stressed that the operation was a reflection of India’s changing defense policy. While India had historically exercised restraint in response to provocation, the Defence Minister made it clear that the country was now embracing a more assertive approach, focused on retribution and deterrence.

Reaffirming India’s tough stand against terrorism, Singh promised that those responsible for such acts, including their sponsors, would face consequences no matter where they were. This shift in India’s strategic posture reflects a broader transition in the nation’s security doctrine, emphasizing proactive measures over reactive ones.

“Through Operation Sindoor, you’ve shown that ‘Sindoor’ is not just a symbol of adornment, but of courage and unshakable resolve,” he told the assembled troops, praising their bravery and determination in carrying out the mission.

In addition to addressing military matters, Singh voiced apprehensions about the international funding that Pakistan receives, particularly from financial institutions like the International Monetary Fund (IMF). He questioned how these funds were being utilized by Pakistan and warned that they may not be directed toward economic stabilization, but rather to further terrorist activities.

“Pakistan will divert a large portion of the funds received from the IMF to strengthen its terror infrastructure,” Singh alleged, pointing specifically to a $1.023 billion tranche recently released to Pakistan under the IMF’s Extended Fund Facility. This funding, he suggested, could end up being misused to bolster terror networks instead of addressing the country’s economic woes.

Pakistan has long depended on external financial aid to manage its economic crisis, and support from the IMF has played a crucial role in this effort. However, Indian officials have repeatedly expressed concern over the potential misuse of such funds. According to Singh, the risk of financial assistance being funneled into terrorist operations cannot be ignored, and international bodies must take a closer look at how such money is spent.

Singh’s remarks come at a time of heightened tension in the region, with India continuing to monitor developments across the border. His speech in Bhuj was not only a message of encouragement to Indian forces but also a clear signal to adversaries that any form of aggression or terrorism would be met with swift and decisive retaliation.

Operation Sindoor, according to Indian officials, was designed to send a strong message—not just to Pakistan, but to the international community—that India will no longer remain passive in the face of continued threats. The operation, carried out by the Indian Air Force, reportedly struck multiple terror-related targets across the border in a limited time span, demonstrating the country’s enhanced capability for high-impact, time-sensitive operations.

By highlighting the fact that the BrahMos missile used in the operation was domestically developed, Singh underscored India’s growing self-reliance in defense production. This aligns with the government’s broader “Make in India” initiative, aimed at reducing dependence on foreign arms imports and strengthening domestic military manufacturing.

Singh’s strong language and assertive tone reflect a significant evolution in India’s national security approach. Where earlier responses to provocation often leaned toward diplomacy and restraint, the message now is one of firm action and preparedness. India, as articulated by its Defence Minister, is no longer content with mere warnings or symbolic gestures—it is ready to act with force when provoked.

The speech also served to boost morale among Indian troops, especially those stationed in sensitive areas like Bhuj, which lies close to the Pakistan border. By directly addressing air warriors and security personnel, Singh acknowledged their vital role in national security and assured them of the government’s unwavering support.

As Singh concluded his visit, the overarching message was clear: India remains vigilant and prepared to protect its sovereignty and security. The response to terrorism will be firm and unrelenting, and operations like Sindoor are only the beginning of a broader strategy that prioritizes national defense over diplomatic niceties.

Operation Sindoor stands not just as a tactical success but as a symbolic shift in India’s military strategy. It embodies a new era in which deterrence is achieved through demonstrable action, and where every provocation is likely to be met with an equally powerful reply. As Singh reminded the world, what has been seen so far is only the trailer—India’s true response will unfold when the time is right.

BBC’s Digital Leap Signals the End of Traditional Television Era

There was once a period when the television set held a central place in every home, becoming a focal point around which families gathered, bonded, and interacted with the outside world. From gripping soap operas to critical breaking news, television shaped the way entire generations consumed information and entertainment. Yet, with the unrelenting momentum of digital innovation, that golden era of TV is slowly receding into the past.

In a move that has caused ripples throughout global media circles, the British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC), long recognized for its credibility, history, and journalistic integrity, has announced a monumental transformation. Tim Davie, the BBC’s Director General, revealed that the broadcaster intends to cease all traditional television broadcasts by the 2030s, instead shifting completely to digital platforms.

Media observers have described it as “a seismic shift,” and for good reason. The BBC believes the change is not just desirable but unavoidable. The reality is stark: fewer than one in four of its former television audience continues to consume content via traditional broadcasting methods. Even for an institution like the BBC, which has been a beacon of storytelling and public service since the early 20th century, linear TV has become increasingly difficult to sustain in today’s digital ecosystem.

This major pivot by the BBC is not occurring in isolation; it mirrors a broader trend that’s unfolding worldwide. In countries such as India, where television once served as a cultural glue bringing families and communities together, the shift is particularly visible. Although TV sets still occupy space in many Indian households, they often remain unused. The widespread availability of smartphones has dramatically altered content consumption habits — from news and entertainment to live sports, most experiences have migrated to mobile screens.

The once-ritualistic evening family news hour has gradually faded from relevance, overtaken by real-time updates and bite-sized social media clips. As a result, numerous Indian broadcasters are now facing substantial financial challenges, struggling with reduced advertising revenues and the disappearance of younger audiences from traditional television platforms. In an effort to stay current, many regional and national channels have begun pouring resources into digital-first strategies to secure their place in the future media landscape.

This moment is being compared by some to past milestones in media evolution, such as the move from radio to television. Earlier generations still remember the thrill of tuning in to radio broadcasts in the early morning or the often-complex task of adjusting rooftop antennas to achieve a clearer TV signal. These memories are slowly fading as today’s youth — true digital natives — may never experience an antenna or understand the anticipation of waiting for a scheduled show.

In the current environment, streaming services, YouTube, podcasts, and short video content have taken over. Today’s viewer wants their content instantly, interactively, and on their own terms. Traditional television, with its fixed schedules and static presentation, is increasingly finding itself unable to meet these new expectations.

Despite this rapid change, the shift doesn’t mark the death of storytelling. Instead, it signifies a transformation. Storytelling continues, only now it’s being reshaped, reformatted, and distributed through devices we carry in our pockets. The essence of storytelling — to inform, inspire, and connect — remains unchanged.

As the BBC moves forward with its digital vision, its decision represents both a moment of reflection and a catalyst for the future. It acknowledges that television, once the most dominant communication medium globally, is now stepping aside to make way for new formats. But this isn’t a farewell to stories themselves. Rather, it’s a renewal — one that underscores the enduring relevance and influence of narrative, regardless of how or where it is delivered.

As the BBC charts this new course, it becomes a symbol of the media industry’s willingness to adapt in a rapidly changing world. Its choice serves as a wake-up call for others in the industry while honoring the legacy of television as a transformative force in global storytelling.

“The hard truth: less than 25% of its previous television audience still watches through conventional broadcasting,” the report notes, pointing to a dramatic shift in viewing habits. And media experts have not minced words in describing the magnitude of this change: “It’s a seismic shift,” they said, emphasizing just how monumental the transition is for one of the world’s most respected broadcasters.

Even so, the core mission remains unaltered. “While the curtain may be closing on television’s prime-time era, it’s not the end of storytelling. Far from it,” the article emphasizes. Instead, the transition is portrayed as a creative and necessary evolution — one in which the message remains powerful even as the platform changes.

In essence, this is not a funeral for television but a farewell to its current form. With the rise of digital platforms and changing viewer preferences, television as we knew it is being reimagined for the modern era. And in doing so, the BBC’s transformation becomes more than just a strategy — it becomes a statement. The tools may evolve, but the stories continue to matter.

By initiating this digital overhaul, the BBC sends a strong message to broadcasters across the world. The medium may no longer be the same, but the enduring appeal of stories — their ability to connect, to reflect society, and to drive change — will always remain. As the platform shifts from the living room to the smartphone, from scheduled programming to on-demand streams, the commitment to quality storytelling holds firm.

In conclusion, the BBC’s plan to phase out traditional television channels by the 2030s is a landmark moment in media history. It encapsulates the global evolution of content consumption, highlights the urgent need for adaptation among traditional broadcasters, and pays homage to the medium that once brought the world into our homes. Even as the screen gets smaller, the reach of storytelling continues to grow — more personal, more immediate, and more powerful than ever before.

Dr. Amish Shah Makes Second Bid for U.S. Congress from Arizona’s First District

Dr. Amish Shah, a former Democratic member of the Arizona House of Representatives and an emergency-room physician, has declared his candidacy for the U.S. Congress from Arizona’s First Congressional District. This seat represents a potential gain for the Democratic Party in the upcoming 2026 general election.

This marks Dr. Shah’s second run for Capitol Hill after narrowly losing the 2024 election. In that contest, he secured 48.1 percent of the vote, falling just short to incumbent Republican David Schweikert, who garnered 51.9 percent. The upcoming election on November 3, 2026, will see Shah competing against four other Democrats in the primary race for the same seat.

As of March 31, 2025, Shah faces significant financial challenges. According to data from the Federal Elections Commission shared on Ballotpedia.com, Schweikert’s campaign had a sizable $694,863 cash on hand. In contrast, Shah’s campaign reported only $71,555. Among his Democratic competitors, Marlene Galan-Woods appears to be better funded, with $303,278 in campaign cash.

Despite the funding gap, the political landscape remains competitive. The Cook Political Report and Larry J. Sabato’s Crystal Ball rate Arizona’s District 1 as a “Toss-up,” while Inside Elections with Nathan L. Gonzales considers it leaning slightly Republican with a “Tilt Republican” rating.

Dr. Shah has launched his campaign by highlighting his legislative record from his time in the Arizona State House, where he was elected three times in 2018, 2020, and 2022. During his tenure, he focused on key issues such as public health, education, and small business support.

As of May 14, 2025, Shah had secured 26 endorsements from both current and former Arizona elected officials. Among the notable names are former State House Minority Leader Lupe Contreras and State House Assistant Minority Leader Nancy Gutierrez. Additionally, the Indian American Impact Fund has endorsed Shah’s congressional bid.

Dr. Shah’s campaign biography, available at amishforarizona.com, outlines his five-year legislative focus on increasing teacher salaries, strengthening support for small businesses, and enhancing public health and safety. His campaign notes that he had more bills signed into law than any other Arizona Democrat in the past ten years.

One of Shah’s central campaign pledges is to reduce healthcare costs. According to his platform, he intends to take on the pharmaceutical industry to end what he describes as “price gouging” for essential medications like insulin. He also promises to protect reproductive rights, emphasizing that politicians should not interfere in personal medical decisions. As his platform states, Dr. Shah will work “tirelessly” to safeguard women’s freedom to make decisions about their own bodies.

Having already represented significant parts of Arizona’s First Congressional District in Maricopa County, Shah is positioning himself as a pragmatic and independent leader. His campaign bio emphasizes his reputation for working across party lines during his tenure in the State House.

If elected to Congress, Dr. Shah says he will focus on reducing costs for working families, protecting key social programs such as Social Security, Medicare, and Medicaid, advocating for abortion rights, and ensuring the safety of communities. In his own words, he pledges to “work to lower costs for hardworking Arizonans, protect Social Security, Medicare, and Medicaid, fight for abortion rights, and keep families safe.”

Outside of his political career, Dr. Shah has a wide range of personal interests. According to his campaign website, he enjoys playing basketball, flying small airplanes, and adventurous travel. He speaks Gujarati fluently and conversational Spanish. His campaign also mentions his three adopted cats: Hillary, Miss Meowerson, and Cousin Oliver.

Dr. Shah’s biography on Ballotpedia reveals his academic and professional background. Born in Chicago, Illinois, he earned his Bachelor’s degree in economics from Northwestern University in 1997. He continued at the same university for his medical degree, which he obtained in 2001. He later received a Master’s in Public Health from the University of California, Berkeley, in 2003.

Professionally, Shah has served in several medical institutions. He worked at the Mayo Clinic, Dignity Health, and IASIS Healthcare as an attending physician. He was also the Chief Medical Officer at Urgent Consult and held a position as an airway management physician with the New York Jets, blending his medical expertise with professional sports.

During his time in the Arizona State House, Dr. Shah was involved in a wide range of legislative efforts. He sponsored bills on critical topics such as tuition, family services, post-traumatic stress disorder, and the repeal of abortion bans. His legislative portfolio also included work on medical licensure, malpractice reform, veterinary malpractice, and drinking water pollutants.

Dr. Shah’s contributions have not gone unnoticed. Over the years, he has received more than a dozen awards recognizing his legislative work. In 2022, he was honored as a “Women’s Health Champion” and “Legislator of the Year” for his work in supporting healthcare and women’s rights. In May 2024, he received the Jacob K. Javits Public Service Award from the American Psychiatric Association for his efforts in mental health advocacy. In September 2023, he was awarded the Pamela P. Bensen Trailblazer Award for his work in emergency medicine.

While his campaign still faces significant financial and political challenges, Dr. Shah is hoping that his strong record in the Arizona State Legislature, his healthcare background, and his community ties will resonate with voters in Arizona’s First Congressional District. With a race considered highly competitive by most analysts, and endorsements continuing to roll in, Shah is positioning himself as a serious contender in a district that may help determine control of Congress.

By highlighting both his personal story and professional accomplishments, Shah hopes to distinguish himself in a crowded Democratic field. Whether he can overcome the funding disadvantage and unseat an incumbent Republican remains to be seen, but his campaign remains committed to the issues he believes matter most to Arizona voters.

Ram Charan’s Wax Figure with Pet Rhyme Unveiled at Madame Tussauds Singapore in Historic First

Madame Tussauds Singapore, a popular tourist attraction managed by Merlin Entertainments, has revealed its latest wax figure—a lifelike statue of Indian superstar Ram Charan. What makes this unveiling even more unique is that it marks the first time a wax figure includes both a celebrity and their pet. Ram Charan’s statue is accompanied by his beloved dog, Rhyme, making it a groundbreaking moment for the museum.

The actor, who has garnered widespread acclaim for his performances in South Indian cinema as well as forays into international recognition, expressed his amazement at seeing the figure for the first time. “When I saw the figure for the first time, I was absolutely stunned. The likeness is unbelievable—from the expression to the stance to the exact detail of Rhyme by my side. It’s like looking in a mirror, and I’m so thrilled that fans around the world will get to experience me up close,” said Ram Charan.

The waxwork captures every aspect of the actor’s appearance and demeanor, including the intricate portrayal of Rhyme, who stands beside him in the display. This addition of a pet figure to the wax statue is a novel concept for Madame Tussauds, and Ram Charan is now the first to have such a personalized representation. This decision reflects not only his celebrity status but also a deep personal bond that resonated with the creative team behind the figure.

This event marks a significant cultural moment as well, especially in terms of how South Indian cinema is increasingly finding its place on the global entertainment map. Ram Charan, known for blockbuster hits in Telugu cinema and more recently for his role in the globally recognized film “RRR”, represents a powerful shift in how regional Indian cinema is perceived internationally.

Andre Timmins, co-founder of the International Indian Film Academy (IIFA), also spoke at the unveiling and shared his thoughts on the importance of this collaboration. “For over 25 years, IIFA and Madame Tussauds have shared a proud partnership built on celebrating Indian cinema’s biggest icons and its extraordinary cultural journey across the world. This unveiling of Ram Charan’s figure, a global superstar whose roots are in South Indian cinema, has redefined international perceptions. It is a milestone moment that reflects the growing influence of regional cinema alongside Hindi movies on the global stage. Together with Madame Tussauds, we remain committed to showcasing the diversity, depth and dynamism of Indian cinema to audiences everywhere.”

Timmins’ comments underline the broader cultural implications of the unveiling. Indian cinema is no longer just about Bollywood; the increasing recognition of regional stars and their global fan bases signals a larger narrative about inclusivity and representation. Ram Charan, who hails from a long line of cinematic icons in the Telugu film industry, embodies this evolving dynamic.

The presence of his dog Rhyme in the wax figure presentation also sends a message about the evolving nature of celebrity identity. In today’s age of social media and digital storytelling, fans are not just interested in a star’s professional achievements but are also deeply invested in their personal lives. Including Rhyme brings an emotional and intimate layer to the statue, which makes it stand out among the many figures housed in Madame Tussauds.

Ram Charan has enjoyed a career filled with both critical and commercial success. From memorable performances in movies like “Magadheera”, “Dhruva”, and “Rangasthalam” to international exposure through “RRR”, his journey has been one of consistent evolution and growing appeal. His presence in Madame Tussauds Singapore now offers fans a chance to get closer to one of India’s most dynamic actors.

The wax statue is expected to become a major attraction for the museum, drawing fans from across Asia and around the world. Singapore’s Madame Tussauds location has been noted for its diverse range of wax figures, but the inclusion of Ram Charan along with his pet signifies a move toward more personalized and meaningful representations of global celebrities.

According to the creators at Madame Tussauds, crafting a wax figure is a highly meticulous process involving hundreds of measurements, detailed photographs, and numerous sessions with the individual to ensure every element is accurate. In Ram Charan’s case, this also extended to his dog, requiring additional efforts to achieve the same level of detail and realism for Rhyme.

Such detailed craftsmanship not only captures physical features but also the aura and personality of the subject, making each statue a work of art. Visitors to Madame Tussauds often marvel at how real the figures appear, and the new Ram Charan-Rhyme installation is likely to elicit the same reaction.

This dual wax figure also symbolizes the emotional connection that fans feel with their favorite celebrities. By showcasing Ram Charan with Rhyme, Madame Tussauds is acknowledging the role of relationships and companionship in a celebrity’s life—a departure from the usual portrayal of stars in glamorous or iconic poses.

In terms of cultural representation, this move also illustrates Madame Tussauds’ expanding focus on global diversity. The inclusion of a South Indian star, celebrated for both his artistic talent and broad popularity, speaks volumes about the global appeal of Indian cinema beyond the Hindi-language industry.

For Ram Charan, this wax figure is not just an honor but a marker of his journey and the deep affection fans hold for him. It is a visual and symbolic reminder of how far South Indian cinema has come and how its stars are now celebrated on international platforms that once predominantly featured Western celebrities.

Madame Tussauds Singapore’s decision to feature Ram Charan and Rhyme has set a new standard for wax figures, blending personal significance with public recognition. It not only enhances the museum’s collection but also reinforces its role as a space that evolves with global cultural currents.

As Ram Charan himself noted, the experience of seeing his wax figure was like “looking in a mirror”, a statement that encapsulates the striking authenticity of the display. With this launch, both Madame Tussauds and Ram Charan have achieved a landmark moment—one that honors not just a film career but a deeply human story of connection and recognition.

This new figure is now on display at Madame Tussauds Singapore, inviting fans to witness an extraordinary blend of celebrity, artistry, and affection.

How the Happiest Couples Spend Their Weekends to Strengthen Their Bond

Balancing a full-time job is already a challenging task, requiring significant time, effort, and mental energy. Adding a romantic relationship into the mix makes the pursuit of work-life balance even more complex. As a psychologist who studies couples—and as someone with a working spouse—I’ve encountered these struggles firsthand. However, my dual role as a researcher and a husband has given me valuable insights into the importance of intentional time spent with a partner, especially during weekends.

Here are five key ways the happiest and most successful couples use their free time to deepen their relationships and create lasting happiness.

First, they intentionally put their phones away. A couple might spend hours together, but if that time is interrupted by constant texts, social media scrolling, or emails, the quality of their connection suffers. Conversely, a couple who spends less time together but makes that time technology-free tends to experience greater relationship satisfaction. It’s not about how much time is spent, but how present both partners are in the moment. The nature of the activity doesn’t matter—it could be a quiet coffee shared in the morning, a leisurely walk filled with shared silences, or even a more traditional dinner date. What counts is being fully there. “What matters is presence,” the author states, emphasizing the value of undivided attention during quality time.

Second, successful couples engage in what psychologists call “parallel play.” This concept, borrowed from child psychology, refers to two individuals engaging in different personal activities while still occupying the same physical space. After a stressful week at work, it’s natural to want some alone time. But many people struggle with choosing between “me time” and “we time.” Parallel play provides the best of both worlds. One partner might be immersed in a novel on the couch while the other enjoys a video game nearby. They are not interacting directly, yet they are still connected through shared proximity and the comfort of each other’s presence. It’s a way of expressing, “I love you, but I also need to love me for an hour or two. Let’s do it together.”

Third, these couples maintain shared rituals. Rituals help anchor a relationship by providing a sense of predictability and comfort. Knowing that certain activities will happen every weekend creates a shared rhythm that can help couples weather the chaos of life.  Research shows that rituals can help couples organize their lives in a way that allows for both change and stability to coexist. These traditions foster a collective identity that feels unique to the couple and greater than the sum of its parts.

Rituals don’t have to be grand or elaborate. In fact, the simpler they are, the better. Think of making pancakes every Sunday morning, dedicating a night to board games complete with a quirky scoreboard on the fridge, or having a weekly wine night to plan out the upcoming week. Even tackling a mundane household chore together while a shared playlist plays in the background can become a cherished ritual. These routines, while seemingly ordinary, provide emotional grounding.

The fourth strategy is scheduling intimacy, including sex. Despite its central role in relationship satisfaction, sex often becomes a low priority amid weekend chores, errands, and obligations. What begins as a time to unwind can quickly turn into a continuation of the weekday hustle. Couples may assume that scheduling sex removes spontaneity, but the opposite is often true. Structured intimacy can be a good thing. It eliminates the added pressure of trying to manufacture the right moment, allowing partners to engage meaningfully and without distractions. By intentionally setting aside time for intimacy, couples create space to emotionally reconnect, which is especially beneficial when their work lives are draining.

Lastly, the happiest couples prioritize laughter. According to research, being playful is one of the most effective tools to build stronger relationships. Playfulness boosts satisfaction, eases conflict, and prevents the relationship from falling into a dull routine. During the workweek, we unconsciously train our minds to focus on stress and responsibility. But weekends should serve as an intentional escape from this mindset. Playfulness… can boost relationship satisfaction, ease conflict and break up the sense of monotony that partners can start to resent.

Making space for fun doesn’t require elaborate planning. Laughter can come from the simplest of activities, such as inventing silly trivia rules, staging a spontaneous dance-off, or reenacting an inside joke. The goal is to find joy and share it deliberately. Most couples already know what makes their partner laugh—they just need to make time to do it.

“The act of being silly — and being met with silliness in return — helps us reconnect with the childlike wonder we carry inside that gets buried beneath our responsibilities,” the author adds. The key is to look for joy on purpose and create those light-hearted moments that keep a relationship lively and connected.

In sum, sustaining a happy and fulfilling relationship amidst busy work schedules requires conscious effort, particularly over the weekend when time together is more available. The happiest couples take advantage of this time by being present with each other, engaging in shared and individual activities side by side, forming meaningful rituals, scheduling intimacy, and seeking laughter together. Each of these practices strengthens the bond and makes the relationship resilient in the face of life’s inevitable challenges.

Though none of these ideas require extravagant effort or money, they do demand a level of intentionality that often gets overlooked. As with most aspects of a successful relationship, it’s not about doing more—it’s about being present, mindful, and loving with the time you already have.

FBI Issues Urgent Warning Over Sophisticated AI-Powered Scams That Mimic Trusted Voices and Faces

We were warned. The latest wave of cyberattacks powered by artificial intelligence is so advanced that traditional methods of detecting fraud may no longer be sufficient. In the past 24 hours alone, warnings have been issued to Gmail and Outlook users, cautioning them that malicious emails are now so convincingly crafted they appear flawless. Meanwhile, voice calls that sound like they’re from familiar contacts may, in fact, be deceptive traps.

The Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) has raised a serious alarm following the emergence of “an ongoing malicious text and voice messaging campaign.” This attack strategy utilizes fake text and voice messages that seem to originate from “senior U.S. officials,” and has managed to deceive many targets. These include “current or former senior U.S. federal or state government officials and their contacts,” making the threat especially severe and far-reaching.

In response, the FBI has delivered a clear message: “If you receive a message claiming to be from a senior U.S. official, do not assume it is authentic.” The primary intent behind these attacks is to lure recipients into clicking links disguised as legitimate communications, ultimately stealing login credentials and sensitive data.

According to Max Gannon of Cofense, “it is important to note that threat actors can also spoof known phone numbers of trusted organizations or people, adding an extra layer of deception to the attack.” He further noted that “threat actors are increasingly turning to AI to execute phishing attacks, making these scams more convincing and nearly indistinguishable.”

The FBI’s latest advisory expands upon their ongoing series of alerts related to the rapidly growing use of AI in cybercrime. People are urged to “verify the identity of the person calling you or sending text or voice messages” before engaging, no matter how familiar the communication may seem.

While checking email addresses, phone numbers, and website links is still advised, the truth is that AI-generated scams have become so accurate that typical mistakes and oddities are increasingly rare. Digital clones can now create replicas that are virtually perfect.

The FBI also encourages people to watch for subtle flaws in digital content. These could include “distorted hands or feet, unrealistic facial features, indistinct or irregular faces, unrealistic accessories such as glasses or jewelry, inaccurate shadows, watermarks, voice call lag time, voice matching, and unnatural movements.”

Voice cloning presents a similar challenge. The agency advises listening carefully to verbal communication. “Listen closely to the tone and word choice to distinguish between a legitimate phone call or voice message from a known contact and AI-generated voice cloning, as they can sound nearly identical.”

Still, the FBI concedes that “AI-generated content has advanced to the point that it is often difficult to identify.” In such cases, common sense becomes the best defense. One should ask: Is this a call or message I would logically expect? Am I being urged to take an action that benefits a scammer or a cybercriminal? What could their motive be?

As Ryan Sherstobitoff from SecurityScorecard advises, “to mitigate these risks, individuals must adopt a heightened sense of skepticism towards unsolicited communications, especially those requesting sensitive information or urging immediate action.”

The danger often escalates when these texts, calls, or voice messages include a link. Clicking on such a link could result in stolen credentials or the unintentional installation of malware. The FBI stresses, “Do not click on any links in an email or text message until you independently confirm the sender’s identity.” The agency also warns to “never open an email attachment, click on links in messages, or download applications at the request of or from someone you have not verified.”

ESET cybersecurity specialist Jake Moore also weighed in following the FBI’s warning. He stated, “it’s vital people think with a clear head before responding to messages from unknown sources claiming to be someone they know.” Moore pointed out that with the “newer, impressive and evolving technology, it is understandable why people are quicker to let down their guard and assume that seeing is believing.” He added, “Deepfake technology is now at an incredible level which can even produce flawless videos and audio clips cleverly designed to manipulate victims.”

A timely report from Help Net Security underscores Moore’s concerns. The report warns people not to “assume anything is real just because it looks or sounds convincing.” It adds, “Remember the saying, seeing is believing? We can’t even say that anymore. As long as people rely on what they see and hear as evidence, these attacks will be both effective and difficult to detect.”

In a striking coincidence, Reality Defender published a deepfake security guide just three days before the FBI’s latest public advisory. The guide emphasizes that “deepfake threats targeting communications don’t behave like traditional cyberattacks… Instead, they exploit trust.” It also cautions that “a cloned voice can pass legacy voice biometric systems. A fake video call can impersonate a company executive with enough accuracy to trigger a wire transfer or password reset.”

Moore offered practical guidance on how to avoid falling victim to these AI-driven attacks. “To protect yourself from smishing scams and deepfake content avoid clicking on links in unexpected or suspicious text messages — especially those that create a sense of urgency, even when it looks or sounds like the real deal,” he said. “Never share personal or financial information via text messages and always verify via trusted communication channels.”

The growing sophistication of these cyber threats calls for a shift in how we approach digital trust. No longer can we rely solely on familiar visuals, voices, or communication formats to determine authenticity. The line between real and fake has been blurred by AI tools capable of generating nearly undetectable impersonations.

In summary, the era of easily spotting phishing scams and suspicious messages may be over. As the FBI and cybersecurity experts warn, skepticism and independent verification must become standard practice. With AI-generated messages becoming indistinguishable from authentic ones, people must exercise caution, remain vigilant, and always verify identities through known, reliable methods before taking any action.

Mohanlal’s ‘Thudarum’ Breaks Records with Unprecedented Footfalls and Global Box Office Triumph

The year 2025 is shaping up to be an iconic one for Malayalam cinema, especially for superstar Mohanlal. His latest crime thriller Thudarum has emerged as a groundbreaking film in Mollywood, surpassing several benchmarks and setting a new standard for box office success. With record-breaking footfalls and massive global collections, Thudarum has achieved a feat no Indian film has managed in the last nine years.

Released on April 25, 2025, Thudarum has captivated audiences across Kerala, with its gripping storyline and Mohanlal’s compelling performance drawing in massive crowds to theatres. The film’s popularity shows no sign of slowing down, as it continues to attract moviegoers in unprecedented numbers.

According to the most recent data, the film has recorded a staggering 66.2 lakh footfalls in Kerala within just 20 days of its release. With the current momentum, Thudarum is expected to cross the 70 lakh mark with ease by the weekend. This incredible audience turnout reflects the film’s strong word-of-mouth and repeat viewership. What makes this even more remarkable is that Thudarum has outperformed another of Mohanlal’s recent blockbusters, L2: Empuraan, which had amassed a total of 53.95 lakh footfalls during its entire theatrical run.

This level of footfall is historic for Kerala’s film industry. Thudarum is now the third most-watched Indian film in Kerala since the year 2000. It trails only behind Narasimham (2000) and Pulimurugan (2016), both of which are also Mohanlal starrers. Notably, Pulimurugan had been the gold standard for nearly a decade when it came to audience turnout, but now Thudarum is challenging that legacy. In fact, no Indian film over the past nine years has managed to achieve such a large viewership in Kerala. As one observer noted, “Mind-boggling, isn’t it?”

While the film is breaking records in terms of audience numbers, its performance at the global box office is equally impressive. Within 21 days, Thudarum has already overtaken L2: Empuraan to become the second highest-grossing Malayalam film of all time. The only film still ahead of it is Manjummel Boys.

Domestically, Thudarum has earned a net total of ₹107.66 crore in India. Its gross domestic collections amount to ₹127.03 crore. On the international front, the film has concluded its overseas run with a gross of ₹90.20 crore. Adding it all together, the worldwide gross stands at a remarkable ₹217.23 crore.

Here’s a breakdown of Thudarum’s global box office performance over the span of 20 days:

India net: ₹107.66 crore

India gross: ₹127.03 crore

Overseas gross: ₹90.20 crore

Worldwide gross: ₹217.23 crore

These numbers are a testament to the wide appeal of the film, not just among audiences in Kerala but also among the Malayali diaspora and international moviegoers. Few regional films manage to make such a dent globally, but Thudarum has proven that Malayalam cinema continues to rise in stature and influence on the world stage.

The film has been helmed by director Tharun Moorthy, who has crafted a crime thriller that resonates with viewers across demographics. Featuring a stellar ensemble cast, Thudarum includes celebrated actress Shobana in a pivotal role, alongside Prakash Varma, Farhaan Faasil, Maniyanpilla Raju, Binu Pappu, Irshad Ali, Aarsha Chandini Baiju, Thomas Mathew, Sangeeth Prathap, and Krishna Prabha. Each actor brings depth and nuance to the film, enhancing the intricate storyline and creating a cinematic experience that is both engaging and memorable.

Produced by M. Renjith under the banner of Rejaputhra Visual Media, Thudarum had a wide theatrical release on April 25, 2025. The production values and cinematic craftsmanship have received praise, with critics highlighting the film’s storytelling, tight screenplay, and impactful performances. The collaboration between Mohanlal and director Tharun Moorthy has proven to be a winning combination, attracting both critical acclaim and commercial success.

The film’s success reflects not just Mohanlal’s star power but also the evolution of Malayalam cinema into a more global and commercially viable force. While Mohanlal’s name undoubtedly adds tremendous weight to any film, it is clear that Thudarum has resonated with audiences on multiple levels—thanks to its compelling plot, direction, and powerful ensemble cast.

As Thudarum continues its theatrical run, it remains a phenomenon in Kerala and beyond. With its footfall count inching toward 70 lakhs and worldwide revenue already crossing ₹217 crore, the film is expected to climb even higher in the list of all-time box office successes.

Given the current trajectory, it wouldn’t be surprising if Thudarum goes on to challenge even more longstanding records in the days to come. Its popularity suggests strong legs at the box office, and with continued support from fans and audiences, it could eventually narrow the gap with Manjummel Boys or even surpass it.

For now, Mohanlal can bask in the glory of yet another historic achievement. His ability to consistently draw crowds and push the boundaries of Malayalam cinema remains unmatched. Thudarum is more than just a hit film—it is a cultural event, a celebration of storytelling, and a clear indicator that Malayalam cinema is thriving like never before.

In an industry constantly evolving with new trends and shifting audience preferences, Mohanlal continues to adapt and dominate. As 2025 unfolds, Thudarum stands tall as a defining moment for both the actor and the Malayalam film industry.

House Fiscal Hawks Stall Trump’s Legislative Mega-Bill in Budget Committee Setback

In a surprising turn of events, fiscal conservatives on the House Budget Committee blocked a key vote Friday on the “One Big Beautiful Bill Act,” a sweeping legislative package central to President Donald Trump’s agenda. The 16-21 vote marked a significant setback for Republican leadership, who had hoped to advance the bill to the Senate by Memorial Day. The defeat highlighted growing divisions within the GOP as lawmakers grapple with balancing demands from both fiscal hawks and moderates.

The bill, referred to as OBBB, encountered resistance from five Republican members—Reps. Chip Roy of Texas, Ralph Norman of South Carolina, Josh Brecheen of Oklahoma, Andrew Clyde of Georgia, and Lloyd Smucker of Pennsylvania. With Republicans only able to afford losing two votes to move the bill forward, Smucker’s switch from yes to no sealed its temporary collapse. His change, however, was a tactical move.

“To be clear—I fully support the One Big Beautiful Bill (OBBB). My vote today in the Budget Committee is a procedural requirement to preserve the committee’s opportunity to reconsider the motion to advance OBBB,” Smucker explained in a post on X.

House Budget Committee Chairman Jodey Arrington of Texas called a recess following the failed vote and told committee members not to expect a return Friday. “Go home,” he instructed them, adding he would notify them if a resumption would take place early Monday.

Smucker, offering further clarification, stated that despite unresolved concerns, the committee decided to proceed with the vote because negotiations were making progress. “There were continued, ongoing discussions and we were very close to having a yes,” he said. Smucker remained optimistic, expressing hope for a resolution by Monday. “We’re working through some remaining issues here, there are just a few outstanding issues I think everyone will get to yes, and we’re going to resolve this as quick as we can and hopefully have a vote, ideally on Monday, and we can advance this bill.”

Later in the day, sources informed The Hill that the committee would reconvene Sunday night at 10 p.m., signaling urgency to push the legislation forward.

Throughout the committee markup, negotiations were underway in a nearby room involving House Majority Leader Steve Scalise of Louisiana. Despite these efforts, leadership was unable to win over the dissenting members. Roy, one of the Republicans who voted against the bill, criticized its fiscal shortcomings. “This bill falls profoundly short. It does not do what we say it does with respect to deficits,” he said during the markup.

Norman echoed Roy’s sentiment, voicing his dissatisfaction with the measure. “Sadly, I’m a hard no until we get this ironed out,” he declared, calling the bill’s current state “very disappointing.”

The OBBB package merges several major components of Trump’s legislative platform. It extends the tax cuts from his 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, implements entitlement reform, and slashes food assistance programs—measures that Republicans claim will save at least $1.5 trillion over ten years. These changes include tightened work requirements for Medicaid targeting “able-bodied” adults, which are expected to cause millions to lose coverage, the repeal of green energy tax credits enacted by Democrats in 2022, and for the first time, requiring states to help fund food assistance programs.

Although House committees had completed detailed markups on these sections earlier in the week, final negotiations were still underway. Moderate Republicans were pushing for an increase in the state and local tax (SALT) deduction cap, which was currently set at $30,000 in the draft. Fiscal conservatives, in contrast, wanted corresponding spending cuts to offset any tax relief expansion.

To satisfy the hawks, conservatives proposed several adjustments, including speeding up the implementation of the new Medicaid work requirements and advancing the timeline to eliminate green energy subsidies. Additionally, they proposed reducing the federal Medicaid match rate for populations covered under the Affordable Care Act’s expansion—changes likely to alienate moderates.

Norman insisted on firm commitments before backing the bill. “It’s a sticking point because it’s huge money,” he said. “I’m tired of smoke and mirrors.”

Scalise confirmed that Republicans were coordinating closely with the Trump administration on timing-related provisions of the package, which emerged as a major point of contention. “What they want to see is progress and get answers on some of the questions and expedite the timelines,” Scalise said. He emphasized the shared GOP goals: “We’re all in agreement on the reforms we want to make. We want to have work requirements, we want to phase out a lot of these green subsidies.”

Scalise added that some delays were unavoidable. “How quickly can you get it done? And it’s not as quick as saying you just turn it off tomorrow,” he explained. “Some things the administration does have to actually create a process to implement it, and we want to make sure that the Trump administration has the time they need while pushing it as fast as possible. So those are the conversations we’re having and we’re making a lot of progress.”

The stakes were underscored by the unexpected arrival of Rep. Brandon Gill of Texas at the markup, despite recently welcoming his second child. “I’m here to support the president’s agenda,” Gill told reporters as he entered the hearing.

Amid the tense negotiations, Trump directly intervened via his platform, Truth Social, urging Republicans to stop stalling and unite behind the bill. “We don’t need ‘GRANDSTANDERS’ in the Republican Party. STOP TALKING, AND GET IT DONE!” he wrote.

The post was clearly aimed at the dissenting members, though it didn’t sway Norman. When asked about Trump’s remarks, Norman responded, “I don’t need to grandstand. This is: how do you disagree with the agenda he laid out? He’s a smart guy, and he’s got so many good things [in the bill]. All we’re asking is [for] a little compromise somewhere.” He continued, “Let’s not give the farm. It’s not right. It’s not right.”

Despite the initial blow, Republican leaders are expected to continue pushing for a resolution by early next week. As negotiations continue, both sides within the GOP remain firm in their positions—fiscal hawks demanding deeper savings and accelerated reforms, and moderates seeking relief for high-tax states. The outcome will determine whether Trump’s sprawling legislative agenda can gain the traction needed to advance to the Senate and potentially reshape key federal programs.

India Faces Escalating Obesity Crisis with Over 70% of Urban Population Affected, Lancet Study Finds

India is confronting an escalating health crisis as a recent study published in The Lancet reveals that 70% of the country’s urban population is either overweight or obese. This alarming trend places India among the top nations grappling with obesity, ranking third globally after the United States and China in the number of obese individuals.

The findings, part of a report released by the NCD Risk Factor Collaboration, indicate that nearly eight crore people in India are categorized as obese. Particularly concerning is that one crore of these individuals belong to the 5 to 19-year age group, suggesting that childhood and adolescent obesity is becoming a widespread issue.

Highlighting the growing threat, Dr. Amit Garg, a senior bariatric and metabolic surgeon at a hospital in Mohali, told The Times of India, “India ranks third, just behind the US and China, in the list of top 10 countries with the highest number of obese individuals.”

The report notes that 30 million Indian adults are either overweight or obese. Among the diabetic population in India—estimated at around 62 million—there is a high incidence of obesity-related complications such as excess body fat, abdominal adiposity, and fat accumulation in ectopic areas of the body. These complications are major contributing factors to chronic diseases and organ dysfunction.

Dr. Arunanshu Beheram, another senior surgeon, observed a corresponding rise in bariatric or weight-loss surgeries due to the increasing prevalence of obesity in the country. According to him, more individuals are turning to surgical interventions as a means of tackling extreme weight gain.

“Obesity is just one facet of malnutrition, with underweight or thinness constituting the other end of the spectrum,” the report elaborates. It emphasizes that both extremes—being underweight and being obese—pose significant risks to vital organs such as the heart and liver. These conditions increase the likelihood of various illnesses, including cardiovascular and metabolic diseases.

The report also offers insights into the changing trends of malnutrition in India over time. Between 1990 and 2022, the percentage of underweight women in India declined by about 30%. However, the number of obese women saw a sharp rise during the same period, reaching 4.4 crore. Similarly, the number of obese men increased to 2.6 crore, reflecting a 5% growth. The data reveals a notable transition from undernutrition to overnutrition within India’s demographic landscape.

Alarmingly, the obesity trend is not confined to adults. The 5-19 age group is increasingly affected, with 0.7 crore boys and 0.5 crore girls now classified as obese. This change marks a significant shift in India’s public health profile, indicating that unhealthy weight gain is becoming a problem early in life.

The global context adds to the concern. The Lancet study shows that in 2022, the worldwide rate of obesity among children and adolescents was four times higher than in 1990. This exponential rise points to a global epidemic that requires urgent attention and collaborative efforts.

In India, the increase in obesity is mirrored by the surge in medical procedures to combat it. In 2019 alone, about 20,000 weight-loss surgeries were performed across the country. This is a staggering increase compared to just 800 surgeries conducted a decade earlier, reflecting both rising demand and wider acceptance of surgical solutions to weight-related issues.

Adding to the accessibility of such procedures, the Indian government now funds weight-loss surgeries for its three million government employees. This policy move is intended to make such surgeries more accessible to a broader section of the population, potentially reducing long-term healthcare costs by preventing obesity-related diseases.

The Lancet report underscores the severity of India’s obesity problem by reiterating that nearly 80 million Indians, including 10 million individuals aged between 5 and 19 years, are obese. The figures also highlight how childhood obesity is rapidly becoming a dominant feature of India’s public health landscape.

Three in ten school-going children in India are now obese, according to the report. This statistic, experts say, signals a worrying surge in weight-related issues among youth, particularly in the aftermath of the COVID-19 pandemic, which saw extended lockdowns, reduced physical activity, and unhealthy eating patterns.

Experts unanimously agree that reversing this trend requires immediate and concerted lifestyle changes. They advocate for better dietary habits, increased physical activity, and community-wide awareness programs to instill healthy routines early in life. Without such interventions, India could face a future overwhelmed by preventable chronic diseases.

A recent World Health Organization (WHO) study further highlights the gravity of the situation on a global scale. According to the WHO, more than one billion people worldwide are now classified as obese, surpassing the number of individuals who are underweight. This shift underscores a dual burden of malnutrition: while undernutrition continues to plague low-income populations, overnutrition has emerged as a leading public health threat globally.

This rise in obesity is accompanied by a spike in associated conditions such as early-onset diabetes, cardiovascular diseases, and kidney disorders. “This rapid increase in obesity rates poses a dual burden with malnutrition and raises concerns about the early onset of diseases such as diabetes, heart disease, and kidney disease,” the report states.

Another challenge in addressing obesity is the limited availability and high cost of obesity-related medications. These drugs, often essential for people who cannot undergo surgery or for whom lifestyle changes are insufficient, remain out of reach for a large portion of the population due to financial constraints.

The mounting obesity crisis demands a multi-pronged response. Policy initiatives, public health campaigns, and grassroots efforts must work in tandem to create an environment that supports healthier choices. Measures like subsidizing nutritious foods, creating public spaces for exercise, and introducing mandatory physical education in schools can contribute significantly to curbing the trend.

In conclusion, the data from the Lancet and WHO reports present a stark picture of a nation—and a world—grappling with a growing epidemic of obesity. With India’s urban population particularly affected, and children increasingly at risk, experts warn that time is running out. Without swift and strategic action, the consequences could be devastating for future generations, both in terms of health and economic burden.

The Five Happiest Countries in the World in 2025: What Makes Them Smile More Than the Rest

Have you ever wondered where people genuinely start their day with a smile instead of relying on caffeine to survive the morning? While many face the daily grind of traffic snarls and awkward elevator conversations, certain countries seem to live in a state of ongoing contentment. While scientists have yet to determine if it’s due to something in the water, favorable genetics, or simply the wisdom of disconnecting from work emails after 6 PM, these nations have discovered what the rest of us are still trying to figure out: the formula for happiness.

But how are the happiest countries actually ranked? After all, happiness is subjective and varies greatly from person to person. According to William Russell, several factors are considered in calculating a nation’s happiness. These include access to international health insurance, insights from the World Happiness Report 2024, Numbeo’s Quality of Life Index, the US News Quality of Life Index, CEOWORLD Magazine’s Quality of Life Report, and the Happy City Index developed by the Institute for Quality of Life. In addition, GDP per capita and average life expectancy also play a major role. Using a weighted average of all these elements, the happiest countries in the world for 2025 were determined.

Switzerland sits at the top of this list.

  1. Switzerland

The happiest city in Switzerland is Zurich, which boasts a Quality of Life Index of 204 and an Average Life Evaluation score of 7.060. Previously recognized as the best country to live in and among the top ten healthiest countries, Switzerland remains a beacon of well-being.

The average annual salary in Switzerland is an impressive US$79,204 as of 2023, placing the country in the top five globally for income. While these high wages come with a steep cost of living—rents are nearly twice that of the UK, and everyday expenses are 64% higher—residents are surrounded by awe-inspiring natural beauty. From the Matterhorn to Lake Lucerne, many Swiss spend their free time hiking, skiing, and paragliding.

Working conditions in Switzerland are also favorable. Employees benefit from a maximum workweek of 45 to 50 hours, a minimum of four weeks of vacation, and a 25% overtime pay premium.

Swiss society values honesty, diligence, and respect. Interactions are generally formal, with handshakes as the norm. Their policy of neutrality in global affairs mirrors a deep cultural emphasis on peace and security.

  1. Australia

Brisbane takes the title of the happiest city in Australia, with a Quality of Life Index of 185.5 and an Average Life Evaluation of 7.057. The country ranks highly in all happiness metrics, from life satisfaction to quality of life. It was previously named the best place for expats, the seventh healthiest, and the ninth best country for work.

The average Australian earns around US$68,000 annually. Nearly 90% of its 27 million people reside in urban areas. Although the cost of living is approximately 4% higher than in the UK, Australia offers a wealth of recreational activities, from surfing at Bondi Beach to exploring the vast Outback.

The workforce is protected under the Fair Work Act 2009, which stipulates a 38-hour workweek, four weeks of paid leave, and a minimum wage of AUS$23.23 per hour. A notable 2024 amendment introduced the “right to disconnect,” ensuring workers are not obligated to respond to work-related communications after hours.

Australian culture is a fusion of Western traditions with both indigenous and immigrant influences. It emphasizes liberty, fairness, and respect, often expressed through good manners and an egalitarian spirit. As Australians like to say, they “work hard and play hard,” enjoying leisure time with barbecues, music, and drinks.

  1. Sweden

In Sweden, Gothenburg is the happiest city, with a Quality of Life Index of 186.7 and an Average Life Evaluation of 7.344. Although it dropped one spot from the previous year, Sweden remains a model of mental well-being, consistently ranked as one of the least stressed and healthiest countries.

Swedish life is guided by the concept of “Lagom,” meaning “just the right amount,” encouraging balance in all aspects. The country provides universal healthcare, leading gender equality, and a strong welfare system. This support coexists with a thriving private sector.

Swedish workplaces are some of the most productive globally. Employer-employee relationships are collaborative, and any disputes are often mediated through trade unions. Average income is about US$38,310, and income tax ranges from 32% to 45%, funding healthcare, education, and pensions.

Swedish culture is egalitarian and inclusive. Regardless of age, gender, ethnicity, or religion, fairness is upheld. Their calm, trusting nature is embodied in the national tradition of “Fika,” where coworkers take coffee breaks together to recharge and connect.

  1. Norway

Ålesund leads as the happiest city in Norway, with a Quality of Life Index of 189 and an Average Life Evaluation of 7.302. Norway lives up to its tourist slogan “Find your Happy Place,” continually appearing among the top happy countries due to its wealth, social structure, and quality of life.

Norway has strategically used its oil wealth to support society since the 1960s. It boasts one of the smallest income inequality gaps, high public spending, and a GDP per capita among the highest in the world. The average salary is US$63,900, though the cost of living is 18% above the UK’s.

Norwegian workers are among the most productive globally, generating over US$119 per hour worked. Work is capped at 37.5 hours weekly, with at least one break every 5.5 hours and a minimum of 25 vacation days each year.

Norwegian values include equality, humility, and social cooperation. “Dugnad” is the principle of collective effort toward shared goals. “Janteloven,” or the unwritten cultural code, promotes modesty and social unity over individualism.

  1. The Netherlands

Amsterdam is the Netherlands’ happiest city, featuring a Quality of Life Index of 207.5 and an Average Life Evaluation of 7.319. The Dutch have climbed the happiness rankings thanks to improvements in work-life balance, social support, and quality of life.

Though small in size, the Netherlands is a heavyweight in European politics, finance, and law. The cost of living is about 3% higher than in the UK, but the country compensates with clean cities and an efficient public transport network.

Dutch life emphasizes harmony, outdoor activity, and continuous learning. The average salary is US$46,000, with higher taxes funding essential services like healthcare and education. Its economy thrives in services and technology, with strong ties to Germany and France.

The Dutch uphold constitutional values like equality and freedom. They are culturally rich, enjoying frequent festivals, art, and literature. Despite their national pride, they maintain close cultural relationships with neighboring countries.

In Conclusion

These five nations have found ways to integrate joy into their everyday lives, from Switzerland’s alpine adventures to the Netherlands’ bicycle commutes and art festivals. As the article puts it, “whether it’s the Swiss perfecting the art of chocolate consumption, Australians turning every weekend into a beach party, or Scandinavians creating social systems so good they make the rest of us question our life choices,” these countries have discovered how to build happiness into the fabric of their societies.

The search for happiness is a shared journey, but having the right systems in place to protect and support it is just smart planning. After all, you’ll want to be financially protected while you’re busy learning to say ‘I’m extremely content’ in Dutch, Norwegian, or Swedish.

Beauty Influencer’s On-Camera Killing Shocks Mexico Amid Rising Femicide Concerns

Valeria Marquez was chatting with her TikTok audience during a livestream from her beauty salon in Zapopan, Mexico, when her day took a tragic turn. A small parcel arrived at the salon’s entrance, and she momentarily left her audience to retrieve it. With a smile and a cheerful tone, the 23-year-old beauty influencer returned to the screen, unwrapping the package to reveal a stuffed animal. “He’s a little piglet!” she exclaimed, flipping her long blonde hair over her shoulder.

Tragically, within moments of that joyful moment, Marquez was fatally shot. She slumped lifeless in her chair, blood soaking the desk in front of her, while the livestream continued uninterrupted. It only came to a stop when another person at the scene picked up her phone, their face briefly visible to the online viewers.

The Jalisco state Attorney General’s office confirmed that Marquez was shot and killed by a man who entered her salon. Authorities are treating her death as a suspected femicide — a gender-based killing of a woman, which remains a persistent and deeply troubling issue across Mexico.

With more than 100,000 followers on Instagram, Marquez was a rising social media figure, and news of her murder has reverberated across the country. Her death has once again placed a spotlight on the violence women face in Mexico and the dangers faced by women, even in their workplaces or while engaging with fans online.

According to a spokesperson for the Jalisco Prosecutor’s Office, the man believed to have carried out the attack arrived at the salon before Marquez and inquired about her whereabouts. He returned later in the day, and that was when the fatal shooting occurred. This timeline aligns with what was captured on the livestream, the spokesperson confirmed.

The suspect has not yet been named, and at present, officials have indicated that the incident is not believed to have any connection with drug cartel activity, which is often behind violent crimes in the region. This detail further underscores the disturbing nature of the crime, pointing instead toward a more personal or gender-based motive.

Marquez’s killing is not an isolated event. Just days before her death, another woman — this time a candidate running for mayor in Veracruz — was gunned down while livestreaming as well. In that incident, three other individuals were also killed. These back-to-back attacks on women, both carried out during live broadcasts, have sparked outrage and renewed scrutiny of Mexico’s ongoing struggle with gender violence and impunity.

While not all murders of women are legally classified as femicides, many are. In 2020, data from Amnesty International showed that about one in four killings of women in Mexico were investigated as femicides. These types of killings were reported in every one of Mexico’s 32 states, indicating a nationwide crisis.

The Mexican government reported 847 cases of femicide in 2023. In the first quarter of 2024 alone, authorities have already logged 162 cases. These statistics reflect a deeply rooted and persistent pattern of violence against women across the country.

Critics say that Mexico’s institutional response to these crimes remains alarmingly inadequate. Investigations into homicides, including femicides, are often slow, incomplete, or result in little to no accountability.

“In 2022, around 4,000 women were killed in Mexico, which amounts to 12% of all homicides that year,” said Juanita Goebertus, Americas Director at Human Rights Watch, in an interview with CNN. “And the rate of cases that lead to a verdict is around 67%.”

This figure indicates that a significant number of cases either go unsolved or never make it to trial. According to Goebertus, one of the main issues is the lack of capacity among authorities to conduct thorough investigations and offer protection to witnesses and victims. The challenge, she emphasized, lies in building stronger institutions that can respond effectively and deliver justice in cases of gender violence.

As Mexico grapples with this pervasive issue, public outrage continues to grow. Social media platforms are flooded with tributes, demands for justice, and calls for systemic change following Marquez’s death. Her killing has come to symbolize the vulnerability many women face in Mexico, regardless of fame or social standing.

Marquez was known for her beauty tutorials, light-hearted content, and online engagement with her followers. That a young woman so visible and seemingly full of life could be murdered while livestreaming has only deepened the sense of alarm and sorrow in the nation.

Her fans and fellow influencers have taken to Instagram and TikTok to share their grief and demand justice. Some have posted messages using hashtags linked to femicide awareness and women’s rights in Mexico. Others have condemned the broader culture of violence that continues to claim lives with tragic frequency.

The Jalisco Prosecutor’s Office has assured the public that the investigation is ongoing, and authorities are working to identify and apprehend the suspect. However, given the country’s track record with gender-based crimes, skepticism remains high.

The lack of consistent legal accountability and a broader culture of impunity has long enabled gender violence to flourish in Mexico. Despite recent reforms and increased awareness, femicides continue to occur at alarming rates, and survivors or families of victims often struggle to see justice served.

Advocates say that beyond investigations, Mexico needs deeper structural changes — from police training and judicial reforms to public awareness campaigns and community protection programs. Only with a multi-layered approach, they argue, can the cycle of violence against women begin to be dismantled.

Marquez’s killing serves as a grim reminder that women in Mexico still face significant risks, even in what should be the safest of spaces. Her death has turned the lens once more on the failures of the justice system and the urgent need for reform.

While the young influencer’s life was tragically cut short, the impact of her death continues to ripple across Mexico. Her story has become part of a larger narrative of fear, resilience, and the growing demand for change in a country grappling with gender-based violence.

As her family, friends, and followers mourn, there is hope that her loss might at least push the country a step closer to confronting the epidemic of femicide with the seriousness and resolve it deserves.

Mayor Eric Adams Honors Dr. Raj Bhayani for Lifelong Service to Medicine and Community During AAPI Heritage Month

In a grand ceremony marking Asian American and Pacific Islander (AAPI) Heritage Month, New York City Mayor Eric Adams paid tribute to the achievements of celebrated ENT surgeon and philanthropist Dr. Raj Bhayani. The reception, held at Gracie Mansion, honored individuals of AAPI heritage whose work has significantly enriched the city’s civic and cultural fabric. Dr. Bhayani was presented with a formal mayoral citation acknowledging his longstanding commitment to medicine, humanitarian efforts, and global philanthropic work.

During the event, Mayor Adams praised Dr. Bhayani for his exemplary service and his status as a trailblazer in both the medical field and the AAPI community. In his remarks, the Mayor described Dr. Bhayani as “an authentic force for good and a pillar of the Asian American community,” recognizing his groundbreaking achievement as the first ENT surgeon in India to undergo neurosurgical training. Additionally, Dr. Bhayani’s fellowship in facial plastic and microvascular surgery was noted as a milestone in his pioneering medical journey. Mayor Adams emphasized that these accomplishments are representative of the values of dedication, excellence, and inclusivity that define New York City’s diverse AAPI population.

Dr. Bhayani has distinguished himself not only through clinical expertise but also in academic and research circles. He has authored and presented more than 50 medical research papers and earned a place in the esteemed Marquis Who’s Who in America, a publication that highlights significant figures in various professional fields. His scientific contributions earned him the Triologic Society Award in the United States, a mark of recognition in otolaryngology research. In addition to his scholarly work, he holds several senior positions across top-tier hospitals in New York, where he leads departments specializing in ENT and facial plastic surgery.

Beyond his professional achievements, Dr. Bhayani has also demonstrated a deep commitment to humanitarian service. He has served on the boards of more than 20 charitable and nonprofit organizations, playing a leadership role in advancing social causes. Among these, Save Life Foundation and Hindu Center New York have benefited significantly from his involvement. Through these organizations, he has worked on vital projects such as promoting the Good Samaritan Law and advocating for road safety legislation in India. He was also a strong supporter of the Swachh Bharat Abhiyan, a major cleanliness initiative launched in India.

Dr. Bhayani’s civic engagement has extended beyond the realm of healthcare. He led the Football for Nation campaign in Delhi, a unique event that brought together Indian parliamentarians and celebrities in an effort to raise awareness and generate funding for sanitation programs. This campaign was one of several initiatives where Dr. Bhayani used sports and public engagement to encourage support for developmental policies.

In 2014, Dr. Bhayani played a key organizational role during a significant moment in India-U.S. relations—the address by Prime Minister Narendra Modi to the Indian American community at Madison Square Garden. The event, attended by thousands, marked a turning point in the strengthening of diplomatic and cultural ties between the two countries. Dr. Bhayani’s behind-the-scenes efforts helped shape what became a historic evening, demonstrating his commitment to community empowerment and international collaboration.

His passion for India’s progress has continued through advocacy for various development programs. Among the Indian diaspora in the U.S., Dr. Bhayani has remained a vocal supporter of initiatives that aim to bring lasting change to India. His ability to bridge cultures while promoting policy awareness has earned him a strong reputation in both American and Indian circles.

Dr. Bhayani’s leadership in the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI) has also been a hallmark of his service. He has held several positions including President of the New York chapter, Treasurer, Board Trustee, and Convention Chair for the 2017 AAPI National Convention. His contributions to the association have enhanced its role as a central institution for Indian-origin physicians in America, enabling professional collaboration and community service at a national scale.

In recognition of his outstanding achievements and public service, Dr. Bhayani has received numerous accolades both in the U.S. and internationally. Among them are the Mahatma Gandhi Pravasi Samman presented at the House of Lords in London, Bharat Gaurav Puraskar, Hind Ratan Award, Delhi Ratan, and the Asian American Heritage Honoree of the Year in 2016. These honors reflect his consistent dedication to advancing healthcare, supporting philanthropic causes, and championing the values of the Indian American community. Moreover, the United States Congress has acknowledged his impact by awarding him a Congressional Achievement Award. He has also been recognized as one of the most influential Indian American leaders in recent years.

In addition to his medical, civic, and organizational contributions, Dr. Bhayani has taken an active role in promoting Indian culture and Hindu philosophy, particularly among younger generations. Through events such as the World Hindu Day, the Global Dharma Conference, and the Vishwa Dharma Chetana Manch, he has worked to help young Indian Americans stay connected to their spiritual and cultural heritage. His efforts have played a vital part in fostering a sense of identity and belonging among youth in the diaspora.

Concluding the event at Gracie Mansion, Mayor Eric Adams extended his heartfelt gratitude to Dr. Bhayani for his tireless work and service. “Your unparalleled selflessness and ambition are inspiring,” the Mayor stated, expressing his belief that Dr. Bhayani’s influence will continue to benefit both the United States and India for years to come.

The evening stood as more than a celebration of one individual—it served as a powerful reminder of the integral role that Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders play in the life and progress of New York City. Dr. Raj Bhayani’s story is emblematic of a broader narrative of immigrant excellence, service, and cultural bridge-building that continues to shape the city’s evolving identity.

-+=